/'"»-. 


/mc(t^4^^ 


/^/cVwA-^ 


Vw^' 


Gfor^f  IVashingtori  Flowers 
Mt'morial  Collection 

1)1  KF  I'NIVFRSITV  I  IBRARV 


KtTABLlHHi:t)  BY  THE 

rAMILY  or 

COLONEL  FLOWERS 


liNSTRUGTION 


HEAVY    ARTILLERY; 


fRKTAHKn    BV    A 


BOARD    OF   OFFICERS, 


filU    THr,     I  SK    ii»     THK 


AKMY    ()K    THE     rMTKI*    STAPHS- 


41 


RICHMOND.  VA. 
WEi^T    A    JOHNSTON.    U;.    .MAIN    STREET. 


KVANS   a    COfiHWELU    PRIMERtI, 

No.  U  Hkoad  Strekt,  Charlemto.n,  S.  C. 


^ 


West  Point,  N.  Y., 

Angu«t  23,  1850. 
Bvt.  Lt.  Col.  W.  G.  Frekman, 

Asul.  Ad  ft  Gen.,  Ifead-Qiiartr.rs  U.  S.  Army, 

New  York,  N.   Y. 
Sir:  The   Board   of  Officers,   conxxncd  by   General   Orders,  No.   12 
dated  Julj'  27,  1849,  has  the  honor  to   submit  herewith   "a  complete 
.-ystem    of   instruction   for  Siege,  Garrison,   8ca-coast   and   Mountain 
.\rtillery." 

B.  HUGER,  Capt.  of  Ord.  and   livt.  Col. 

C.  F.   SMITH,  Cnpt.  2d  Arf.  and  litt.  Col. 
F.   TAYLOR,  Capt.  \tt  Art.  and  Bit.  Lt.  Col. 
R.  ANDERSON,  Capt.  M  Art.  and  Bvt.  Mai. 
J.  W.  PHELPS,  CapU  ith  Art. 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

Washijoston,  3fay  10,  1851. 
The  system  of  "IssTRrcTioN  for  Heavv  Artillery,"  prepared  by 
a  Board  of  Army  Officers,  pursuant  to  orders  from  the  Genrral-in- 
rAfc/,  having  been  approved  by  the  PREsmENT  of  the  Uniteii  States, 
is  hereby  adopted,  and  published  for  the  use  of  the  Army;  and,  under 
the  Act  of  May  12,  1820,  for  the  observance  of  the  Militia  of  the 
United  State.". 

C.  M.  CONRAD,      . 

Secretary   of  War. 


CONTENTS. 


P  A  U  T      I  . 

SERVING    HEAVY    ART  ILL  Ell  Y 


ARTICLE  I, 


PAGE 

Service  of  the  inccc 1 

Lesson  I. 
Service  of  a  gun  mounted  on  a  siege  carriage 6 

Lesson  2. 
Service  of  an  8-in  howitzer  mounted  on  a  2-l:-pdr.  siege  carriage     19 

Lesson  3. 
Service  of  a  10-inch  siege  mortar 30 

Lesson  4. 
Service  of  an  8-inch  siege  mortar 39 

Lesson  5. 
Service  of  a  Cochorn  mortar 41 

Lesson  C. 
Service  of  a  1 0-inch  sea-coast  mortar 43 

Lesson  7. 
Service  of  a  13-inch  sca-coiist  mortar 45 


VI  CONTENTS, 

Lesson  8. 

PAGE 

Service  of  a  stonc-mortar 46 

Lksso.v  9. 
Service  of  a  gun  mounted  on  a  barbette  carriage 47 

Lesson  10. 

Service  of  an  8-inch  sea-coast  howitzer  mounted  on  a  barbette  car- 
riage       53 

Lesson  11. 
Service  of  a  Ifl-inch  sea-coast  howitzer  mounted  on  a  barbette  car- 
riage       59 

Lesson  12. 
Service  of  a  gun  mounted  on  a  casemate  carriage GO 

Lesson  13. 
Service  of  an  8-inch  columbiad  mounted  on  a  casemate  carriage..     07 

Lesson  14. 
Service  of  a  24-pdr.  howitzer  mounted  on   a  flank-casemate  car- 
riage       68 

Lesson  15. 
Service  of  an  8-inch  cohimbiud  mounted  on  a  columbiad  carriage     73 

[The  addenda  at  page  271,  is  recommended  in  lieu  of  paragraphs 
153,  157  and  158,  for  the  8-inch  columbiad.] 

Lesson  16. 
Service  of  a  10-inch  columbiad  mounted  on  a  columbiad  carriage     80 

AUTICLE  IL 

Furmntion  of  ii  i-umjntny   into  thldv/iiiiciitii /i>r  the  service  of  a   hat- 

tcry  of  mrvrnl  /litres 81 

Service  of  <i  battery  of  several  piece* 83 


CONTENTS.  Vll 
ARTICLE  IIT. 

PAGE 

Pointing  guns  and  howitzers 85 

roiutinij  mortars 89 

Table  of  tangents  and  tangent-scales 92 

Ricochet  firing 9''5 

Firing  hot  shot 96 

Night  firing • T^l 

Platforms 102 


Part    II. 
MECHANICAL    MANCEUVHES 


ARTICLE  I. 

General  directions 109 

ARTICLE  II. 
Preliminary  mananvrcs 115 

Lesson  17. 

A  Run  b'ing  upon  the  ground,  to  place  blocks  under  the  chase  and 

reinforce 115 

To  remove  the  blocks •  •  1 1 " 

To  slew  the  gun 1 18 

To  move  the  gun  short  distances  to  the  front  or  rear 119 

To  move  the  gun  .abort  dipt.Tncc.«  by  rolling  it 119 

To  roll  the  gun  up  an  inclined-plane 119 

Lesson  18. 

A  howitzer  lying  upon  the  ground,  to  ]>lace  blocks  under  the  chase 
and  reinforce 122 


VIM  CONTENTS. 

PAQB 

To  remove  the  blocks 123 

To  rai^o  tbu  howitzer  upon  its  muzzle 123 

To  slew  the  howitzer  while  standing  upon  its  mu/.zlc 124 

Lksson  19. 

A  niorfnr  lying  upon  the  ground,  to  raise  it  upon  its  muzzle 125 

To  slew  thc'mortar 126 

To  slew  the  mortar-bcd 126 

Lesson  20. 

To  place  a  long  roller  under  a  mortar-bed 127 

To  remove  the  long  roller 128 

Lesson  21. 

To  limber 129 

To  unlimber 130 

To  move  a  piece,  or  its  carriage,  to  the  front  or  rear 130 

To  cross-lift  a  piece 131 

Lesson  22. 

A  gun  being  on  its  carriage,  to  place  a  short  roller  under  the  rein- 
force   '. 1.32 

A  howitzer  being  on  its  carriage,  to  place  a  short  roller  under  the 

reinforce 133 

To  remove  the  short  roller 133 

To  insert  handspikes  in  the  tiunniou-holcs 134 

To  remove  the  handspikes 135 

Lesson  23. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling  bed  .....  136 

To  shift  a  gun  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trunnion-holes 138 

To  .shift  a  howitzer  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling  bed  . .  138 
To  shift  a  howitzer  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trunnion-holes  . .  .138 
To  change  a  limber  when  the  gun  or  howitzer  is  on  its  travelling 

bed 140 

To  change  the  limber  of  a  loaded  mortar-wagon 140 


CONTENTS.  IX 
ARTICLE  III. 

"  PAGE 

Mana-uvren  with  the  hantinpilcc 141 

Lksson  24. 

To  roouDt  a  gun  upon  its  carriage 141 

To  dismount  the  gun 144 

To  mount  a  howitzer  upon  its  carriage 145 

To  dismount  the  howitzer 145 

Lesson  25. 

To  mount  a  howitzer  as  a  field  piece 1 46 

To  dismount  the  howitzer 147 

Lesson  26. 

To  mount  a  siege  mortar  upon  its  bed 140 

To  dismount  the  mortar 150 

Lesson  27. 

To  mount  a  siege  mf>rtar  upon  the  mortar-wagon 152 

To  dismount  the  mortar 154 

LicssoN  28. 

To  mount  a  gun  upon  the  mortar-wagon 157 

To  dismount  the  guu 160 

To  mount  a  howitzer  upon  the  mortar-wagon 162 

To  dismount  the  howitzer 16'S 

Lesson  29. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  one  carriage  to  another 1 64 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  one  carriage  to  another '.  166 

Lesson  30. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  the  mortar-wagon  to  its  carriage 167 

To  shift  a  gun  from  its  carriage  to  the  mortar-wagon 168 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  the  mortar-wagon  to  its  carriage ]6'.( 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  its  carriage  to  the  mortar-wagon 169 


X  CONTENTS. 

Lesson  31. 

PACE 

To  chanfjc  or  to  grcnsc  a  wheel I-TO 

To  (lif<in<iunt  a  carriage  and  its  limber 171 

To  rciutitint  the  carriage  and  its  litulier 174 

To  rlismount  the  inortar-wagou 175 

To  remount  the  mortar-wagon 176 

Lesson  32. 

To  lower  a  barbette  carriage    from  its  cha.'i.sis,  the   i)iecc   being 

mounted 177 

To  remount  tho  barbette  carriage  upon  its  chassis 179 

To   grease   the   rollers   of   a   barbette   carriage,    tho    piece   being 

mounted ISO 

To  grease  tho  forks  of  tho  traverse-wheels ISl 

Lksson  33. 

To  place  the  chassis  for  a  24-pdr.  howitzer  carriage  for  a  flank- 
casemate  in  position 182 

To  mount  the  howitzer 1S3 

To  mount  the  carriage  upon  its  chassis 183 

To  dismount  the  howitzer  carriage  from  its  chassis,  tho  pieco  being 

niounted 184 

To  dismount  tho  howitzer 185 

ARTICLE  IV. 

MiiiKtiivrfK  irilh  iiinch incs 1 8(i 

The  li/tiiKj-jnck 18'.) 

Munwiuireu  tcith  the  U/ting-jack ....    lit  1 

Lesson  34. 

A  piece  lying  u]k(I1  tlic  ground,  to  place  Mucks  under  the  chase  and 

reinforce I'.l  1 

To  remove  the  block.- 1U2 

Lesson  35. 

To  shift  a  piece  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling  bed 193 

To  shift  a  piece  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trunnion-holes l'J4 


CONTENTS.  XI 

Lesson  36. 

PAOE 

X,o  mount  a  siege  gun ^^^ 

To  disuiount  the  gun *^° 

To  mount  an  8-inch  siege  howitzer 199 

To  dismount  the  howitzer 199 

To  change,  to  grease,  or  to  raise  a  wheel 200 

The  gin 201 

The  field  and  siege  gin "02 

Manamtrcs  with  the  field  and  nicgc  gin 204 

Lesson  ?>7. 

To  put  the  gin  together 204 

To  reeve  the  fall 205 

To  carry  the  gin  when  put  together 20.^ 

To  raise  the  gin 206 

To  move  the  gin  when  raised 207 

To  lower  the  gin 207 


Lesson  38. 


To  mount  a  gun 


208 


To  dismount  a  gun 211 

To  mount  a  howitzer 211 

To  dismount  a  howitzer 211 

To  sling  a  mortar  mounted  on  its  bed 211 

To  sling  a  mortar  without  its  bed 212 

GarriHon  and  casemate  ginn •^'  • 

The  u»e  of  the  gin  as  shears 21 .5 

Manoeuvres  with  the  gin  as  shears 216 

Lesson  39. 

To  raise  a  piece  over  the  crest  of  a  parapet  or  edge  of  a  wall 216 

To  lower  a  piece  over  the  crest  of  a  parapet  or  edge  of  a  wall  into 

the  ditch 221 

To  raise  a  piece  and  pass  it  through  a  casemate  embrasure,  or  any 

similar  opening 221 

To  pa«s  a  piece  through   a  casemate  embrasure,  or  any  similar 

opening,  and  lower  it  into  the  ditch 223 


XII  rONTF.NTS. 

PAOE 

The  thng-cnrt 225 

MtiiDiuvriH  irith  (he  gliiig-i-art 226 

Lesson  40. 

To  sling  a  siege  gun,  howitzer,  or  mortar 226 

To  lower  a  siege  gun,  howitzer,  or  luortar,  to  the  groun  il 227 

To  sling  a  sca-ooa.«t  howitzer  or  eohimbiiid 228 

To  sliiig  a  10-iuch  cohunbiud 228 

To  sling  a  siege  mortar  mounted  ou  its  bed 228 

To  sling  a  sea-coast  mortar 229 

To  transport  a  siege  piece  short  distances  by  a  limber 229 

To  raise  a  piece  upon  one  or  more  blocks  by  a  limber 229 

To  sling  a  piece  ou  two  limbers  so  that  it  may  be  transported  with 

horses 230 

The  caneiiintr  truck 231 

MiinuuvreH  with  the  ctinvniate  truck 232 

Lksson  41. 

To  place  a  casemate  chassis  on  the  truck 232 

To  lower  the  chassis  to  the  ground 233 

To  remove  the  chassis  from  the  cascmat  e 234 

To  place  a  gun-carriage  on  the  truck 234 

To  lower  the  gun-carriage  to  the  ground 234 

To  shift  the  gun-carriage  from  the  truck  to  its  chai^sis 234 

To  shift  the  gun-carriage  from  its  chassis  to  the  truck 235 

JjKsso.v  42. 

To  place  a  heavy  gun  on  the  truck 236 

To  remove  a  heavy  gun  from  the  truck  an<l  place  it  on  two  blocks.  237 

To  i)lace  a  heavy  gun  on  the  truck  b^'  a  gin 237 

liKSSON   43. 

To  mount  a  gun 238 

To  dismount  a  gun 238 

Lksson  M. 

'I'o  remove  or  to  grca.sc  the  truck  wheels  when  the  gun  is  mounted.  239 


CONTENTS.  XIU 


Part   III. 
MISCELLANEOUS 


ARTICLE  I. 

PAOE 

To  cnihark  niid  disembark  artillery  and  ordnance  Mores 24  I 

ARTICLE  IL 

Tables  of  dimensions  and  weights  of  guns,  carriages,  shot,  shrlls, 
machines  and  implements;  of  charges  for  shells;  of  ranges  /or 
heavy  ordnance,  etc 245 

Principal  dimensions  and  weights  of  guns 246 

Principal  dimensions  and  weights  of  columbiads  and  howitzers...  247 

Principal  dimensions  andw  eights  of  mortars 248 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  shot 248 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  shells 249 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  spherical-case  shot 250 

Weights  of  carcasses 250 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  grape  shot 251 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  canister  shot 251 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  grenades 251 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  canisters. .» 252 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  a  stand  of  grape 252 

Principal  dimensions  of  siege  gun-carriages  and  liralicrs •.   25.3 

Principal  weights  of  siege  gun-carriages  and  limbers 254 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  mortar-beds 254 

Principal  dimensions  and  weights  of  barbette  carriages 255 

Principal  diim'nsions  and  weights  of  casemate  carriages 256 

Weight  of  lifting  jiick 257 

Dimensions  and  weights  of  gins 257 

Dimensions  and  weight  of  the  sling-cart 258 


Xir  CONTENTS. 

DiincniioDB  and  weight  of  the  mortar- wagon 258 

Length*  and  wcighu  of  finished  jmjilctncnta 259 

Weight*  of  imiilenicntii 2fi0 

Diincnvion*  of  oartriflgc-JiBjfi' 2fil 

Manner  of  rtraiiping  chcll* 2(52 

Charges  for  i<hcllg  for  mortars 262 

Chargcii  f<ir  i«hclli«  for  coluniluBdn  and  hcavj  guns 2rt3 

The  number  of  l>allH  in  a  pile 26.1 

Kangei  of  heavy  ordnance 26i 


LIST     OF     IM.ATKS, 


PAOB 

No.     1.  24-iMlr.  bilge  <iun 18 

No.     2.  24-]i<lr.  Gun  on  a  siege  carriage 18 

No.     .".  2-l-|^(lr.  Gun  on  a  ^iego  carriage — horizontal  projection...  18 

No.     4.  24-pdr.  Gun  on  a  ficge  carriage — in  travelling  i>o.'<iti<in.  •  •  IS 

No.  5.  Gunner's  I, cvel,  Breech-piglit.  Frielion-tubc,  Liinyaril. .. .  18 
No.     6.  Sponge.   Hiiinmer,   Ladles   and   Tongs  for    hot   shot,  Car- 

tridge,  Shells,  Spherical-case,  (irapc.  Canister 18 

No.     7.  8-inch  Siege  Howitzer,  Quoin,  Loading-tongs 29 

No.     8.  8-inch  Siege  Mortar  and  Bed 46 

No.     9.   Siege,  Sea-coast,  ("oehorn  and  St«ne-Mortar« — horizontal 

projection 4fi 

No.   1  fl.  32-pdr.  Sea-coast  Gun .>'.» 

No.   1 1 .  24-)idr.  Gun  on  barliettc  carriage '>y 

No.   12.  .■j2-pdr.  (Jun  on  barbette  carriage — horizontal  projection..  M 

No.  1 3.  Sea-coast  Howitzer •'■• 

No.  14.  8-inch  Columbiad  on  a  casemate  carriage   ''7 

No.  15.  24  jidr.  Howitzer  on  a  flank -cascniatc  carriage 72 

No.  16.  24-pdr.  Howitzer  <m  a  flank-casemate  carriage— horizontal 

projection - 

Xo.   17.   8-inch  Colnmbiad '*" 

Jio.  18.   ^  '         lubiad  Carriage "*' 

Xo.   19.    -  .inbiaU  Carriage — boritontal  projection Mt 

No.  20.   Piatloriii  lor  Sie^o  Gnu  or  Howitzer l'"< 

No.  21.  Platform?  for  Mortars !">< 

No.  22.   Block.  Half  Block.  Skid.  Shifting-plank Ill 

Xo.  2:J.  ManwHvring-bandspike.  Long  Kollcr,  Sh-rl   n<.11cr.  Half  ^ 

Roller,  Gun-chock,  Wheel-chock.  Koller-chock,  Trun-  * 

nion-loop ' ' ' 

Xo.  24.  To  shift  a  Piece  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling 

bed '^" 

No.  2h.  To  change  a  Limber  when  the  piece  in  on  its  travelling  bed  14M 

N<».  26.  To  mount  a  tJun  u|.on  il«  carriage '<•' 

N«.  27.  Mort«r  wagon '^® 


XVI  LIST    OF    IM.ATKS. 

PACE 

No.   28.   .Mortar- wajfon — horir.ontal  projccliim 156 

Nu.  2(1.  To  mount  a  Sicf^c  Mortar  un  the  mortiir-wagon.. ...... .  Ijfr 

No.  .'<0.  Tn  uioiint  a  Gun  on  the  iu<irlar-wa);on 16.'t 

No.  31.  To  mount  a  (Sun  on  the  mortar-wagon  without  uci'ing  u 

windla88 lii:t 

No.  32.  To  shift  11  (Itni  or  Howif/.er  from  one  carriage  to  another.  Ift6 

No.  33.  To  change  a  Wheel 176 

No.  34.  To  lf)wer  a  Barbette  Carriage  from  its  chasgis,  the  pivve 

being  mountctl I  SI 

No.  35.  Lifting-jnck.  Lifling-block,  Field  and  Siege  (Jin Iss 

No*  36.   (iarriiion  Ciin I'^^i 

No.  37.  Sling-cart,  Sliiij;-chain ixs 

No.  38.  Hand  Sling-cart.  Casemate  Truck 188 

N>>.  39.  Crown  for  head  of  Gin,  Knot«,  Looi)8,  Hitches 188 


liNSTRUCTION 


FOR 


HEAVY     ARTILLERY 


PART   I. 
S  E  R  V  I  N  G     II  E  AY  Y     A  R  T  I  L  L  E  R  Y 


ARTICLE   1. 

SERVICE      OF     THE      PIECE. 

1.  Tlic  cannoneer,  previous  to  receiving  instruction 
in  Heavy  Artillery,  should  bo  tlioroughly  instructed 
in  the  School  of  the  Piece,  Field  Artillery. 

2.  The  manner  of  serving  heavy  artillery  varies 
with  the  kind  of  piece,  and  the  carriage  upon  which 
it  is  mounted. 

• 

3.  There  are  four  kinds  of  heavy  jiicfos  in  llie  land 
service,  viz:  the  (tin,  the  Howitzer,  (he  .Mortar, 
and  the  ("on  mbiah. 

They  arc  <JislinguiKhod  according  to  their  use,  as 
Sicfje,  (iarrison  and  Sra-const  Artillery. 

For  their  service  six  distinct  kinds  of  carriages  are 
necessar}-,  viz  :  the  Sietje,  the  Jiarlxtti,  the  Cnnimate, 
the  F lank-casemate,  the  Columbiad,  and  tlic  carriage 


SERVICK    OF    THE    PIKPE. 


[part  I. 


u])on  whicli  the  Afortar  is  mounted,  Avliieh  is  techni- 
cally called  its  bed. 

Siege  Arfilhry  is  used  in  the  attack  of  places;  and 
as  it  follows  armies  in  their  operations,  is  mounted 
upon  carria<ifes  which  serve  for  its  transportation. 

Gdrrison  Artillery  is  emplo^-ed  in  the  defence  of 
forts,  more  especiallj-  those  of  the  interior;  and  Sea- 
coast  Artillery,  consisting;  of  the  heaviest  calibres,  is 
used  for  the  defence  of  the  sea-coast.  Their  carriages 
do  not  subserve  the  purpose  of  transportaticjn  ;  the 
barbette  carriai^e  may,  however,  be  used  for  inovinij; 
its  ])iece  for  shoi-t  distances,  as  from  one  front  of  a 
work  to  anotlier. 

The  following  are  the  kinds  and  calibi-os  of  Heavy 
Artillery  used  in  the  land  service  of  the  United 
States : 


KIND    OF    OnONANCE. 


CALIBRE.       MATERIAL. 


Guns. 


IIOWITZEHS.. 


COI.DMIIIADS. 


JIoitTAltS.  . 


Siege  and  Garrison. 
Sea-coast 


Siege  and  (Jarrison. 
Sua-coast 


Siege 

Sea-coast . 

Stone 

Coehorn . . 


12-pdr. 
18-pdr. 
2(-pdr. 
.'?2-i)dr. 
42-pdr. 

8-inch, 
24-pdr. 

8-ineh. 
10-inch. 

8-ineh. 
10-inch. 

S-ineh. 
10-inch. 
Ilt-jncii. 
l.i-inch. 
10-inch. 
21-pdr. 


Iron. 


Bronze. 


4.  The  detachment  for  serving  a  jnece  is  formed 
into  two  i-anks,  and  numbered  from  right  to  left.  The 
odd  niniil)ers   form    the   j-cai-    rank,  and   serve  on  the 


ART.  I.]  (lENKRAL    DIRECTIONS.  3 

riglit  of  the  piece;  the  even  numbers  and  tlic  ijjuniier 
form  the  front  rank,  and  serve  on  its  left.  The  ri<;iit 
file  is  numbered  1  and  2;  tlic  next  file  8  and  4;  the 
gunner  is  uncovered,  and  generally  on  the  left  of  No. 
4;  and  on  his  left  are  as  many  tiles  as  are  deemed 
necessary,  numbered  5  and  6,  7  and  »S,  etc. 

5.  A  piece  is  in  battery  when  it  is  in  the  projier 
position  to  be  fired. 

The  right  of  a  piece,  when  in  batter}^,  is  the  right 
of  the  cannoneer  when  facing  to  the  object  to  l)e  fired 
at;  the  front  is  the  direction  toward  which  the  muz- 
zle points. 

The  term  battery  is  applied  to  one  or  more  pieces,  or 
to  the  places  where  the  pieces  are  fired. 

A  platform  is  the  support  upon  which  a  piece  is 
manoeuvred  when  in  battery. 

6.  The  detachment  is  marched  to  the  battery  b}'  a 
flank.  It  is  halted,  and  faced  to  the  front,  when  its 
centre  is  opposite  to  the  middle  of  the  platform,  and 
(if  there  be  room)  four  yards  from  it. 

7.  To  cause  the  cannoneers  to  take  their  posts,  tlie 
instructor  commands: 

1.  Detachment,  to  your  posts. 

2.  March. 

At  the  first  command,  the  detachment  is  faced  to  the 
right  by  the  chief  of  piece. 

At  the  second  command,  it  files  to  the  left,  and  the 
two  ranks  se))arate — the  rear  rank  marching  to'  the 
right  of  the  j)iece,  and  the  front  rank  to  the  left.,  in 
lines  parallel  to  its  axis.  As  each  man  arrives  at  his 
post,  he  halts  and  faces  to  the  piece:  Xos.  1  and  2  one 
^•ard  from  the  e])aulment.  ]>arapet,  or  scarp,  their 
breasts  eighteen  inches  f)utside  of  the  wheels  of  the 
carriage  or  cheeks  of  the  mortar-bed,  as  the  case  ma}' 
be;  and  tlic  other  numbers  and  the  gunner,  dressing 


4  SERVICF.    OF   TIIK    IMKCK.  [PAUT  1. 

on  Nos.  1  and  2  rospoctively,  at  intorvals  of  one  yanl. 
t'Xo«»pt  that  hotwocn  Nos.  8  and  .'>  tluTc  is  an  intiTval 
of  two  yards.  AVitli  tlio  mortar,  Nos.  1  and  'J,  are 
opposite  to  tlie  front  man<i'uvrinj;-bults.  and  Nos.  I{ 
and  4  opposite  to  those  in  the  rear. 

Cmlcr  the  fire  of  the  ennn;/.  the  men  will  he  directed 
to  cover  themselves  by  the  ])arapet  as  much  as  may  bo 
(•onsi.'»tent  with  the  execution  of  their  duties. 

8.  The  chief  of  piece  (a  non-commissioned  otiicer) 
assists  the  instructor  in  cffectintj  a  correct  execution 
of  the  movements.  While  at  the  battery,  he  will  i;cn- 
erally  be  one  yard  outside  of  the  cannoneers  ot  the  left, 
facint,'  the  ]>iece,  and  two  3'ards  in  rear  of  the  platforni 
or  rearmost  ])art  of  the  carria<^e.  lie  communicates 
and  attends  to  the  execution  of  all  ordere  ho  may 
receive  in  relation  to  the  service  of  his  piece:  as,  for 
instance,  the  kind  of  ammunition  to  bo  used,  tho 
wcijjjht  of  charge,  the  kind  and  K-ngth  of  fuze,  etc. 

9.  Tlie  movements  of  the  cannoneers  at  the  battery 
arc  in  double-quick  time. 

10.  Posts  aro  changed  at  tho  discrotion  of  the  in- 
structor. 

11.  To  allow  the  detachment  to  rest,  tho  instructor 
commands : 

In  place — Hkst;  or,  Rest. 

'i'he  caiinoneei's  lay  down  their  handsjiikos. 

In  the  tirst  case,  the  men  remain  at  their  ]H)sts;  in 
the  second  case,  they  may  leave  their  )»osts,  but  will 
remain  near  the  piece. 

To  resume  the  exorcise,  the  instructor  comniantls: 

Attention — Dktachmknt. 

At  which  command,  all  resume  their  posts  and  hand- 
s])ikes. 


AllT.  J.]  GENERAL    DIRECTIONS.  5 

12.  Until  the  cannoneer  becomes  well  versed  in  his 
duties  at  the  piece,  the  instructor  will  himself,  by  way 

•of  example,  occasionally  execute  the  movements  which 
he  orders.  In  the  intervals  of  rest  he  will  minutely 
instruct  the  men  in  the  names  and  uses  of  the  imple- 
ments, and  in  the  nomenclatures  of  the  piece,  its  car- 
riairc  or  bed,  and  of  the  parts  of  the  fortification  near 
the  battery.  In  the  course  of  the  instruction  he  will 
require  every  man  to  point  out  and  designate  by  name 
all  the  parts  enumerated  in  these  nomenclatures,  and 
to  answer  questions  relative  to  the  service  of  the  piece : 
such  as  the  weight  of  charge,  the  manner  of  making 
cartridges  and  wads,  of  heating  shot  and  throwing  hot 
shot,  of  laying  platforms,  pointing,  etc.  And  although 
he  is  to  consider  precision  of  movement  as  highly 
essential,  yet  ho  is  to  inculcate  that  something  more  is 
necessar}'  than  a  merely  mechanical  performance  of 
duty.  lie  will,  therefore,  endeavor  to  impress  upon 
the  cannoneer  not  onl^'  the  habit  of  a  soldier-like  man- 
ner of  working  his  gun,  but  an  accurate  understand- 
ing of  all  the  elements  necessary  to  the  efficiency  of 
its  fire. 

13.  To  leave  the  battery,  the  instructor  commands : 

1.  Detachment,  rear. 

2.  March. 

At  the  first  command,  the  detachment  is  faced  from 
the  epauiment  by  the  chief  of  piece. 

At  the  second  command,  it  marches  to  the  rear — the 
cannoneers  of  the  left  closing  upon  those  of  the  right — 
files  to  the  right,  and  is  halted  and  faced  to  the  front ' 
b}-  the  chief  of  piece,  so  as  to  bring  its  centre  opposite 
to  the  midrlle  of  the  platform,  and  four  yards  from  it. 
The  chief  of  piece  places  liimself  ujion  the  right. 

The  detachment  is  inarched  fi*om  the  battery  by  a 
flank. 


tiKRVlCK    OK    TIIK    I'lKCK. 


[I'AIIT  1. 


Lesson  I. 
Service  of  a  Gun  mounted  on  a  siege  carriage. 


Pl-ATES  I,  II.   III.   IV,  V  AM)  VI. 


Seven  men  arc  necessary  :  one  guniior,  and  si.\  otin-r 
t-aniioiieers. 

14.  Tlic  piece  is  in  battery  upon  its  platform. 
The  imjilements,  etc.,  arc  arranged  as  follows  : 


Handspikes. 

RPONOE  

Kammku 

Pass-ijox 


Three  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
leaning  against  tlie  epaulmcnt, 
in  line  wilh  the  canonccrs. 

One  yard  behind  and  jiarallcl  in  the 
line  of  cannoneers  of  the  right, 
the  sponge  u]»permost,  the  sponge 
and  rammer-heads  turneil  from 
the  epaulmcnt,  and  supporl('<l 
uji(»n  a  prop. 

Against  the  epaulmcnt.  outside  ol 
the  pile  of  halls. 

Containing  friclion-tiihes.  and  tiie 
lanyard,  which  is  hahitually 
wound  in  the  iorm  of  St.  An- 
drew's cross  n]ion  its  handle. 
Siisju-ndcd  from  the  Unoh  of  the 
cascable. 


ART.  I.] 


Gunner's  pouch. 


Chocks 


SIEGE    GUN.  < 

Containing  the  jriinncr's  level, 
breech-sight.  fin,2;er-stall,]->rimin^ 
wire,  gimlet,  vent-punch,  and 
chalk.  Suspended  from  the  knob 
of  the  cascable. 

One  on  each  side  of  the  piece,  near 
the  ends  of  the  barter. 


Vent-cover Covering  the  vent. 

ToMPiON Tn  the  muzzle. 


Broom. 


licaning    against    the    epanlment, 
outside  of  the  pile  of  balls. 

When  several  guns  are  served  together,  there  will  be 
only  one  gunner's  level  and  two  vent-i^unches  to  each 
battery  not  exceeding  six  pieces.  To  the  same  battery 
there  will  be  one  iconn,  one  ladle,  and  one  wrench. 

The  balls  are  regularly'  piled  on  the  left  of  the 
piece,  near  the  epanlment,  and  close  to  the  edge  of  the 
platform. 

The  wads  are  placed  between  the  epaulment  and 
the  balls,  j)artly  resting  on  them. 

15.  The  cannoneers  having  been  marched  to  their 
posts,  the  instructor  directs  them  to  place  their  mus- 
kets against  the  epaulment,  and  then  explains  to  them 
the  names  and  uses  of  the  implements,  and  the  nomen- 
clatures of  the  gun,  its  carriage,  and  the  battery. 

IG.  To  cause  the  implements  to  be  distributed,  the 
instructor  commands : 

Take  implements. 

The  gunner  steps  to  the  knob  of  the  cascable; 
takes  off  the  vent-cover,  handing  it  to  'So.  2  to  place 
against  the  cjiaulment,  outside  of  the  ])ass-bf»x  ;  gives 
the  tubo-puuch  to  No.  iJ ;  equips  himself  with  his  own 


K  KKRVICK    OF    TIIK    I'lKCK.  [I'AUT  I. 

pouch  ami  tlio  fin«;or-stall,  wenrinpr  the  latter  «>n  tho 
Hceond  firif^iT  of  tlie  lot\  hand  ;  levels  the  j)ieeo  hy  tho 
clevatinjj-scTCw;  ai»plies  his  level  to  ascertain  the  hij^h- 
cst  pctints  <»f  the  ItaHc-rinLj  and  swell  of  the  niu/./.le, 
which  he  marks  with  chalk  ;  and  rcsunics  his  post. 

No.  3  equips  himself  with  the  tiilK'-jtoueh. 

No».  1  and  2,  at\er  passini;  two  handspikes  each  to 
Xo8.  8  and  4,  take  each  one  f«»r  himself  Nos.  5  and  G 
receive  theirs  from  Kos.  3  and  4. 

17.  The  handsjtike  is  held  in  hoth  hands;  the  hand 
nearest  to  the  ejiaulmeiit  /^raspini;  it  near  the  small  end 
atid  at  the  heij^ht  of  the  shoulder,  hack  c»f  the  liund 
down,  elhow  touching  the  liod y ;  the  other  hand  hack 
up,  the  arm  extended  naturally;  the  hutt  of  the  hand- 
spike upon  the  platform  on  the  side  farthest  from  tho 
ejiuulment,  and  six  inches  in  advance  of  the  alignment. 

IS.  When  the  cannoneer  ltt3'8  down  his  handspike, 
he  places  it  directl}*  hefore  him,  ahout  six  inches  in 
advance  of  and  parallel  to  the  alignment,  tho  small 
end  toward  the  epaulment  ;  and  whenever  he  thus 
lays  it  down  for  the  discharge  of  any  j)arlicular  duty, 
he  will  I'csunie  it  t)n  returning  to  his  post  alK-r  the 
completion  of  that  duty. 

H>.  The  instructor  causes  tho  service  of  tho  pioco  to 
bo  cxecuterl  hy  the  following  commands: 

1.  From  ijattery. 

Tho  gunner  moves  two  jiaces  to  his  right. 

Is'os.  I.  2,  3,  4,  i)  and  ('»,  facing  from  the  epatilment, 
omhar:  Nos.  1  and  2  under  the  front  of  the  wheels; 
Nos.  3  and  4  through  the  rear  spoki-s  of  the  wheels, 
near  the  felly,  under  an<l  jierpeudicularly  to  th<'  cheeks; 
and  Nos.  ;')  and  (J  under  the  nian<euvring-l)olts. 

All  heing  ready,  the  gunner  gives  tho  command 
IIkavk,  which  will  he  rejieated  as  often  as  may  he 
neces!»ary.     Jlc  sees  that  Nos.  5  and  0  guide  the  trail 


ART.  I.]  STKnE    OUN.  9 

in  prolon elation  of  the  direotrix  of  the  emhrasurc, 
and  as  soon  as  the  face  of  tlie  piece  is  ahout  one  yard 
from  the  epaulmcnt,  coniniands  Halt.  All  unhar,  and 
resume  their  posts.     Kos.  1  and  2  ehoclc  the  wheels. 

2.  Load  by  detail — Load. 

20.  Nos.  1,  2  and  4  lay  down  their  handspikes. 

No.  2  takes  out  the  tompion,  and  places  it  near  the 
vent-cover. 

No.  1  faces  once  and  a  half  to  his  left;  steps  over 
the  sponi^e  and  rammer;  faces  to  the  piece;  takes  the 
sponge  with  l)oth  hands,  the  backs  down,  the  right 
hand  tlirce  feet  from  the  sponge-head,  the  left  hand 
eighteen  inches  nearer  to  it;  returns  to  the  piece, 
entering  the  staff  in  the  embrasure;  places  the  left 
foot  in  line  with  the  face  of  the  piece,  half  way 
between  it  and  the  wheels;  breaks  to  the  right  with 
the  right  foot,  the  heels  on  a  line  parallel  to  the  direc- 
tion of  the  piece,  tlie  left  leg  straightened,  the  right 
knee  bent,  the  body  erect  u]»on  the  haunches;  and 
rests  the  end  of  the  sponge  in  the  muzzle,  the  staff  in 
the  prolongation  of  the  bore,  supjjorted  by  the  right 
hand,  the  right  arm  extended,  the  left  hand  flat 
against  the  side  of  the  thigh. 

No.  2  steps  to  the  muzzle,  and  occupies  a  position  on 
the  left  of  the  piece  corresponding  to  that  of  No.  1  on 
its  right.  He  seizes  the  staff  with  the  left  hand,  back 
down,  near  to  and  outside  of  the  hand  of  No.  1. 

No.  8.  facing  t*»WTird  the  epaulmcnt,  embars  under 
tiie  l)recch,  and  maintains  the  piece  in  a  convenient 
position  for  inserting  the  sponge,  until  he  receives  a 
signal  from  the  gunner  to  unbar.  He  then  lays  down 
liis  handspike;  steps  over  the  rammer  and  seizes  the 
staff  with  V)oth  hands,  as  prescribecl  for  the  sponge  j 
and  stands  ready  to  exehange  with  No.  1. 

No.  4  takes  the  pass-box  and  goes  to  the  rear  for  a 
cartridge;  returns  with  it,  and  places  himself,  facing 
the  piece,  about  eighteen  inches  to  the  rear  and  right 
of  No.  2. 


10  hKUYICE    OF    THE    PIECK.  [PART.  1. 

The  j^mncr  jilaccs  liimsolf  ncnr  tlic  stock,  tlic  left 
foot  n<lvaiHC(l ;  dosow  the  vont  with  the  secoiui  tiiii^or 
of  tho  loJt  hand,  hendini;  well  forward  to  cover  hiin- 
M-ll  l.y  the  hreech;  turns  the  elevating-screw  with  the 
ri;;ht  hand,  so  as  t<»  adjust  the  jiiece  conveniently  for 
loading;  and  makes  a  si;^nal  for  No.  3  to  unlmr. 

•Jl.  In  the  meantime,  Nos.  1  and  2  insert  the  s]mn<i:c 
hv  the  following  motions,  at  the  words  one — two — 
THREE — Eoiu — five: 

\ft  motion.  They  insert  the  s])on<;c  as  far  as  the  hand 
of  No.  1,  bodies  erect,  shoulders  scjuare. 

2<l  tnotioti.  They  slide  the  hands  along  the  stall',  and 
fw'xr.c  it  at  arm's  length. 

3</  motion.  They  force  the  sponge  down  as  pre- 
Hcrihe<l  in  the  llrst  motion. 

Ath  motion.  They  rejieat  the  second  motion. 

f)f/«  motion.  They  ]iush  the  sjionge  to  the  Itottoni  of 
the  hore.  No.  1  i-i']>laceB  the  left  hand  on  the  staff, 
l»a<k  uj),  six  inches  nearer  let  the  muzzle  than  the 
right.  No.  2  places  the  right  IkukI,  l>:irl<  uji,  hitwoon 
the  hands  of  Tso.  1. 

II,  in  executing  these  niotions,  or  the  corresponding 
ones  with  the  rammer,  it  be  fcnind  that  the  sponge  or 
rammer  is  at  hon>e  at  the  third  or  fourth  motion,  then 
what  is  prescribed  lor  the  tillh  motion  will  be  per- 
formed at  the  third  or  fourth.  The  knee  on  the  side 
toward  which  the  body  is  to  be  inclined  is  always 
bfnt,  tin*  other  straightened;  and  the  weight  ol'  the 
bodv  ailded.  as  much  as  jiossible,  to  the  eli"ort  exertetl 
by  the  arms. 

3.    Sl'O.NliK. 

22.  Nos.  1  and  2,  pressing  the+^ponge  Hrnily  against 
the  bottom  ol"  the  bore,  turn  it  three  times  I'rom  right 
lo  lelt,  and  threv  times  from  lelt  to  right;  replace  the 
hands  on  the  thighs;  anil  withdraw  the  s])onge  by 
motions  contrary  t<»  (hose  j)rescribi'(l  for  inserting  it. 

Utmnrh.  To  liandle  the  sponge  when  it  is  new  and 
fits  tiglit,  it  may  become  necessary  for  Nos.  1  and  2  to 
uk«*  both  iiantls.  In  this  case,  it  will  be  inserted  and 
withdrawn  by  short  and  ipiick  motions. 


ART.  I.]  SIEGE    GUN.  11 

No.  2  quits  tlie  staff,  and,  turniiif^  toward  No.  4, 
receives  from  him  the  cartridge,  whicli  he  takes  in 
both  hands,  backs  down,  and  introduces  into  the  bore 
bottom  foremost,  seams  to  the  sides  ;  he  tlien  grasps 
the  rammer  in  the  way  prescribed  for  the  sponge. 

No.  1,  rising  upon  the  right  leg  and  turning  tOAvard 
liis  left,  passes  the  sponge  above  the  rammer  with  the 
left  hand  to  No.  3,  and  receiving  the  rammer  with 
the  right,  presents  it  as  prescribed  for  tlie  sponge, 
except  that  he  rests  the  rammer-head  against  the 
right  side  of  the  face  of  the  piece. 

No.  3,  as  soon  as  the  sponge  is  withdrawn,  passing 
the  rammer  under  the  sponge  into  the  embrasure 
with  the  right  hand,  receives  the  sponge  from  No.  1 
with  the  left,  re])laces  it  upon  the  prop,  and  resumes 
his  post. 

No.  4,  setting  down  the  pass-box,  takes  out  the  car- 
tridge, and  presents  it  in  both  hands  to  No.  2,  the  choke 
to  the  front;  returns  the  pass-box  to  its  place,  and  picks 
up  a  ball,  and  afterward  a  wad,  should  one  be  required. 

Nos.  1  and  2  force  down  the  cartridge  by  the  mo- 
tions prescribed  for  forcing  down  the  sponge. 

4.  Ram. 

23.  Nos.  1  and  2,  drawing  the  rammer  out  to  the 
full  extent  of  their  arms,  ram  with  a  single  stroke. 
No.  2  quits  the  staff,  and,  turning  toward  No.  4, 
receives  from  him  the  ball  and  wad,  whilst  No.  1 
throws  out  the  rammer,  and  holds  tlie  head  against 
the  right  side  of  the  face  of  the  piece.  No.  2,  receiv- 
ing successivelj^  the  ball  and  wad,  introduces  them 
into  the  bore,  the  Itall  first,  and  seizes  the  staff  with 
the  left  hand.     No.  4  then  resumes  his  post. 

Nos.  1  and  2  force  flown  the  ball  and  wad  together 
by  the  same  motions,  and  ram  in  the  same  manner  as 
prescribed  for  the  cartridge.  No.  2  quits  the  rammer; 
sweeps,  if  necessary,  the  platform  on  his  own  side; 
jiassos  the  broom  to  No.  1  ;  and  resumes  his  post. 
N«i    1  throws  f»ut  the  ramnicr,  and   jdafcs  it  upon  the 


12  SERVICE   OF   THE    PIECE.  [iWRT  I. 

|»n»p  Ih'Iow  tlio  ppon^jc  ;  flniBhcs  the  sweeping;  and 
rcHunu't*  liih  post. 

TIic  ^unniT  jtricks,  leaving  tlio  priming  wire  in  the 
vent;  rcHumcH  his  jmst ;  and,  if  firing  bo3'ond  point- 
blank  range,  adjuHtH  the  breech-sight  to  the  distance. 

5.    I.N    HATTKRY. 

24.  NoH.  1  and  2  uncho(dt  the  wheels,  and,  wilh 
N<»*.  3,  4,  5  and  (»,  all  facing  toward  the  epaulnient, 
cmlmr:  Nos.  1  and  2  through  the  front  spokes  of  the 
whufJH.  near  the  fi'lly,  luulor  and  jierpenditularl}-  to 
tlu"  chreks;  Nos.  J{  and  4  under  the  rear  of  the  wheels; 
and  NoK.  r>  and  0  under  the  nianceuvring-bolts  per- 
pentlii'ularly  to  the  stock. 

All  being  ready,  the  gunner  coniniands  IIk.wk.  and 
the  piece  is  run  into  battery — Nos.  5  and  (5  being 
careful  to  guide  the  chase  into  the  middle  of  the 
cmlirasure.  As  soon  as  the  wheels  touch  the  hurter, 
he  commands  Halt.  All  unbar,  and  Nos.  1,2,  o  and 
4  resume  their  j»osts. 

(■).    ]*ol.\T. 

25.  No.  I{  lays  down  his  handsj)ike;  passes  the  hook 
<»rilie  lanyard  through  the  eye  of  a  tube  from  front  to 
rear;  and  holds  the  handle  of  the  lanyard  with  the 
right  han<l,the  h<»ok  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger. 

N(»s.  f)  and  G  t'mbar  utider  and  jjcrpendiculai-ly  to 
the  trail,  near  the  mameuvring-bolts. 

The  gunner,  placing  himself  at  the  stock,  as  at  the 
command  Load,  withdraws  the  jtriming-wire.  and, 
aided  by  Nos.  ;')  and  (»,  gives  the  diri'ction  ;  causing 
the  trail  to  be  njoved  by  commanding  Lkkt,  or  Hniiir, 
tjipping,  at  the  same  time,  on  the  right  side  of  the 
breech  for  No,  f)  to  move  the  trail  to  the  left,  or  on 
the  left  side  for  No.  (5  to  move  it  to  the  right. 

He  then  places  the  centre  ))oint  of  the  breech-sight 
«c«-urale|y  upon  the  chalk  mark  on  the  base-ring,  and 
l>y  the  eievatingscrew  gives  the  propci-  elevalioii. 
reciifs  iiiM-  1 1,1.  direction  if  necessary. 


ART.  I.]  SIEGE    GUN.  13 

The  moment  the  piece  is  correctly  pointed,  he  rises 
on  the  left  leg,  and  trives  the  word  JIkady,  making  a 
signal  with  both  hands,  at  which  Nos.  5  and  6  unbar, 
and  resi;me  their  posts;  takes  the  breech-sight  with 
the  left  hand;  and  goes  to  the  windward  to  observe 
the  effect  of  the  shot. 

No.  3  inserts  the  tube  in  the  vent;  drops  the  handle, 
allowing  the  lanyard  to  uncoil  as  he  steps  back  to  his 
post,  holding  it  slightly  stretched  with  the  right  hand, 
the  cord  passing  between  the  fingers,  back  of  the  hand 
up;  and  breaks  to  the  rear  a  full  pace  with  the  left 
foot,  the  left  hand  against  the  thigh. 

At  the  word  Ready,  Nos.  1  and  2  take  the  chocks, 
and  breaking  off  with  the  feet  farthest  from  the  epaul- 
ment,  stand  ready  to  chock  the  whcjels. 

26.  In  directing  the  piece  to  be  fired,  the  instructor 
will  designate  it  by  its  number,  as,  for  example : 

7.  Number  one — Fiee. 

No.  3  gives  a  smart  pull  upon  the  lanyard. 

Immediatel}'  after  the  discharge  of  the  piece,  Nos.  1 
and  2  chock  the  wheels,  and  resume  the  erect  position. 
No.  3  resumes  the  erect  position,  and  rewinds  the  lan- 
yard in  St.  Andrew's  cross  upon  its  handle,  returning 
it,  if  dry,  to  the  tube-pouch.  The  gunner,  having 
observed  the  effect  of  the  shot,  returns  to  his  post. 

27.  Whenever  the  piece  is  to  be  fired  by  a  lock,  port- 
fire, or  slow-match,  it  will  be  done  by  No.  3,  as  pre- 
scribed for  No.  4  in  the  instruction  for  field  artillery. 

28.  To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  resumes 
the  series  of  commands,  beginning  with  From  bat- 
tery. 


It  SERVICE   OF   TUE    I'lECK.  [PAUT   I. 

To  change  posts. 
29.  To  chango  |)08t«,  the  instructor  coininaiids  : 

1.  Change  posts. 

2.  March. 

'■'.  Call  off. 

Al  tiu'  lu-l  «<>iinnainl,  iht*  cnnnoiHMM's  lay  down  (lioir 
linn<iK|iik«>i*;  place  tlioir  oqiii]iiiic'iitH  on  the  parts  ot'llic 
carriap?  nearest  to  tliein,  and   face  to  tlieir  lelt. 

At  the  second  command,  they  step  (»!!',  each  advanc- 
ing; one  post;  No.  li  taking  that  of"  5so.  1.  N<»s.  li  and 
5  pass  to  the  rear  of  tl»e  trail;  No.  2  on  the  outside 
of  all  the  cannoneers.  On  arriving  at  their  post«,  they 
face  to  the  piece  and  equip  tluMnselvcs. 

At  the  third  command,  they  call  off,  according  to 
the  ])OHt8  they  are  to  occujjy. 

To  load  for  action. 

.'JO.  The  cannoneers  having  been  suHicienlly  in- 
st  meted  in  the  details  of  the  movements,  the  instruct- 
or commands : 

Load  for  art  ion — liO.VD. 

The  piece  is  run  from  hattery,  loaded,  run  into  hat- 
tery,  pointed,  and  prejmred  for  firing,  l»y  the  folli»\ving 
c<tmmands  from  the  gunner:  Kkom  uattkky — Ijoad — 
In  iiATTKiiY — Point — Rkahv. 

At  tlio  command,  or  signal,  from  the  instructor  to 
commence  firing,  the  gunner  gives  the  command  Fiuk, 
and  continues  tlie  action  until  the  instructor  directs 
the  firing  to  cease. 

To  cease  firing. 

in.  To  cause  the  firing  to  cease,  tlu-  inslnictor  com- 
mands: 

Ceakk  fiiunq. 


ART.  T.]  SIEGE    GUN.  1^ 

Whether  the  cannoneers  are  loading)  by  dcfail  or  for 
action,  the  piece  is  s])onii;e(l  out,  and  all  resume  their 
posts.  If  the  cartridi^e  has  been  inserted  tiie  loading 
will  be  completed,  unless  the  instructor  should  other- 
wise direct. 

To  secure  piece,  and  replace  implements. 

32.  To  discontinue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  hav- 
ing ordered  the  tiring  to  cease,  and  caused  the  |)iece 
to  be  run  into  battery,  gives  the  following  conimands: 

1.  Secure  piece. 

No.  2  returns  the  tompion  to  the  muzzle.  The  gun- 
ner puts  on  the  vent-cover,  which  he  receives  from 
No.  2,  and  depresses  the  piece. 

2.  Keplace  implements. 

Nos.  1  and  2  replace  the  handspikes  against  the 
epaulmcnt,  those  of  Nos.  3,  4,  5  and  0  being  passed  to 
them  by  Nos.  3  and  4  for  that  purpose.  The  gunner 
hangs  the  pouches  upon  the  knob  of  the  cascablc. 

To  leave  the  battery. 

33.  The  instructor  causes  the  muskets  to  be  taken; 
forms  the  detachment  in  rear  of  the  piece,  and  marches 
it  from  the  battery  as  prescribed  in  No.  13. 

Remarks. 

34.  The  service  of  a  24-pdr.  siege  gun,  as  it  respects 
running  from  and  to  battery,  and  pointing,  is  per- 
formed by  five  men,  as  prescribed  for  the  siege  how- 
itzer in  licsson  11.  Five  men  suffice  for  the  service 
of  the  IS  and  12-pdrH.  To  perform,  however,  all  the 
duties  incident  to  a  Vtattery  of  heavy  artillery  on  a 
war  establishment,  inrhnling  ti*ans]»orlation  and  the 
mechanical  manceuvrcs,  the  deUiils  for  its  daily  ser- 


10  SERVICE    OF    THE    T'lECE  [I'AHT  I. 

vice,  at  three  reliefs,  should  allow,  at  least,  twenty 
privates  to  each  piece. 

To  serve  the  piece  with  reduced  tiuinbers. 

Sf).  Ti>e  smallest  munber  of  men  with  which  heav}' 
]>iece»  can  V)e  served  with  facility,  has  hccn  u;ivcn  as 
five.  It  may  he  necessary,  liowcvcr,  from  tiie  men 
hoini;  disahlcd,  <»r  from  other  circumstances,  to  servo 
a  ^un  witii  a  less  nuiiilu-r. 

With  four  men.  Tlic}-  will  l>c  told  oif  as  i^nmncr, 
and  Nos.  1,  2  and  3.  In  this  case,  No.  2  will,  in  addi- 
tion lo  his  own  duties,  perform  those  of  No.  4. 

With  three  men.  They  will  be  told  off  as  ii^unncr,  and 
Nos.  1  and  2.  No.  1  performs  the  duties  prescribed 
for  No.  3,  as  well  as  his  own.  No.  2  performs  those 
of  No.  4,  as  in  the  ])recedini]c  case. 

When  No.  2  serves  ammunition,  he  goes  for  the  car- 
tridj^c.  and  places  the  pass-box  behind  his  post,  before 
assisting  No.  1  to  sj)onge. 

Transportation. 

30.  The  transportation  of  a  24-])(li-.  '^\u\  requires  ten 
horses  and  five  drivers;  an  18-pdr.  cigiit  horses  and 
four  tlrivers;  a  battery-wagon  six  horses  and  three 
drivers;  and  s])are  can-iagcs — at  the  rate  of  one  for 
every  Hve  pieces — rc<|uire,  each,  six  horses  and  three 
drivers. 

Charges,  etc. 

37.  The  ordiiiary  service  charge  of  powder  for  heavy 
guns  is  one-fourth  the  weight  of  the  shot.  For  tiring 
doultle  shot  it  is  one-sixth  that  weight.  The  breach- 
ing charge  is  one-third  the  weight  of  the  shot. 

KaiiKi-  of  n  2-«-|.<lr.,  at  an  aiiglu  of  1°  30'  {point -blank),  charjro 

6  ll'i- ll.^O  y.ardsi. 

lUtifcv  of  n  2A-\n\r.,  at  an  aiif,'lu  of  6°,  charpo  6  lbs 1!)00  " 

H»n|{f  of  uii  IS-julr.,  at  an  aii^lc  of  1°  ;{0',  iliar>:c  IJ   lbs. .    800  " 

Uimjjc  of  an  l.S.|..lr..  at  an  anj,'le  of  6°,  char;;e  -lA  \h» 1600  " 

Proof  ranf^c  of  ])<i\v<lfr :{00  " 

The  rauKo  of  n  lap.lr.  is  about  the  saiuo  as  that  of  an  IS-pdr. 


ART.  I.]  SIEOE    GUN.  17 

Greute.st  elevation  that  a  21-)i(lr.  earri.agc  admits 12° 

Greatest  elevation  thai  an  IS-pdr.  carringo  admits 12° 

Greatest  elevation  that  a  ]2-i)dr.  carriage  admits 1."?° 

Greatest  depression  that  a  24  pdr.  carriage  admits 4° 

Greatest  depression  that  an  18-pdr.  carriage  ailmits 4° 

Greatest  depression  that  a  12-p(lr.  carriage  admits 4° 

Sco  Tables  in  Part  III. 

Wads. 

38.  Wads  arc  not  generally  ncccssar}-,  except  when 
firing  at  angles  of  dejn-ession  ;  and  then  only  one  is 
nsed,  and  that  on  the  ball.  When,  however,  the  piece 
has  been  fired  so  often  that  the  ball  has  caused  a  lodcj- 
ment  in  the  bore,  it  is  well  to  use  wads  differing  In 
length,  according  to  the  position  and  extent  of  the 
lodgment,  between  the  shot  and  the  cartridge. 

Hay  Avads  may  be  made  by  twisting  hay  into  a  rope 
of  about  one  inch  in  diameter,  folding  it  together  of 
any  desired  length,  and  then  winding  the  folds  from 
one  end  to  the  other,  leaving  a  wad  a  little  larger 
than  the  bore. 

Breaching  Batteries. 

39.  Breaching  Batteries  established  against  walls  are, 
First.  To  make  a  horizontal  section  the  length  of 

the  desired  breach  along  the  scarp,  at  one-third  its 
height  from  the  bottom  of  the  ditch,  and  to  a  depth 
equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  wall. 

Secondly.  To  make  vertical  cuts  through  the  wall, 
not  farther  than  ten  yards  apart,  and  not  exceeding 
one  to  each  piece;  beginning  at  the  horizontal  sec- 
tion, and  ascending  gradually  to  the  top  of  the  wail. 

Thirdly.  To  fire  at  the  most  prominent  points  of 
the  masonary  left  standing;  beginning  always  at  the 
bottom,  and  gradual!}-  apprcjaching  the  top. 

Fourthly.  To  fire  into  tiic  broken  mass  with  how- 
itzers until  the  breach  is  practicalde. 

]ireaches  of  more  than  twenty  yards  in  length 
have  been  opened  by  way  of  experiment,  and  ren- 


18  HERVICB   OF    THE    I'IKrE.  [I'AUT  I. 

<leiv<l  prarlicahlo  in  loss  lliaii  ton  hours,  by  ahout 
iwo  litiii<lro<l  aixl  lliirty  24-j»(lr.  balls  ami  forty  shells 
in  one  caso.  an«l  by  throe  nundrccl  is.pdr.  balls  and 
forl^  nholls  in  unolhor. 

Rapidity  of  Firing. 

40.  Iron  pins  Bustain  lon/^-continucd  and  ra|»id 
firing  bottor  than  brass  ;riins.  An  iron  i;iiii  should 
Kurttain  twolvo  hinulrod  discharp's,  at  the  rate  of 
twelve  un  hour;  but  whatever  may  be  the  rate  of 
fire,  it  i»  doomed  unsafe  alter  that  number  of  dis- 
<'har^oH.  As  many  as  twenty  an  hour  have  been 
niudo  for  sixteen  conseoutivo  hours. 

Penetration  of  Shot. 

41.  The  penetration  of  balls  increases  to  a  certain 
oxti>nt  with  their  calibre.  The  mean  result,  from 
several  experiments,  ^ives  the  jtenotration  of  a  24-pdr. 
ball,  with  the  charge  of  one-third  of  its  weight,  at 
the  distance  of  one  hundred  yards,  as  follows  : 

Ki'i't.       Inehos. 

In  earth  of  <»lil  parapt-ts S  6 

In  earth  recently  thrown  up 15  0 

In  oak  w<»o«l,  sciund  and  hard 4  6 

In  rubble  stone  masonry 1  10 

In  brick :}  0 


S  s  ? 


s-J  '^ 


Si 


•>»  (TT  ^~^  ■».  I"C  ;.>._'  ^   :»^  ?i  S. 


1-=     jl 

'J«^^^    ^  ^  H,  ■* 


BtHJinmiH.  !-*j*rflM 


t§CtifKm.nkmHmiim.*c 


<§  ^  .s.  r  a  * 


^^  i;  ^  ^'  5  "S 

5^ ■■       •   ■ 


-5r>?:^3a: 


■t^'h.S'Art.ilat: 


ufCnyt^nK <Hl    can./'  f. 


'^'t fidr ytuiorcaSte^f  (hr-rui^r 


^  '7  Mt^.cafrr-n!tf  hrifif, 
'■i  rmtf  p/a/y 

ti  itfjth  ira.sh^r 
■   7  JiTJijJr^un. 


ItJl-WTtrntth.  Z'JIrtd^. 


^'•^mfUffimtrK  OiaHK^IrmJt  f 


Pi.A'r£  1- 


Z*X  HTinrK  P<ul  4r4. 1>JI 


.fc^wtai 


fi 


£1 


a 


Ho  flic 


t''j  Tfrtin/f  rji  .<r^/iT)y/r-<:wi  Orn-'.i 


lG 


Y     \    '7 


T       I       1 


'.  !<>jrM«aAr<«4.  /<->> 


J?XATE  € 


UM.MJInjrik.r'^trt  IffTt 


ART.  I.] 


8-INCH    SIEOR   IIOWITZKR. 


19 


Lesson  II. 

Service  of  an   S-itich    Siege   Jlou'iizcr,   mounted   on  a 
2-i-pdr.  siege  carriage. 


Plate   VII. 


Handspikes 

Sponoe  and  Ram- 
mer  

Haversack 


Tube-pouch 


Five  men  arc  necessary :  one  gunner,  and  four  other 
cannoneers. 

42.  The  piece  is  in  battery  upon  its  platform. 
The  implements,  etc.,  are  arranged  as  follows : 

Three  on  the  left  of  the  carriage, 
and  two  on  the  right,  leaning 
against  the  epaulment,  in  lino 
with  the  cannoneers. 

On  props,  eighteen  inches  behind 
and  parallel  to  the  cannoneers 
of  the  right,  the  sponge-head 
turned  toward  the  epaulment. 

Containing  fuzes,  a  jiair  of  sleeves, 
and  a  priming-wire,  bent  at  right 
angles  at  the  point,  for  with- 
drawing the  cartridge  used  in 
instruction.  .Suspended  from 
the  knol)  of  the  cascable. 

Containing  friction-tubes,  and  the 
lanyard  wound  in  St.  Andrew's 
cross  ui>on  its  handle.  Sus- 
pended fron\  the  knob  of  the 
cascable. 


20 


SERVICE    OF   TOE   PIECE. 


[PAUT  I. 


Gunner's  pouch. 


LoAPIN«i-TONOS 

(^UAl)UANT 

I'lA'MMET 

Scraper 

Wiper 

Sl'I.INTS  

(llUMMKT    WA1>.. 


Chocks 

Vent-cover. 
To.MPION 

Quoin 

Broom  


Containiiifr  tlie  i^nnnor's  level, 
breeeli-sight,  tinj^er-stall,  ]>rini- 
in<x-wire,  gimlet,  vont-puneh, 
an<l  chalk.  tSu.spcndod  Iroin  the 
knob  of  the  cascable. 


In  u  basket,  or  on  a  shelf,  against 
the  epauhnent,  outsitle  of  and 
near  the  handsjiikes  of  the  left. 

.On  the  end  of  the  hurter,  near  No.  2. 
One  on  each  side  of  the  piece,  near 

the  ends  of  the  hurter. 
Covering  the  vent. 
In  the  muzzle. 
Under  the  breech. 
T>eaning  against    the    epaulnient, 

(jutside  of  the  basket  or  shelf 


When  several  howitzers  are  served  together,  there 
will  be  only  one  gunner's  level  and  two  vent-])unches 
to  each  battery  not  exceeding  six  pieees.  To  the 
same  battery  there  will  be  one  icrenr/i. 

One  shell  and  one  bombazine  cartridge-bag  for  in- 
Blruction  —  the  bag  tilled  with  sawdust,  and  having 
loo|)s  of  thread  at  the  ehoke  end — are  at  the  maga- 
zine, or  other  sale  plaee  in  i-ear  of  the  piece. 

4;i.  The  cannoneers  having  been  marched  to  their 
•])0sts,  the  instructor  directs  tliem  to  place  their  muskets 
against  the  ejniulment,  and  then  explains  to  them  the 
names  and  uses  of  the  implements,  and  the  nomencla- 
tures of  the  howitzer,  its  carriage,  and  the  battery. 

44.  To  eauso  tiio  implements  to  be  disti-iliuted,  the 
instructor  commands  : 


TaKK    IMI'I-KME.NTS. 


ART.  I.]  8-INCH    SIEGE    HOWITZER.  21 

The  gunner  steps  to  tlie  knob  of  the  cascable;  takes 
off  the  vent-cover,  lianding  it  to  No.  2  to  place  against 
the  epaulment,  outside  of  the  basket ;  gives  the  tube- 
pouch  to  No.  8,  and  the  liaversack  to  No.  4 ;  and  equips 
himself  with  liis  own  pouch  and  the  finger-stall,  wear- 
ing the  latter  on  the  second  finger  of  the  left  band. 

No.  2  puts  on  the  sleeves. 

No.  3  equips  himself  with  the  tul)e-i)ouch. 

No.  4  equi])S  himself  with  the  haversack,  which  he 
wears  from  the  right  shoulder  to  tlie  left  side;  takes 
out  the  sleeves;  and  assists  No.  2  to  put  them  on. 

Nos.  1  and  2,  after  passing  handspikes  to  Nos.  3  and 
4,  and  the  gunner,  take  each  one  for  himself.  The 
gunner,  receiving  his  from  No.  4,  lays  it  in  the  align- 
ment, the  small  end  toward  the  e]iaulment,  and  two 
yards  to  bis  right.  The  other  handspikes  are  held, 
laid  down,  and  resumed,  as  prescribed  in  Nos.  17 
and  18. 

The  gunner  directs  No.  3  to  raise  the  breech  to 
enable  him  to  level  the  piece;  applies  his  level  to 
ascertain  the  highest  ])oints  of  tlie  base-ring  and  muz- 
zle-band, which  he  marks  with  chalk;  and  resumes 
his  post. 

45.  The  instructor  causes  the  service  of  the  piece 
to  be  executed  by  the  following  commands  : 

1.  From  rattkry. 

The  gunner  moves  two  paces  to  his  right. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4,  facing  from  the  epaulment, 
embar:  Nos.  1  and  2  through  the  rear  spokes  of  the 
wheels,  near  the  fell}*,  under  and  perjjcndicularl}*  to 
the  cheeks;  and  Nos.  3  and  4  under  the  mana'uvring- 
bolts. 

All  being  ready,  the  gunner  gives  the  command 
IIk.wk.  which  will  be  repeated  as  often  as  may  be 
neeessary.  He  sees  that  Nos.  3  and  4  guide  the  trail 
in  prolongation  of  the  directrix  of  the  eml>rasure.  an<l 
as  Hoon  as  the  wheels  are  about  one  yard   from   tlu* 


22  SERVICE   OF   TOE   PIECE.  [PART  I. 

cpaulmont.  commniKls  Halt.     All  unl>ar  and  resume 
llu'ir  posts.     Nos.  1  ami  '2  chock  iho  wliccJH. 

Jjond  hy  detail — Loap. 

40.  Nos.  1,  2  and  4  lay  down  tlieir  handsjiikos. 

Jso.  2  lakes  out  tlie  toinjiion,  and  places  it  near  the 
vent-cover ;  s\vee])S,  if  necessary,  his  side  of  the  j>lat- 
forni  ;  passes  the  hroom  to  the  right  side  of  the  piece; 
an<l  resumes  his  ])Ost. 

No.  1  faces  to  iiis  riijht,  and  Bcizes  the  sponge-staff 
at  its  middle  with  the  rii^ht  hand,  hack  u]i ;  ]dacc8 
himself  at  the  muzzle;  forces  the  s]>on<;e  tt)  the  hot- 
toni  of  the  chamber;  and  <;rasps  the  statl"  with  Ixjth 
liands  ;  all  neai'ly  as  in  field  artillery. 

No.  8,  facing;  toward  the  ejiaulment,  embars  under 
tlic  hrecch  or  knoh  of  the  cascahle,  until  he  receives  a 
signal  from  the  gunner  to  unbar,  when  ho  resumes  his 
post. 

No.  4  goes  to  the  rear  for  a  cartridge  and  sliell ; 
lints  the  cartri<lge  in  liis  haversack;  takes  the  shell  in 
r»oth  haixls ;  returns  and  jdaces  it  on  the  grummet 
wad ;  and  stands,  facing  the  piece,  altout  eighteen 
inches  to  the  lear  an<l  lelt  of  No.  2. 

The  gunner  jilaces  himself  near  the  stock,  as  in  No. 
20,  and  closes  the  vent  witii  the  second  finger  of  the 
left  hand;  adjusts  the  piece  with  the  quoin  to  aliout 
one  degree's  elevation  ;  and  makes  a  signal  for  No.  3 
to  unbar. 

3.  Sponoe. 

47.  N(i.  1,  pressing  the  sponge  firmly  against  the 
bottom  oi'  the  chamber,  turns  it  thive  times  Irom  right 
to  left,  ami  three  times  from  left  to  right;  draws  it 
out  to  the  front  of  the  chaml»er;  wipes  out  the  bore; 
reinserts  the  sponge  along  the  ujiper  side  of  the  bore 
as  far  as  the  chamber;  draws  it  entirely  out,  pressing 
it  upon  the  lower  side  of  the  bore;  turns  the  sj)onge 
over  towani  the  eml)r)isure;  and  presents  the  rammer- 


ART.  l]  8-INCH    SIEGE    HOWITZER.  23 

head  against  tlie  rij^lit  side  of  the  face  of  the  piece, 
holdiiiij;  the  staff  in  both  liands,  backs  down. 

No.  2,  as  soon  as  the  spongini;  is  completed,  takes 
the  tongs,  and  occupies  a  position  at  the  muzzle  cor- 
responding to  that  prescribed  for  No.  1  on  the  right; 
turns  to  his  left  on  the  right  heel,  advancing  the  left 
foot,  and  presents  the  tongs  in  both  hands,  the  left 
liand  nearest  him,  the  tongs  opened,  their  legs  in  the 
same  vertical  plane. 

No.  4  takes  out  the  cartridge  and  inserts  it  as  far 
as  its  middle  in  the  tongs,  clioke  foremost,  the  seam 
downward  ;  removes  the  stopper  from,  and  inserts 
the  fuze  into  the  fuze-plug;  scrapes  its  end;  and 
takes  the  Aviper. 

No.  2,  having  received  the  cartridge  in  the  tongs, 
makes  a  face  and  a  half  to  his  right  on  the  right  heel, 
and  breaks  off  with  the  left  foot;  ])laces  the  right 
hand  against  the  head  of  the  left  cheek  of  the  car- 
riage, and  with  the  left  hand  introduces  the  cartridge 
into  the  chamber,  kee])ing  the  legs  of  the  tongs  in  a 
vertical  plane  ;  then  slightly  withdrawing  and  closing 
the  tongs,  he  presse*theni  in  the  direction  of  the  axis 
of  the  piece  against  the  end  of  the  cartridge,  and 
shoves  it  home.  Witiidrawing  the  tongs,  he  makes  a 
face  and  a  half  to  liis  left  on  the  right  heel,  and  puts 
the  hooks  of  the  tongs  into  the  ears  of  the  shell,  which 
he  lifts  and  holds  about  two  feet  from  the  ground, 
whilst  No.  4  wi]ies  it. 

No.  1,  as  soon  as  the  tongs  are  withdrawn,  inserts 
the  rammer,  and  holds  it  with  the  head  against  the 
cartridge,  the  staff  in  the  axis  of  the  piece. 

4.  Ham. 

48.  No.  1  presses  firml}-  upon  tlie  cartridge  ;  tlirows 
out  the  rammer,  and  places  it  U]»on  the  ])rops;  sweeps, 
if  necessary,  his  side  of  the  jdatform ;  passes  the 
broom  to  the  left  side  of  the  piece  ;  and  resumes  his 
post. 

No.  2  introduces  the  shell,  and  shoves  it  home  in  a 


24  SERVICE  OP  TOE   PIECE.  [PART  I. 

manner  pimilar  (o  that  prosfribcd  for  tlio  cartridge; 
witlidraws  the  liooks,  ami  looks  to  see  that  the  fuze  is 
in  the  axis  of  the  j>ieee. 

If  the  ])ieec  is  to  he  fired  horizontally,  or  at  an  anijlo 
of  depression,  No.  4.  havini;  rejilacecl  the  wiper,  hundd 
a  splint  to  Ho.  2,  and  resumes  his  post. 

No.  2  prcBses  the  splint  under  the  shell  with  the  lof\ 
hand  ;  replaces  the  tongs  ami  hrooni  ;  and  resumes 
his  post. 

The  gunner  ])ricks,  leaving  the  j)riniing-wire  in  the 
vent,  and  resumes  his  post. 

5.  In  battery. 

40.  Nos.  1  and  2  unc-liock  the  wheels,  and  with  Nos. 
3  and  4,  all  facing  toward  the  epauhnent.  einhar:  Xos. 
1  and  2  through  the  front  sjxikes  of  the  wh?els,  near 
the  felly,  under  and  ])er]tendicularly  to  the  cheeks; 
and  Nos.  8  and  4  under  the  rear  of  the  wheels. 

The  gunner,  seizing  his  handsj)ike,  embai*s  under 
one  of  the  manaMivring-holts ;  <'ivos  the  command 
IIk.wk;  and  guides  the  piece  to  tiie  middle  of  the  em- 
lirasiire.  As  soon  as  the  wheels  touch  the  hurter,  he 
commands  J1.\lt.     All  unliar,  and  resume  their  posts. 

6.  Point. 

r>((.  Nos.  1  aixl  4  eiiili.ir  under  and  pei-pendiculariy 
to  the  trail,  near  the  man(euvring-holts. 

No.  2,  facing  toward  the  cj)aulment,  enthars  umler 
the  breech  or  knob  of  the  cascable. 

No.  3  lays  down  his  han<lspike  ;  ])asses  the  hook  of 
the  lanyard  thi'ough  the  eye  of  a  tube  from  front  to 
rear;  an<i  holds  the  handle  of  the  lanyard  with  the 
right  hand,  the  h(»ok  lu-t  ween  the  thumb  and  forefingtM". 

The  gunner,  placing  himself  at  th«'  stock,  as  at  the 
<-))iitmand  Load,  withdraws  tlu'  jiriming-wire,  ami. 
aided  by  N(»s.  1  and  4,  gives  the  direction ;  causing  the 
trail  to  be   moved    by  commaii<ling    Lkkt,  or  Jiidnr, 


AKT.   1.]  8-INCII    SWMV.    IIOWITZKR.  25 

tappinij,  at  the  same  time,  on  tlie  riglit  nido  of  the 
broecli  for  No.  1  to  move  tlic  trail  to  the  left,  oi"  on 
the  left  side  for  No.  4  to  move  it  to  the  right. 

He  then  places  the  centre  point  of  the  hreech-sight 
accurately  n]ion  the  chalk  mark  on  the  liase-ring,  and 
commajids  Lowkh,  or  IJaise,  ta])])ing,  at  the  Bamc 
time,  on  the  u]>per  side  of  the  knoh  of  the  cascahlo 
Avith  the  left  hand,  and  drawing  out  the  quoin  with  the 
right,  in  order  to  elevate,  or  taitping  ujiward  on  the 
lower  side,  and  shoving  in  the  (pioin,  in  order  to  de- 
press the  piece;  rectif^Mng  the  direction,  if  necessary. 

If  the  piece  is  to  be  fired  point-hlank,  horizontally, 
or  at  an  angle  of  depression,  lie  does  not  apply  the 
breedi-sight. 

If  the  piece  is  masked  from  the  object  fired  at,  he 
])laces  himself  astride  the  stock,  or  in  rear  of  the  trail, 
and  gives  the  direction  by  the  plummet. 

To  give  the  elevation  when  the  piece  is  masked,  or 
when  the  (lesired  range  is  greater  than  the  l>reech-siglit 
ranges,  he  applies  the  quadrant  to  the  upjter  surface  of 
the  lock-piece,  making  the  allowance  due  to  its  incli- 
nation with  the  axis  of  the  piece,  whicli  ought  to  be 
previouslj'  determined. 

The  moment  the  ]»iece  is  correctly  pointed,  he  rises 
on  the  left  leg,  and  gives  the  word  IU:ai)V,  making  u 
signal  with  both  hands,  at  which  Nos.  1,  2  and  4  un- 
bar, and  resume  their  ]»osts;  takes  the  breech-sight 
with  the  left  hand,  and  goes  to  the  windward  to 
observe  the  effect  of  tlic  shot. 

No.  8  inserts  the  tube  in  the  vent;  drops  the  handle, 
allowing  the  lanyard  to  uncoil  as  lie  steps  back  to  his 
post,  holding  it  slightly  stretched  with  the  right  hand, 
the  cord  ]»assing  Itftwccn  the  fingers,  biiek  of  the  hand 
up;  and  Itreaks  to  the  rear  a  full  jiacc  with  tlie  left 
fof»t,  the  left  hand  against  the  thigh. 

Nos.    1    and    2,   on   resuming  tlieir  posts,  take  the 
chocks,  and  break  off  with  the  feet  farthest  from  the 
epaulment,  inclining   well    to   that  side   in    order   to 
avoid  the  blast. 
4 


2()  SKRVIOK    OF   THK    PIECE.  [I'AUT  1. 

7.  Xumhrr  one  (or  the  liko) — Fiiik. 

fil.   lOxocuted  as  in  Xo.  20. 

Wliut  is  prt'HCTibcd  in  No.  27  will  apply  to  tluH  piece. 

r)2.  To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instnu-tor  resumes 
the  series  of  commands  beginnin/^  with  From  hattery. 

To  unload. 

r>3.  The  piece  having  l>oen  run  from  hattery,  the 
instructor  directs  No.  2  to  take  out  the  siicll  and  car- 
trid/^e;  No.  4  carrying  tiicm  to  their  jjlace  in  rear  of 
the  piece.  No.  8  assists  No  2,  hy  raising  tlie  l»rccch 
until  the  shell  rolls  to  the  muzzle. 

To  scrape  the  piece. 

r)4.  In  the  course  of  firing  it  may  become  necessary 
to  scrape  the  |>iece.  To  cause  this  to  be  done,  the 
instructor  directs  the  piece  to  bo  moved  from  battery, 
and  then  comniands : 

SCRAPK    TIIK    I'IKCK. 

No8.  1  and  2  lay  down  their  handspikes. 

No.  2  takes  the  scraper  and  wi])er,  giving  the  latter 
to  No.  1  ;  thoroughly  scrapes  the  chamber  ami  bore; 
draws  out  the  scraj)ings  with  the  spoon  ;  retni-iis  the 
scraper  to  its  place;  and  resun)es  his  jtost. 

No.  1,  envelo|»irig  the  sponge-head  in  the  wiper, 
wipes  out  the  liore,  and  ri-turns  the  wiper  to  No.  2, 
who  replaces  it;  puts  the  sponge  upon  the  props;  and 
resumes  his  post. 

To  change  posts. 

To  load  for  action. 

To  cea.se  firing. 

To  .secure  piece,  and  replace  implements. 

To  leave  the  battery. 


ART  I.]  8-INCII    PlEr.E    HOWITZER.  27 

Executed  as  in  Xos.  29,  30,  31,  32  and  33;  No.  4 
assisting  No.  2  to  take  off  the  sleeves. 

To  serve  the  piece  with  reduced  numbers. 

Executed  as  in  No.  35. 

Transportation. 

55.  Tlic  transportation  of  an  S-inch  siege  howitzer 
requires  eight  horses  and  four  drivers. 

Charges,  etc. 

5o.    Greatest  charge  of  powfler 4  lbs. 

flreateft  charge,  shell  filled  with  lmllct.« 3  Ihs. 

Charpc  of  the  shell  filled  with  powder 2  Ih?.  9  o/,. 

Bursting  charge  of  the  shell 1  lb. 

Charge  to  hlow  out  the  fuze 4  oz. 

Greatest  elevation  the  carriage  admits 15° 

Greatest  depression  the  carriage  admits 10° 

Range  at  an  angle  of  1°,  charge  4  llis 4.30  yards. 

Range  at  an  angle  of  5°,  charge  4  lbs 1150       " 

Range  at  an  angle  of  15°,  charge  4  Ibe 2.300       " 

Proof  range  of  powder ,300       " 

Weight  of  shell 45  lbs. 

Weight  of  the  shell  filled  with   b'ullcts f.5  lbs. 

The  blaf-k  fuze  l)urn8  to  the  inch 2" 

The  rfH  fuze  burns  to  the  inch ,3" 

The  ffreen  fuze  burns  to  the  inch 4" 

The  yelioir  fuze  burns  to  the  inch 5" 

At  2°.       elevation,  black  fuze,  full  charge,  I  =  a   I     500  to     600  yds. 
At  ,3°.25         "  red         do.  do.        I  -f  J2   |     POO  to     »00     " 

At  4°.25         "  green     do.  do.  *  £   I     SOO  to  1000     " 

At5°.25         "  yellow  do.  do.        |hJ   I  1"00  to  IJOO     «* 

A  proper  charge  for  enfilading,  at  the  distance  of  600 
3'ards,  on  a  horizontal  plane,  relief  of  the  cpaulmcnt 
seven  feet,  elevation  2°. 75.  red  fuze,  is  three  pounds. 

See  Tal.losin  Part  III. 

To  }irrp(irf  ammunition. 

57.  If  the  amniunition  for  howitzers  is  to  be  pre- 
pared and  issued  l.y  the  artillery,  two  men,  numbered 


28  SERVICE   OF   THE    IMECE.  [I'ART  I. 

6  and  (»,  are  added  to  each  detachment  for  that  jnir- 
poHC.  Thev  are  Kent  to  the  mairaziiie.  where  they  aro 
provided  with  the  l<»II<>wiii<;  iiiii>lt'ineiits  and  stores: 

1  Set  of  rowj)EH  mkasuues. 

1  Ft  NNEL. 

1  FUZK-MAI-I,ET. 

1  FlZK-SETTEH. 

1  FlZK-l'LU<»    REAMER. 

1  Hasi'. 

1  Hasket.     Containini;  fiizo-phiirs. 

2  (Jri  MMET  wads,  or  )  On  which  to  phice  llio  shells 
2  lIoi.Low  HI.OCKH.       )    whileputtinj^in  the  charge. 

1     WlI'ER. 

1     HlDOE-liARREI.. 

1   Dahk-lanter.n. 
Tow.     For  stoppers. 
('artriimjk-ha(J8.     Of  bombazine. 

TWI.NK. 

P(»wi»Ea. 

MUSKKT    HIILLET8. 
l.NCE.MHARV    (dMl»08ITI0N. 

They  tirst  till  and  tie  a  numjKr  of  cartrid'^es,  accord- 
ing to  the  diiH'ctiiins  received  from  the  Itattery,  and 
then  prepare  a  cori'esponding  numl)er  of  shells. 

To  Jill  (he  cartridifis.  One  holds  the  bag,  while  the 
other  (l»y  means  of  the  tunnel)  pours  in  the  powder. 
The  cartridges  thus  tilled  are  placed  upright  in  a  box 
until  tied,  when  they  are  transported  to  the  budgo- 
barrel. 

Ctirtridfjts  of  reduced  cfiaryes  for  riehot  firiinj,  may 
be  ma<le  thus : 

The  charge  having  been  jiourctl  into  the  bag.  a  wad 
of  hay  iiboiit  six  inclfi's  in  length  is  placed  upon  it. 
This  wad  is  made  by  laying  wisjts  of  hay  evenly 
togother  so  as  to  form  a  cylimU'r  nearly  of  t  lie  diamo- 
ler  of  the  cartridge-bag.  The  wad  is  tied  aiiout  an 
inch  from  each  end,  and  the  ends  are  cut  scpiarcly  olf, 
so  as  to  presi-nt  an  even  surface  to  the  j)ow(ler.     In 


1^ 


i 


*MjhhJi.m^/^ 


M»maf  Ci/Mdrj»ur/M»Ki37 


AHT.  1.]  S-lNCH    SlKdK    IKtWITZKIl.  !'!► 

baiuUing  lliesc  cartridges,  the  powder  end  of  the  bag 
should  silwaj's  be  kept  downward. 

To  prepare  the  shells.  No.  5  phiccs  one  upon  a  grum- 
met wad;  cleans  it,  if  necessary,  with  a  rasp;  drives 
in  a  fuze-plug  until  it  docs  not^rojcct  more  than  the 
tenth  of  an  inch  ;  and  reams  it  out  with  the  reamer. 
No.  (3,  transferring  it  to  the  other  grummet  wad, 
charges  it  with  powder;  puts  in  a  stopper  of  tow; 
marks  it  with  chalk;  and  places  it  conveniently  for 
No.  4. 

If  the  shell  is  to  bo  loaded  with  bullets  or  incen- 
diary composition,  it  is  charged  before  the  fuze-plug 
is  driven.  It  should  contain  about  three  hundred  and 
twenty  bullets,  and  one  pound  and  a  quarter  of  powder. 

If  tilled  only  Avith  powder.  No.  (}  marks  the  shell 
with  a  cross  ;  if  with  incendiar3'  composition,  ho 
makes  a  circle  around  the  fuze-plug;  and  if  with 
bullets,  he  makes  two  circles  on  one  side.  The  shells 
thus  differently  charged  are  kept  separate. 


30 


SKRVICE   OF   THE    PIKCE. 


[I'AUT  I. 


^Rhson    III. 
Service  of  a  lO-inrh  Siege  Mortar. 


Plates  VIII  and  IX, 


Hanhspikks 


llAVKItSAt  K 


TUUK-P(»U(  II 


Five  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner,  and  lourollur 
caiinoiu'ors. 

r)S.  Tlu'  mortar  is  upon  its  platform. 

The  implements,  ete.,  are  arrani,a'(l  as  follows: 

Two  on  o:u'li  side  of  the  l»ed, 
a<;ainst  the  cheeks,  leaniiii;  upon 
the  four  m:in(euvi-in<^-holts,  the 
small  ends  toward  the  ei)aul- 
nient,  those  of  the  front  hand- 
spikes even  with  the  front  of  the 
ciiceks. 

Containing  fuzes,  and  a  jtair  of 
sleeves.  Attached  to  the  tom- 
j)ion,and  lying  u}»()n  the  mortar. 

Containing  (he  ]>riming-wirt\  tric- 
tiitn-tuhes,  :ind  the  lanyaril 
wound  in  St.  Andrew's  cross 
ujton  its  handle.  Attached  to 
the  tompion,  and  iN'ing  upon  the 
mortar. 

( 'ontaining  tin-  gunner's  level,  gim 
let,  vent-jiunch.  and  chalk.     At- 
tached to  the  tomjiion,  anti  lying 
ujion  the  mortar. 


GUNNKllS  pttucii. 


ART.  I.]  lO-INCH    SIEOF.    MORTAR.  31 


In  a  basket,  l)otwcon  the  clieeksof 
the  mortar-bcd. 


Quoin 


With  the  basket. 


Quadrant 

Plummkt 

PolNTINCl-CORD 

SrRAPKR 

AViPER  

8UKLL-IIOOKS  .... 

ToMPiON In  tlie  muzzle. 

Under  the  mortar  upon  tlie  l)olstor, 
its  handle  to  the  left. 
Pointing-stakes. 

Maul 

Broom  

When  several  mortars  are  served  together,  there 
■will  be  onlj'  one  gunner'H  level  and  two  vent-punehea 
to  each  battery,  not  exccedin<^  six  pieces.  To  the 
same  battery  there  will  be  one  hammer-wrench. 

One  shell  and  one  paper  cartridge-bag  for  instruc- 
tion, are  at  the  magazine  or  other  safe  place  in  rear  of 
the  piece. 

50.  The  cannoneers  having  been  marched  to  their 
posts,  the  instructor  directs  them  to  place  their  mus- 
kets against  the  cpaulment,and  then  explains  to  them 
the  names  and  uses  of  the  implements,  and  the  nomen- 
clatures of  the  mortar,  its  bed,  and  the  battery. 

60.  To  cause  the  pointing-stakes  to  be  established  in 
position,  the  instructor  commands  : 

Plant  the  pointing-stakes. 

The  gunner,  assisted  by  Xos.  1  and  2,  j)lants  the 
"takes,  as  prescribed  in  pointing  mortars.  No.  103. 

2s'o.  1,  having  driven  the  pointing-stakes,  drives 
another  stake  one  >"ard  behind  his  ]>ost  for  holding  fho 
wiper,  and  replaees  the  maul  near  the  basket. 

The  gunner  lays  the  slack  of  the  pointing-cord  at 
the  foot  of  the  epaulnient,  leaving  the  plummet  at  tho 
stake  in  rear  of  tiic  piece. 

All  resume  their  posts. 


82  KKRVICE    <1K    TIIK    I'IKCE.  [VART  I. 

fil.  To  cause  the  implements  to  be  distributed,  the 
instructor  comniunds  : 

Take  implkments. 

The  gunner  steps  t<^CTie  front  of  the  piece ;  pives  to 
N<».  I  tlie  sleeves  and  the  wi])er;  to  No.  2  the  basket 
and  maul;  to  No.  15  the  tul»o-pou(.'h  and  broom;  and  to 
No.  4  the  liavorHack  ;  equips  hinisi'lt' with  the  gunner's 
]iou<'h  ;  ajtplies  his  level  to  ascertain  the  line  of  metal, 
whieh  he  marks  with  chalk  ;  and  resumes  his  ]>ost. 

No.  1  places  the  wiper  upftn  tiie  stake  behind  him, 
and,  assisted  by  No.  ;{,  puts  on  the  sleeves. 

No.  2  removes  the  tompion,  which  he  places,  with 
the  basket  and  maul,  one  yard  bihind  liiin.  and  lays 
the  shell-hooks  (Ml  the  ground  between  hinisell'and  tlio 
basket. 

No.  'i  lays  tlu'  broom  on  the  gnnind  behind  him,  and 
e(piips  himself  with  the  tube-pouch. 

No.  4  e<pnps  himself  with  the  haversack,  which  he 
wears  I'rom  the  right  shoulder  to  the  lell  side. 

All  take  their  hands))ikes. 

G2.  The  handspikes  are  held  as  in  No.  17.  When 
laid  down,  they  are  returned,  except  in  one  ease,  to 
their  places  on  the  nianteuvring-bohs. 

6.'{.  The  instructor  causes  the  service  of  the  piece  to 
be  executed  by  the  following  commands  : 

1.    In     IIATTKIIY. 

The  gimner,  making  a  half-face  to  his  right,  steps 
(tff,  leH  loot  first,  ami  placi-s  himself  two  ]»accs  in  rear 
of  The  platf(trm,  facing  the  j»iece. 

N<»s.  1.  2,  :{  and  4,  facing  towani  tlie  i-paiiinicnt, 
«'ml>ar:  Nos.  1  and  2  under  the  front  manteuvring  bolts, 
and  Nos.  3  and  4  under  those  in  the  rear,  engaging 
the  bulls  of  their  hamlspikes  about  three  inches. 


ART.   1.]  lO-INTH    SIEOK    MORTAR.  33 

All  bcincj  rcnd^-,  the  minncr  gives  the  command 
Heavp:,  which  will  be  rcjteatcd  as  often  as  may  he 
necessary.  As  soon  as  the  piece  is  on  the  middle  of 
the  platform,  he  commands  IIalt.  All  unbar,  and  re- 
sume their  posts. 

2.  Load  by  detail — Load. 

CA.  Nos.  1,  3  and  4,  lay  down  Iheir  liandspikes. 

The  gunner,  taking  the  scraper,  places  himself  in 
front  of  the  muzzle,  and  scrapes  the  bore  and  chamber ; 
draws  out  the  8cra])ings  with  the  spoon  ;  returns  the 
scraper  to  the  basket;  and  again  places  himself  at  the 
muzzle,  one  yard  in  its  front. 

So.  1,  turning  to  his  right,  takes  the  wiper  with  the 
right  hand;  faces  to  his  left,  and  places  tiie  left  foot 
near  the  niananivring-bolt,  the  right  in  front  of  the 
muzzle,  the  left  hand  u])on  the  face  of  the  piece; 
thoroughly  wipes  out  the  chamber  and  bore;  and  re- 
sumes his  post. 

No.  3,  as  soon  as  the  piece  is  wiped,  clears  the  vent 
witii  the  priming-wire;  sweeps  the  platform,  if  neces- 
sary; and  resumes  his  post  and  handspike. 

2S'o8.  2  and  4,  facing  to  their  right — No.  2  holding  his 
handspike  at  the  middle  under  the  left  arm,  butt  end 
foremost,  and  taking  the  shell-hooks  in  the  right — go 
to  the  rear  for  a  cartridge  and  shell.  While  No.  4  is 
getting  the  cartridge.  No.  2  inserts  the  shell-hooks  in 
the  ears  of  the  shell,  and  passes  the  small  en<l  of  the 
handspike  through  the  ring.  In  carrying  the  shell  they 
hold  the  handspike  with  their  right  haiuls.  No.  4  at  the 
small  end  and  in  advance  of  No.  2.  Parsing  by  the 
left  of  the  piece,  between  the  gunner  and  the  muzzle, 
they  rest  the  shell  upon  the  platform  against  the  mid- 
dle of  the  transom. 

No.  1,  placing  the  wiper  ujton  the  handspike,  receives 
the  small  end  of  the  han<lspike  from  No.  4,  who  gives 
the  cartridge  to  the  gunner. 

The  gunner  advances  the  left  foot,  and  places  the 
left  hand  upon  the  face  of  the  piece ;  introduces  the 
5 


34  SKRVICE    OF   TlIK    IMKCK.  [I'AHT  I. 

fartri<l;xi'  iiit<»  tlio  mouth  «»f  tlic  chamber  with  tlu'  riijht 
haml,  and  can-lully  j»om-s  in  the  ])(>\viK'r;  relunis  the 
cartrid^o-ba;;  to  i\'o.  4;  and  distriluitos  the  j)owder 
ovenly  over  the  bottom  of  tlie  chamber.  In  tiring  with 
)ia)n'r  fu/A's,  he  receivefl  one  Irum  No.  4,  and  inserts  it 
in  the  fiize-phig. 

No.  4,  returninii;  the  cartridge-bag  to  the  haversack, 
lakes  the  wiper. 

Nos.  1  and  L'  raise  the  shell  antl  hold  it  about  a  foot 
from  the  ground,  while  No.  4  wipes  it;  they  then  litt 
it  into  tlie  muzzle. 

The  gunner  steps  forward,  and  with  the  left  hand 
over  the  handspike,  tlie  right  hand  under  and  nearer  to 
it,  seizes  the  shell-hooks  and  assists  to  lower  the  shell 
gent  I)'  into  its  place.  No.  2  then  withdraws  his  hand- 
sjiike  lr<jm  the  ring,  and  resumes  his  post.  No.  1  takes 
his  handspike.  Tlie  gunner  adjusts  the  shell  so  that 
the  fuze  is  in  the  axis  of  the  ])iece  ;  throws  the  shell- 
hooks  to  their  jdacc  behind  No.  2;  and,  if  tiring  with 
wooden  fuzes,  uncai)s  the  fuze. 

No.  4,  as  soon  as  ho  wipes  the  shell,  returns  the 
wijier  to  its  jdace  j  takes  the  slack  of  the  pointing-cord, 
which  he  lays  over  the  left  manceuvring  ixdts,  leaving 
its  end  at  the  rear  pointing-slake;  and  resumes  his 
post  and  handspike. 

.3.  ToiNT. 

05.  Nos.  1  and  2,  facing  toward  the  e])aulment,  em- 
bar  uj>on  the  bolster,  under  anil  per])endicularly  to  the 
piece. 

'J'he  gunner  t:iking  the  quadrant  finni  the  basket, 
ajiplics  it  to  the  lelt  side  ol'  thi'  liice  of  the  ))iece  with 
the  left  hand,  and  inserts  or  draws  out  the  (pioin  with 
the  i-ight.  giving  the  conmiaiid  JJ.msk,  or  Ja)Wkk,  until 
tiie  |iiece  is  at  the  elevation  rc(|uire<i — tistially  4r>°. 
Iliturning  the  ((uadiant  to  the  basket — Nos.  1  and  2 
at  the  sanu-  time  unbarring  and  icsuming  their  posts — 
he  jdaccs  himself  in  I'ear  of  the  rear  jiointing-stakc, 
and  holding  the  pointing-cord  in  the  leil  hand  and  the 


ART.  l]  10-INCn    SIKOE    MORTAR.  35 

plummet  in  the  right,  gives  the  direction  :  commanding 
Mortar  left — Mortar  rkjht — Muzzlk  lkft — Muz- 
zle RioiiT — Trail  left — Trail  right,  as  maj'  be 
required. 

To  throic  the  mortar  to  the  left.  Nos.  2  and  4  facing 
each  other,  embar  under  the  manoeuvring-bolts.  Xos. 
1  and  3,  facing  toward  the  epaulment,  embar  under  the 
notches  near  them.  When  all  arc  ready,  the  gunner 
gives  the  commands  Heave — Steady.  The  cannon- 
eers remain  unbarred  until  he  gives  some  other  com- 
mand, or  makes  the  signal  to  unbar. 

To  throic  the  mortar  to  the  right.  Nos.  1  and  3  em- 
bar under  the  manoeuvring-bolts.  Nos.  2  and  4  embar 
under  the  notches. 

To  throir  the  viuzzle  to  the  left.  Nos.  1  and  3,  facing 
toward  the  ejiaulment.  embar  under  the  front  notches; 
No.  1  under  the  inside  of  the  left  notch. 

To  throw  the  trail  to  the  left.  Nos.  1  and  3,  facing 
toward  the  epaulment,  embar  under  the  rear  notches; 
No.  3  under  the  inside  of  the  left  notch. 

The  muzzle  or  trail  is  thrown  to  the  right,  in  a  simi- 
lar manner  to  the  preceding,  by  Nos.  2  and  4. 

The  direction  having  been  given,  the  gunner  gives 
the  word  Ready,  and  makes  a  signal  with  both  hands; 
leaves  the  plummet  at  the  stake;  returns  the  ])ointing- 
cord  to  the  foot  of  the  epaulment;  and  goes  to  the 
windward  to  observe  the  effect  of  the  shot. 

Nos.  1,  2  and  4,  taking  their  handspikes  with  them, 
go  four  yards  in  rear  ot  the  platform,  and  ftice  to  the 
front;  No.  4  between  Nos.  1  and  2,  their  handspikes 
held  erect  bj-  the  right  side,  the  right  arm  extended 
naturally. 

No.  3  lays  down  his  handspike  six  inches  in  his  front,  ' 
parallel  to  the  edge  of  the  platform,  and  makes  ready 
a  friction-tube,  as  in  No.  25;  advancing  the  right  foot, 
lie  puts  the  tube  in  the  vent;  rises  on  the  lefl  leg.  and 
moves  three  paces  to  the  rear  in  prolongation  of  the 
right  chock  ;  faces  to  the  front;  holds  the  handle  of 
the  lanyard  with  the  right  hand,  the  lanyard  slightlj- 
stretched,  the  cord  passing  between  the  fingers,  back 


36  SERVICE   OF   THE   PIECE.  [PART  I. 

of  tho  lian<l   np;  and  breaks  to  the  roar  a  full  pace 
with  the  \vt\  loot,  the  left  hand  aicaiiist  the  thii^h. 

liniKirk.  To  (lischar/^e  the  mortars  now  in  use  by 
means  (»1  a  friction-tuhe,  the  lanyartl  shonhl  he  ]»asscd 
under  H  rope  attached  to  and  tii^htly  drawn  between 
the  rear  mana?uvrin;;-bolts,  or  thr(»u<rh  a  loop  of  ropo 
attached  to  the  rear  right  manoeuvring-bolt. 

4.  Number  one  (or  the  like) — Fiuk. 

fiC).  Executed  as  in  No.  'JC). 

On  the  discharj^c  of  the  piece,  all  resume  their  posts 
except  the  gunner,  who  waits  to  ohsorvo  the  elleet  of 
the  shot.  As  soon  as  the  shot  strikes,  he  resumes  his 
po8t. 

What  is  prescribed  in  No.  27  will  apply  to  this  piece, 
omitting  the  word  " /ocA'." 

G7.  To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  causes 
the  piece  to  be  moved  toward  the  rear  of  the  jjlatform, 
directs  Nos.  '1  and  4  to  take  out  the  shell  and  carry  it 
to  the  rear,  and  then  resumes  the  series  ol  commands 
beginning  with  I.\  h.vttkkv. 

To  change  posts. 
To  load  for  action. 
To  cease  firing. 

Executed  as  in  Nos.  29,  30  and  31,  cxcei)t  that  in 
changing  posts  No.  2  pa.sscs  by  the  front  of  the  piece. 

To  secure  piece  and  replace  implements. 

OS.  To  discontinue  the  exercise,  the  instructor,  hav- 
ing ordered  the  firing  to  cease,  and  caused  the  j)ieco 
to  be  jjlaced  as  at  the  c-ommand  1  .n  u.\ttkkv,  gives  the 
command  : 

JIkI'I.ACK     IMI'I.K.MKNTS. 


ART.  l]  10-INCH    SIEGE    MORTAR.  'M 

All  lay  (loAvii  their  haiulspikes.  No  2  puts  in  tlic 
tom]>ion,  and  assists  No.  1  to  pull  up  the  pointinij- 
stakes.  The  gunner  receives  the  implements  from  the 
cannoneers,  and  replaces  them  between  the  cheeks. 

To  leave  the  battery. 

Executed  as  in  No.  33. 

Transportation. 

69.  One  mortai'-wagon  is  allowed  to  each  10-inch 
siege  mortar  and  bod  ;  to  transport  which,  requires 
eight  horses  and  four  drivers. 

Charges,  etc. 

t  0.    Greatest  charge  of  powder 4  lbs. 

Ordinary  service  char<re .3    " 

Charge  of  the  f*ben  filled  with  powder 5    " 

Bursting  charge  of  the  shell 2    " 

Charge  to  Mow  out  the  fuze 5  oz. 

Range,  charge  4  lbs.,  time  of  flight  21" 2ino  yds. 

Range,  charge  .3  lbs.,  time  of  flight  19" 1700'  " 

Range,  charge  2  lbs.,  time  of  flight  U" 1000    " 

I'roof  ranee  of  powder .300    " 

Weight  of  the  shell 90  lbs. 

Fire-balls,  according  to  their  size,  are  firt^d  from 
mortars  of  corresponding  calibres.  With  a  charge  of 
onr  tirmty-Jifth  of  its  weight,  the  ball  is  thrown  from 
-ix  hundred  to  seven  hundred  j'ards. 

See  Tables  in  Part  Til. 

To  prepare  ammxtnition. 

71.  If  the  ammunition  for  mortars  is  to  be  prepared 
and  issued  bv  the  artillery,  two  men,  numbered  o  and 
f»,  are  ad<le«i  to  each  detachment  for  that  purpose. 
Their  duties  at  the  magazine  are  similar  to  those  pre- 
scribed in  No.  57. 


88  8KRVICE    OK    TIIK    PIECE.  [PART  I. 

Should  wooden  fuzes  be  used,  in  addition  to  the 
inipKMnentM  therein  mentioned,  a  fuzr-saic  will  be 
re<juired  for  retjuein^  the  fuzes  to  the  proper  lenjiths. 
The  shell  hrini;  first  ehargcd,  the  fuze,  cut  ut  the  right 
lenjjth,  is  then  driven. 

The  ])aj>er  fuze  is  marked  with  the  number  of 
seconds  whieh  it  burns  per  inch.  It  may  be  cut  with 
a  knife  to  any  desired  length. 

Time  of  flight. 

72.  The  time  of  flight  for  siege  mortars,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  45°,  with  ordinary  charges,  is  ncarl}'  equal  to 
the  square-root  of  the  range  in  feet  divided  by  four. 
The  exi)erimental  length  of  yie  fuze  may  bo  given 
according  to  this  rule. 

To  ascertain  the  distance  by  the  report  of  fire-arms. 

T.'i.  Multijily  the  nniiiber  of  seconds  which  elaj)se 
between  seeing  the  flash  and  hearing  the  report  by 
1100;   the  product  will   be  nearly  the  distance  in  feet. 

Juijiiiliti/  of  nriiiij. 

74.  Siege  mortars  can  be  Hred  conveniently  at  the 
rate  of  twelve  rounds  an  hour  continuously  ;  but  they 
may,  in  case  of  need,  be  fired  with  greater  rapidity. 


AUT.   T.]  8-INClI    SIEOf:    MORTAR.  39 


Lesson  IV. 
Service  of  an  S-inch  Siege  Mortar. 


Plates    VIII    anp    IX. 


Three  men  are  necessary :  one  gunner,  and  two 
otlicr  cannoneers. 

75.  The  mortar  is  upon  its  platform. 

The  implements,  etc.,  omittiui^  two  handspikes,  and 
adding  one  grummet  wad,  arc  the  same  as  prescrihed 
for  the  lU-inch  siege  mortar  in  No.  58.  They  arc 
arranged  as  proscribed  in  that  number.  The  wad  is 
in  the  basket. 

76.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  is  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  in  Lesson  III,  with  the  following  modifica- 
tions : 

At  the  command  Take  implements,  No.  1  performs 
the  duties  enjoined  on  No.  3,  and  No.  2  those  of  No.  4, 
each  in  addition  to  liis  own.  No.  2  assists  No.  1  to 
put  on  the  sleeves,  and  places  the  wad  on  the  platform 
in  front  of  the  transom. 

77.  At  the  command  In  battery.  No.  1  cmbars 
un<ier  the  right  front  manaMivring-bolt.  No.  2  embars 
under  the  left  rear  manoeuvring-bolt. 

78.  At  the  eommand  Load.  No.  I  having  wiped  out 
the  mortar,  places  the  wiper  upon  the  stake;  pricks; 
and,  if  necessary,  sweeps  the  platform. 


40  SERVICE    OF    THK    PIECE.  [PART  I. 

No.  2,  laying  down  Ins  handspike,  jjoos  for  a  oar- 
tri«If;e  and  sIicH  ;  carrios  the  shell  in  the  rii^ht  arm; 
iiashfs  between  tlie  minner  aixl  the  nuizzle.  aixl  |»Iaees 
It  on  the  wad;  ;;ives  to  the  minner  the  eartrid^e  and, 
if  firing  with  paper  fuzes,  a  iuze  ;  and  takes  tlie  wiper 
from  tin-  stake. 

The  gntiner.  (»n  rctnriiiiig  the  scrajier  to  the  basket, 
takes  tlie  shelMio(»ks  and  lays  them  on  the  ground 
between  liiniself  and  the  muzzle.  Having  carefully 
i>oure<l  in  the  ])owdcr,  he  returns  the  cartridge-hag  to 
No.  2,  and  distributes  the  powder  evenly  over  the 
l>ottotn  of  the  chaml»er;  jmts  the  liize  in  the  fuze- 
nlug;  inserts  the  hooks  in  the  ears  of  the  shell;  raises 
It  al»oul  a  f(»ot  from  the  ground,  aiul  holds  it,  while 
No.  2  wipes  it ;  and  then  places  it  in  the  bore. 

No.  2  replaces  the  wiper  uiton  the  stake;  la3'8  the 
slack  o{  the  jiointing-cord  over  the  left  manceuvring- 
bolts;  and  resumes  his  post. 

7*.*.  At  the  command  I'<»iNT,  Nos.  1  and  2  embar 
uiicb-r  either  «d'  the  front  or  rear  notches,  as  recpiired. 
At  the  signal  from  the  gunner,  No.  1  jirepares  to  fire 
the  piece,  as  jirescribed  tor  No.  3  in  No.  Go. 

TniuMportatioH. 

W.  One  inortar-wijgon  will  carry  three  S.jn.  siego 
mortars,  with  their  beds;  to  t laiispoit  which,  requires 
eight  honK*H  Hiid  four  drivers. 

VhargeSy  etc, 

**!•     <•  .rjfc  of  ix.wiliT 2  Ihi. 

Ordinatx  ,.>:.• 111..    12  oi. 

I'barcp  •  :   -■■• iillfl  with  |)uwdi>r '.'lbs.     9  oc. 

Bur>itii|;  rliarKP  "^  ('■■'  ilicll 1  lb. 

Clian't   t     >  !nw  •.lit  llw  fun* 4  or.. 

Hi.  •-•  ll.ii..  limi-  u!   IliKhl  20" is;t7  jd». 

It..  I|  lb.,  liiue  of  Jligbl  N" IM.{     " 

Pr. -..^.    ..1    |>ow<lrr :U>0     •' 

Wvijcht  o|  fbrll 45  Ibn. 

Sc»e  TnbleB  in  Part  III 


ART.    l]  COEHORN    MORTAR.  41 


Lies  SON    V. 

Service  of  a  Coehorn  Mortar. 


P  L  A   T  K       IX 


Three  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner,  and  two 
other  cannoneers. 

^2.  The  mortar  is  upon  its  platform. 

The  implements,  etc.,  and  their  arrangement,  are 
the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  S.inch  siege  mortar  in 
Xo.  7.T.     A  24-pdr.  shell  is  used. 

S3.  T<ie  instruction  for  this  piece  is  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  in  Lessen  IV. 

To  prepare  its  ammunition,  and  to  transport  it  by 
hand  Avith  ease,  two  additional  men  are  required.  The 
gunner  carries  the  basket  and  implements. 

84.  It  is  fired  either  from  behind  intrenchments.  like 
other  mortars,  or  it  maj-  accompany  troops  in  effect- 
ing lodgments  in  towns  and  fortified  places. 

85.  As  the  shell  is  without  ears,  it  should  be  strapped 
with  tin.  having  loops  attached,  through  which  a  cord 
is  passi'd,  for  the  purj)ose  of  lowering  it  into  the  bore. 
The  chamber  being  cylindrical,  a  sponge  is  used, 
which  is  handled  by  No.  1. 


■i'2  SERVICE   <»K    TIIK    I'IKCK.  [PAUT  I. 

Charges,  etc. 

t*«-    C}rc«t*i>l  oh«r)fP  of  powilor   8  ot. 

Cbarfrr  of  Ihc  nhcll  fillivl  with  powder 1  lb. 

nuntinK  rharKc  nf  the  (hell    S  oi. 

rhark'c  to  l)l<iw  out  the  Tute 2  ot. 

Kn 1  ,r.r..  K  ,„ 1200  yd». 

It  .                        r.  .„ 900  " 

H:.                     .   4  ..» 4.10  " 

Troul  raiJi;f  of  powder    .'100  " 

Weight  of  ihell 17  lbs. 

See  Tables  in  rail  111. 


ART.  I.]  10-INCH    SEA-COAST    MORTAR.  43 

Lesson  VI. 
Service  of  a  10-inch  Sea-coast  Mortar. 


Plate    IX. 


Five  men  are  necessary  :  one  gunner,  and  four  other 
cannoneers. 

87.  The  mortar  is  upon  its  platform. 

Tlie  implements,  .etc.,  with  the  addition  of  one 
sponge,  are  the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  10-inch 
siege  mortar  in  No.  58.  They  are  arranged  as  pre- 
scribed in  that  number,  except  that  the  sponge  is 
S laced  upon  props  one  yard  behind  No.  1,  the  spongc- 
ead  turned  toward  the  epaulment. 

88.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  is  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  in  Lesson  III,  with  the  following  modifica- 
tions : 

No.  1,  after  wiping  the  bore,  sponges  out  the  cham- 
ber; for  this  purpose  mounting  upon  the  right  cheek 
and  bolster. 

To  scrape  the  bore,  and  to  put  in  the  cartridge  and 
shell,  the  gunner  mounts  upon  a  block  in  front  of  the 
muzzle. 

The  cartridge — its  liag  being  of  bombazine  or  flan- 
nel— is  put  directly  into  the  chamber  by  the  gunner, 
and  rammed  b}'  No.  1. 

To  lift  the  sliell  into  the  muzzle.  Nos.  2  and  3  mount 
the  checks,  and  are  assisted  rospcotively  by  the  gunner 
and  No.  1. 


44  SKBVICK    OP    THE    I'lKCK.  [TAUT  I. 

Ill  ;rivin;r  the  elevation.  Nos.  1  and  2  :iro  assisted  by 
N<»H.  ."{  and  I. 

Hi'fore  jtrimin;;.  No.  3  pricks  a  second  time. 

Charges,  etc. 

f*0.   (Smitp»t  ch«rjrp  "f  pow«lcr 10  Ibg. 

Churr'- "f  -Itrll  fillH  with  p«>wdor 5  " 

Bi,.  ..•  ..f  l»i<-  «hill 2  " 

CI    .  ^  out  lh<-  furr 5  ot. 

Kai... 10  n.ii  .  time  nf  llipht,  .10" 4250  yd«. 

Proof  r»ti|cr  of  powder .100  " 

Vifx^U  of  .hell WO  lbs. 

See  Tables  in  Pari  111. 


AKT.  1.]  l:i-INCII    f?EA-COAMT    MOUTAIl.  45 


Lesson  VII. 
Service  of  a  IS-mch  Sea-coast  Mortar. 


Plate     IX. 


Five  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner, and  four  other 
cannoneers. 

90.  The  mortar  is  upon  its  platform. 

The  implements,  etc.,  and  their  arrangement,  are 
the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  lU-inch  sea-coast  mor- 
tar in  No.  87. 

91.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  differs  in  no  respect 
from  that  prescribed  in  Lesson  VI. 

Charges,  etc. 

9L.    (}rc«tc!'t  charjrc  c)f  powder 20  lbs. 

Charjre  of  the  phell   filled  with  powder II      " 

Bursting;  charge  of  the  fhcll 6     " 

Charjre  to  Mow  out  the  fure B  ot. 

Range,  charge  20  lb».;  lime  of  flight  (about)  40" 4.32.i  yd*. 

Proof  range  of  powder ■'<00     " 

Weight  of  the  fhcll 200  Ibo. 

See  Tables  in  Part  ill. 


4rt  HERVICR   OF   THK    PIECK.  [pART  I. 

l.KSM.N      VI  11. 

^Service  of  a  Stone-Mortar. 


P  1.  A  T  r.     I  X 


Five  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner,  and  four  other 
cannoncen*. 

r»:{.  Tl)o  mortar  is  upon  its  plattbrm. 

Tlio  iniploinciits,  otc.,  and  tlu-ir  arrangement,  are 
tlic  same  as  pre8cribed  for  the  10-inch  sea-coast  mortar 
in  No.  87. 

94.  The  instruction  fi»r  this  piece  differs  in  no  respect 
from  that  jirescrihed  in  Lesson  VI. 

A  woodiii  hottom  i»  placed  over  the  mouth  of  the 
cliamber  to  receive  the  basket  which  contains  the 
charge  of  stones. 

Chanje.-i,  rtr. 

95.  With  a  <*l)arge  of  a  pound  ami  a  hall'  of  pnwilor, 
and  one  hundred  and  twenty  pouiid.s  of  stones,  at  an 
elevati(»n  of  G((°.  the  stories  are  thrown  from  one  hun- 
dred and   fifty  to  two  hundred  and   fifty  yarils. 

With  fifteen  G-jxlr.  shells,  fuze  fifteen  seconds, 
charge  of  powder  one  pound,  elevation  ;]o°,  the  shells 
may  bo  thrown  from  fifty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty 
yards. 

HO.  As  the  shells  are  liable  to  hurst  on  leaving  the 
bore,  llie  j)iece  is  fired  by  a  slow  match  applied  to  a 
train  of  quick  match,  giving  the  men  tinie  to  place 
themselves  under  cover. 


FLi^V t:  8 


1. 1 K  nTfiti^  .'^rf  v„ 


f^-B*-*" 


^_J 

' — V    to    f — ' 

ll- 


Jt»SBjr7Z««»-/<*<.<A* 


Ok 


jN  f^  r:  «*-  V;  '*  (V 


5-,:^ 


P5 


grmtfO^i 


ART.  I.] 


BARBETTE   GUN. 


47 


Lesson  IX. 
Service  of  a  gun  mounted  on  a  barbette  carriage. 


Plates    X,    XI   and    XII. 


Remark.  The  instruction  for  a  barbette  gun, although 
in  many  respects  precisely  the  same  as  that  for  a  siege 
gun,  is  given  in  full,  because  the  siege  gun  is  seldom 
found  in  the  forts  on  the  seaboard. 

Five  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner,  and  four  other 
cannoneers. 

07.  The  piece  is  in  battery. 

The  implements,  etc.,  are  arranged  as  follows: 


Handspikes. 


Sponge 

J>ammkr 


Pass-box. 


Two  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
leaning  against  the  parajiet,  in 
line  with  the  cannoneers. 

One  yard  beliind  the  cannoneers 
of  the  right,  the  sponge  upper- 
most, the  sponge  and  ranimer- 
h(.ads  lurncd  from  the  parapet, 
iiH-liiu'd  slightly  from  the  piece, 
and  supported  upon  a  prop;  or, 
Avlien  tiiis  cannot  be  <lone  con- 
veniently, placed  against  the 
wall,  the  sponge  and  rammer- 
heads  nearest  the  piece. 

Against  the  parapet, outside  of  the 
pile  of  balls. 


48 


SERVICE    OF    TUK    PIECE. 


[I'AIIT   1. 


TiBK-roixii. 


Gl'Nnkb'8  pouch.. 


CiiorKs. 


Contninin;;  friction  tubes,  and  the 
lanyard,  wouml  in  St.  Andrew's 
cross  upon  its  handle.  Sus- 
])ended  from  the  knob  of  the 
caseable. 

Containin;^  the  gunner's  level, 
breech-si^ht,  tinker-stall,  iiriin- 
ing-wire,  ^inilet,  vent-puneli, 
chalk-line  and  chalk.  Susj»ended 
fntin  the  knob  of  the  cascablc. 

One  on  each  side  of  the  piece,  at 
the  foot  of  the  parapet,  insido 
the  handspikes. 


Vent-cover Covering  the  vent. 

ToMPioN In  the  muzzle. 


Droom  

HunOE-BARREL.... 


Leanin;;  against  the  parapet,  out- 
side ol'  the  pile  of  balls. 

Containing  cartridges,  at  the  safest 
and  most  convenient  place  in 
rear  of  the  piece. 


When  several  guns  are  served  together,  tiiere  will 
bo- only  ono  gunner's  level  and  two  vent-punches  to 
each  battery  not  exceeding  six  pieces.  To  the  same 
battery  there  will  be  one  icorm,  one  ladle,  and  ono 
trrrnch. 

The  bulls  are  regularly  j)iled  on  the  banquette,  on 
the  left  of  the  piece. 

The  wads  are  placed  between  the  parapet  and  the 
bulls,  partly  resting  on  them. 

OH.  The  cannoneers  having  been  marched  to  their 
posts,  the  instructor  explains  to  them  the  names  and 
uses  of  the  implements,  and  the  nomenclatures  of  the 
gun,  its  carriage,  and    the  battery. 


ART.  l]  BARBETTE    GUN.  49 

90.  To  cause  the  implements  to  bo  distributed,  the 
instructor  commands  : 

Take  implements. 

The  gunner  mounts  upon  the  tongue;  takes  otf  the 
vent-cover,  handing  it  to  No.  2  to  place  against  the 
])arapet,  outside  of  the  pass-box;  gives  the  tube-pouch 
to  No.  3  ;  equips  himself  with  his  own  poucli  and  the. 
finger-stall,  wearing  the  latter  on  the  second  finger  of 
the  left  hand  ;  levels  the  piece  by  the  elevating-screw; 
applies  his  level  to  ascertain  the  line  of  metal,  which, 
with  the  assistance  of  No.  2,  he  marks  with  the  chalk- 
line;  and  resumes  his  post. 

No.  3  equips  himself  with  the  tube-pouch. 

Nos.  1  and  2,  after  passing  handspikes  to  Nos.  3  and 
4,  take  each  one  for  himself. 

100.  The  handspike  is  held  in  both  hands;  the  lian<l 
nearest  to  the  parapet  grasping  it  near  the  small  end 
and  at  the  height  of  the  shoulder,  back  of  the  hand 
down,  elbow  touching  the  body;  the  other  hand  back 
up,  the  arm  extended  natural!}';  the  butt  of  the  hand- 
spike upon  the  ground  on  the  side  farthest  from  the 
parapet,  and  six  inches  in  advance  of  the  alignment. 

101.  When  the  cannoneer  la3's  down  his  handspike, 
he  places  it  dirccth"  before  him,  about  six  inches  in 
advance  of.  and  parallel  to  the  alignment,  the  small 
end  toward  the  parapet;  and  whenever  lie  thus  lays 
it  down  for  the  performance  of  an^'  j)articular  duty, 
he  will  resume  it  on  returning  to  his  post  after  the 
completion  of  that  dut}'. 

102.  The  instructor  causes  the  service  of  the  piece 
to  be  executed  by  the  following  commands: 

1.  From  battery. 

The  gunner  moves  two  paces  to  his  right. 
6 


ho  ^Ml\  |i  K    (11      IIIK     riKlK.  [rAUT    1. 

Nos.  I,  2.  ;{  and  l.  fnciiiij  Inmi  tlu'  ]>nra]iot,  oml»ar, 
near  tlio  tire:  Nos.  1  aixl  12 — first  ]ila«-iii<;  tlio  chocks 
on  tlio  mils  in  front  of  the  rollers — throui^h  the  front 
Hpokes  of  the  wheels,  over  the  front  nianaMivrinj^- 
bolts  ;  and  Nos.  '.i  and  4  thron<;h  the  rear  s])oke8, 
under  the  rear  nian«euvrin;^-holts. 

Shoidd  there  he  no  rear  niana'Uvrin<;-l)olt.  Xos.  3 
nn<l  4  enihar  under  the  hraces,  near  iIk*  niaiueuvrinLj- 

St;i|ilrs. 

All  hcin^  ready,  the  gunner  gives  the  command 
IIkavk.  wliich  will  be  repealed  as  often  as  may  ho 
necessary.  As  soon  as  the  face  of  the  piece  is  about 
one  yard  from  the  parapet,  he  commands  Halt.  All 
unbar,  and  resume  their  posts.  Nos.  1  and  -  chock 
the  rollers. 

L'.   Loud  hy  (hta'd — Loai». 

103,  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4,  lay  down  their  handspikes. 

No.  2  takes  out  the  tompion,  and  jdaces  it  near  the 
vent-cover. 

No.  1  faces  once  and  a  half  to  his  left;  steps  over 
the  sj)t)nfje  and  rammer;  faces  to  the  ])iece;  takes  the 
sjioiifTo  with  both  hands,  the  backs  down,  the  right 
hand  three  feet  from  the  sponge-head,  the  left  hand 
eightei'ii  inches  nearer  to  it;  returns  to  the  ])iece, 
placing  the  lefl  foot  on  the  rail  of  the  chassis  in  lino 
with  the  face  of  the  ]>iece,  the  right  in  the  most  con- 
venient j)osition  ;  and  rests  the  end  of  the  s]K)nge  in 
till'  mu/.zle,  the  stall"  in  the  ])rolongation  of  the  bore, 
supportc<|  by  the  I'igiit  hand,  the  right  arm  extended, 
the  left  hand  flat  against  the  side  of  the  thigh. 

luiniirh.  In  order  that  Nos.  1  and  2  may  load  with 
facility  without  standing  on  the  chassis,  a  han(pietto 
should  be  placed  between  the  head  of  the  chassis  and 
the  wall,  or  a  jihitfnrm  attacheil  to  the  head  of  the 
chnshis. 

No.  2  st«'ps  u|)oii  the  rail  on  his  side,  and  occuj)ies  a 
jtosition  on  the  left  of  the  piece  corres])on(ling  to  that 
of  No.  1  on  its  right.  ]Ie  seizes  the  staff  with  the 
left  hand,  back  down,  near  to  and  outside  of  the  hand 
of  No.  1. 


ART.  I.]  BARBETTE    GUN.  51 

No.  3,  as  soon  as  the  sponge  is  inserted  in  tlie  bore, 
steps  over  the  rammer,  and  seizes  the  staff  with  both 
hands,  as  prescribed  for  the  sponge;  returns  to  his 
post;  and  stands  ready  to  exchange  Avith  No.  1. 

No.  4  takes  the  pass-box  and  goes  to  the  rear  for  u 
cartridge;  returns  Avith  it,  and  places  himself,  facing 
the  piece,  about  eighteen  inches  to  the  rear  and  right 
of  No.  2. 

The  gunner  mounts  upon  the  tongue  of  the  chassis, 
placing  the  left  foot  about  six  inches  from  the  rear 
transom  of  tlie  gun-carriage,  and  breaks  well  to  the 
rear  with  the  right  foot,  the  toe  to  the  right;  closes 
the  vent  with  the  second  finger  of  the  left  hand,  bend- 
ing well  forward  to  cover  himself  by  the  breech  ;  and 
turns  the  elevating-screw  with  the  right  hand,  so  as  to 
adjust  the  piece  conveniently  for  loading. 

104.  In  the  meantime,  Nos.  1  and  2  insert  the 
sponge  by  the  following  motions,  at  the  words  one — 

TWO THREE FOIJR FIVE  : 

Ist  motion.  They  insert  the  sponge  as  far  as  the  hand 
of  No.  1,  bodies  erect,  shoulders  square. 

Iri  motion.  They  slide  the  hands  along  the  staff,  and 
seize  it  at  arm's  length. 

3f/  motion.  They  force  the  sponge  down  as  prescribed 
in  the  fir.st  motion. 

Ath  motion.     They  repeat  the  second  motion. 

bth  motion.  Thej*  push  the  sponge  to  the  bottom  of 
the  bore.  No.  1  replaces  the  left  l)and  on  the  staff, 
back  up,  six  inches  nearer  to  the  muzzle  than  the 
right.  No.  2  places  the  right  hand,  back  up,  between 
the  hands  of  No.  1. 

If  in  executing  these  motions,  or  the  corresponding 
ones,  with  the  rammer,  it  be  found  that  the  sponge  or 
rammer  is  at  home  at  the  third  or  fourth  motioji,  then 
what  is  prescribed  for  the  fifth  motion  will  be  per- 
formed at  the  third  or  fourth.  Tlie  knee  on  the  side 
toward  which  the  l»o<iy  is  to  be  inclined  is  always 
bent,  the  other  straightened;  and  the  weigiit  of  the 
body  added,  as  much  as  possible,  to  the  effort  exerted 
by  the  arms. 


52  SKRVICE    OK    THE    l'IE(  K.  [I'ART  I. 

y.  SroxoE. 

105.  Nos.  1  and  2,  pressing  the  sponge  firmly  against 
the  bottom  of  tlio  Ixtre,  turn  it  tliroo  times  from  riglit 
to  U't\,  'AU'\  tlirof  times  from  left  to  right :  replaee  tiie 
lnimis  on  the  thighs;  and  withdraw  the  sponge  hy 
motions  contrary  to  those  prescribed  for  inserting  it. 

Uimnrh.  To  handle  the  sj)(»nge  when  it  is  new  and 
litH  tight,  it  ma}'  become  necessary  for  Nos.  1  and  2  to 
use  both  hands.  In  this  case,  it  will  be  inserted  and 
withdrawn  I)}'  short  and  quick  motions. 

No.  2  quits  the  start",  and.  turning  toward  No.  4, 
receives  Irom  him  the  cartridge,  which  lie  takes  in 
both  hands,  backs  down,  and  introduces  into  the  bore 
bott(»m  foremost,  seams  to  the  sides;  he  then  grasps 
the  raiiuner  in  the  way  ])rescribed  for  the  s])ongo. 

No.  1,  rising  upon  the  riglit  leg  and  turning  toward 
his  left,  passes  the  sponge  above  the  rammer  with  the 
\{.'\\  haiKl  to  No.  .'5,  and  receiving  the  rammer  with  the 
right,  j)resents  it  as  prescril»e(l  for  the  sponge,  except 
that  he  rests  the  rammer-head  against  the  right  side 
of  the  face  of  the  j)iece. 

No.  3,  as  soon  as  the  sponge  is  withdrawn,  passing 
the  rammer  under  the  sj)ongo  with  the  right  hand, 
receives  the  sponge  from  No.  1  with  the  letl,  replaces 
it  uj>on  the  prop,  and  resumes  his  post. 

No.  4,  setting  down  the  pass-box,  takes  out  the  car- 
tridge and  jtresents  it  in  both  hands  to  No.  2,  the 
choke  to  the  i'njnt  ;  returns  the  ])ass-box  to  its  place; 
and  jiicks  uj)  a  ball,  and  af\erward  a  watl.  should  one 
be  rt'fjuireil. 

Nos.  1  and  2  force  down  the  carti'idge  by  the  mo- 
tions prescribed  for  forcing  down  the  sponge. 

J.    Kam. 

106.  Nos.  1  and  2,  drawing  the  rammer  out  to  the 
full  extent  of  their  arms,  ram  with  a  single  stroke.  No. 
2  quits  the  start",  and,  turning  toward  No.  4,  receives 
from  him  the  ball  and  wad.  while  No.  1  throws  out  the 
rammer,  and  holds  the  head  against  the  right  side  of 


ART.  1.]  BARBKTTE    (UTN.  58 

the  fuco  of  the  piece.  No.  2,  receiving  successively 
the  ball  and  wad,  introduces  them  into  the  bore,  the 
ball  first,  and  seizes  the  staff  with  the  left  hand.  No. 
4  then  resumes  his  post. 

Nos.  1  and  2  force  down  the  ball  and  wad  to<;ether 
by  the  same  motions,  and  ram  in  the  same  manner  as 
])rescrihed  for  the  cartridge.  No.  2  quits  the  rammer; 
sweeps,  if  necessary,  the  jilatform  on  his  own  sidej 
passes  the  broom  to  No.  1 ;  and  resumes  his  post.  No. 
1  throws  out  the  rammer,  and  places  it  upon  tiie  prop 
below  the  sponge;  finishes  the  sweeping;  and  resumes 
his  post. 

The  gunner  pricks,  leaving  the  priming-wire  in  the 
vent,  and,  if  firing  bej'ond  point-blank  range,  adjusts 
the  breech-sight  to  the  distance. 

5.  In  battery. 

107.  Nos.  1  and  2  unchock  the  rollers,  and  with 
Nos.  8  and  4,  all  facing  toward  the  parapet,  embar  : 
Nos.  1  and  2  through  the  front  spokes  of  the  wheels, 
near  the  tire,  under  the  manwuvring-bolts;  and  Nos.  3 
and  4  under  the  braces,  near  the  manoeuvring-stajiles. 

All  being  ready,  the  gunner  commands  IIeavk,  and 
the  piece  is  run  into  batter}^;  the  gunner  following  up 
the  movement.  As  soon  as  the  rollers  touch  the  hur- 
ters,  he  commands  Halt.  All  unbar,  and  Nos.  1,  2,  8 
and  4  resume  their  posts. 

6.   Point. 

\0H.  No.  3  la3-s  down  his  handspike;  passes  the 
hook  of  the  lauN-ard  through  the  eye  of  a  tube  from 
front  to  rear;  and  holds  the  handle  of  the  lan^-ani 
Avith  the  right  hand,  the  hook  between  the  thumb  and 
fore-finger. 

Nos.  1  and  4  go  to  the  traverse- wheels,  and,  facing 
toward  the  parapet,  embar  under  the  fork-bolts  or 
under  the  wheels.  No.  1,  in  passing  from  and  to  his 
post,  moves  on  the  outside  of  No.  3. 


64  SERVICE    OF    TIIK    PIECE.  [I'AKT  1. 

Tho  jiiinnor  withdraws  tlio  ])iimin<x-\viro,  nnd,  aided 
Ity  N<»s.  1  an<l  4,  ^ivos  tlio  dirocliou  ;  causinir  the  trail 
to  he  moved  by  coininanding  Lkkt,  or  Ukiht.  tanpiii";, 
at  ihe  saiue  time,  on  the  riglit  side  of  the  hreeeli  tor 
So.  1  to  move  the  chansin  to  the  lell,  or  on  tlie  left 
8i<le  for  No.  4  to  move  it  to  the  right. 

lie  then  places  the  centre  jtoint  of  the  breech-sight 
ncciirati-Iy  upon  the  chalk  mark  on  the  base-i'ing,  and 
bv  the  elevating-screw  gives  the  projjcr  elevation,  rec- 
til\  ing  the  direction,  if  necessary. 

'riie  moment  the  piece  is  correctly  pointed,  he  rises 
on  the  left  leg,  and  gives  the  word  Kkadv.  making  a 
signal  with  Ixtth  hands,  at  whirh  X(»s.  1  and  4  uidjar, 
and  resume  their  ]»osts;  takes  the  l»reech  sight  with 
the  left  hand,  and  receiving  the  tube  from  No.  ;J.  inserts 
it  in  the  vent;  dismounts  from  the  tongue;  and  goes 
to  the  windward  to  observe  the  eHect  of  the  shot. 

No.  3  droi»s  the  handle,  allowing  the  lanyard  to  un- 
coil as  he  stei)s  back  to  his  ]»ost.  holding  it  slightly 
stretched  with  the  right  hand,  the  coid  ])assing  be- 
tween the  fingers,  back  ot  the  hanil  up,  and  breaks  to 
the  rear  a  full  ])ace  with  the  lelt  foot,  the  left  hand 
against  the  thigh. 

At  the  word  Hk.xdv,  Nos.  1  and  J  take  the  chocks, 
and,  breaking  otf  with  the  feet  farthest  from  the  para- 
pet, stand  ready  to  chock  the  rollers. 

]W.  in  directing  the  j)iece  to  be  fired,  tho  instructor 
will  designate  it  by  its  number,  as,  for  example: 

7.  JVumbcr  one — Fiuk. 

No.  3  gives  a  smart  jmil  upon  the  lanyard. 

Immediately  after  ilu-  ilischai-gc  of  the  jnecc,  Nos.  1 
and  li  <-h«»ck  the  rollei's,  and  resume  the  erect  ])osilion. 
No.  II  resumes  the  erect  ])osition,  and  rewinds  the  lan- 
yard in  St.  Andi'cw's  cross  upon  its  handle,  I'eturning 
It,  if  dry,  to  the  tube-jtouch.  The  gunner,  having 
observed  the  ctlect  of  the  shot,  returns  to  his  ])Ost. 


ART.  I.]  BARBETTE    GUN.  65 

110.  Whenever  the  pieoe  is  to  be  fired  by  a  lock, 
port-fire  or  slou'-match,  it  will  ho  clone  by  No.  8,  as  pre- 
scribed for  No.  4,  in  the  instruction  for  field  artillery. 

111.  To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  re- 
sumes the  series  of  commands,  beginning  with   From 

BATTERY. 

To  chart ge  posts. 

112.  To  change  posts,  the  instructor  commands  : 

1.  Change  posts. 

2.  March. 

3.  Call  off. 

At  the  first  command,  the  cannoneers  lay  down 
their  handspikes;  place  their  equipments  on  the  parts 
of  the  carriage  nearest  to  them  ;  and  face  to  their  left. 

At  the  second  command,  they  step  off,  each  advanc- 
ing one  post;  No.  2  taking  that  of  No.  1.  Nos.  2  and 
3  pass  to  the  rear  of  the  chassis  ;  No.  2  on  the  outside 
of  all  the  cannoneers.  On  arriving  at  their  post,  they 
face  to  the  piece,  and  equip  themselves. 

At  the  third  command,  they  call  off,  according  to 
the  posts  they  are  to  occupy. 

To  load  for  action. 

113.  The  cannoneers  having  been  sufficiently  in- 
structed in  the  details  of  the  movements,  the  instructor 
commands  : 

Load  for  action — Load. 

The  piece  is  run  from  l>attr'ry.  loaded,  run  into  bat- 
tery, pointed,  and  prepared  for  firing,  by  the  following 
conjmands  from  the  gunner:  From  battery — Lo.vi) — 
In  b.attkry — Point — Keady. 

At  the  command,  or  signal,  from  the  instructor  to 
commence  firing,  the  gunner  gives  the  command  Fire, 


56  SKRVICK    l.K    THK    I'lKCK.  [I'ART  I. 

and  continues  the  action   until  the  instructor  directs 
(he  firintj  to  cease. 

To  cease  firing. 

114.  'r<»  cause  the  firing  to  cease,  the  instructor 
commands: 

CeASK    FlUINC. 

Whether  the  cannoneers  are  loadini;  hy  detuU  or  for 
action,  the  piece  is  sponi^ed  out,  and  all  resume  their 
posts.  It"  the  cartridLTC  has  heen  inserted  the  loadinq; 
will  be  con)])leted,  unless  the  instructor  should  other- 
wise direct. 

To  secure  piece  and  replace  implcTAents. 

lir>.  To  discontinue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  hav- 
injj  ordered  the  firinuj  to  cease,  and  caused  the  ])iece  to 
bo  run  into  battery,  gives  the  IblUjwing  commands  : 

1.  Secure  piece. 

No.  2  returns  the  tumpioii  to  the  iniiz/.le.  The  gun- 
ner puts  on  the  vent-cover,  which  ho  receives  Irom 
No.  2,  and  depresses  the  piece. 

2.     liKl'l-Ai'K     IMl'LK.MKNTS. 

Nos.  1  and  2  rejjlace  the  handsj)ikcs  against  the 
parapet.  Nos.  .'}  and  4  ])assing  theirs  to  them  for  that 
purpose.  The  gunnt-r  hangs  the  pouches  upon  the 
Knob  of  the  cascaMe. 

To  leave  the  battery. 

lift.  The  iuNtriictor  forms  the  detaciiiiieMt  in  rear  of 
the  jtiece,  and  marches  il  from  the  balteiy  as  pre- 
scribi'd  ill  No.  li{. 


ART.  I.]  BARBETTE   GtlK.  57 

To  serve  the  piece  with  reduced  numbers. 

Executed  as  in  No.  35. 

Charges,  etc. 

See  Tables  in  Part  III. 

TVads. 

Rapidity  of  firing. 

Penetration  of  shot. 

Bee  Nos.  38,  40  and  41. 


5s  SKKVK'K    OK    TlIK    IlKCK.  [TAUT  1. 


Lesson  X. 

Sfrvire  of  an   i<-inrh  sea-coast   hoiritzrr  mounted   on  a 
harbttte  carriage. 


r  I,  A  T  K  H       X  .      XI.      XII       AM.      XIII 


Fivf  iiuMi  aiv  iieci'ssnry  :  (tiii"  ^umu-r,  ami  four  olluT 
caniKHUHTH. 

117.  Tlu'  ]>ii'co  is  ill  lialtrrv. 

Tlu-  iiii|»l('iiKMits,  etc..  jumI  (hoir  arranijcniput,  are 
flif  saiiu'  as  prt'scrilii'd  lor  llit'  ltarl>et(r  i^uii  in  No.  !•?, 
Kiilthlitutiiii^  fidi'irsdck — worn  Ity  No.  4  iVoiii  tin'  ri^clit 
r«lioiil<lrr  lo  till'  loft  side — i'ov  pass-fm.r. 

Tlio  hhi'lls  are  at  tlie  nia|;a/.ine,  or  other  safe  posi- 
tion, and  are  Itrou^ht,  as  required,  to  the  place  pre- 
seribed  for  the  budge-barrel. 

IIK.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  docs  not  differ 
materially  from  that  jtrescribed  in  Lesson  IX. 

It  is  loadfd  with  a  shell,  which  is  attached  to  a 
sabot.  'J'lie  shell  is  brought  up  by  No.  4,  together 
with  the  cartridge,  and  is  set  home  in  the  same  man- 
ner ab  the  ball,  except  that  it  is  not   rammed. 

Charges,  etc. 

tjee  Tables  in  i*art  III. 


y  t^ 


1>J.j3T£  jo 


V  1 


.1 


m/jrun^  z^jirtjAt 


rnrtg/fefm'ACIlMu^rj^mJ  / 


JPXATjE  21 


8    I-      I 

^-  ■  ■ 


UJf  SBtuh.  ?'jIt%  4til 


Z^*rtfi^lfnflia,f:harrtgTenS  i 


7»  TtMnnfK  ?«,*.<  4,1. 


K^.mn^r^tnn.Ck.-rCiiltt^f  f 


P2^TE  jn 


it 


■^ 


.^ 


klfl 


U 


1 


^ 


5  Hi 


*~  N  C^  ^  Vf. 


HJt  m  Mm*'  I'4n,  «M 


•f*!?'-*' 


art  i.]       10-lncii  sea-coast  how. — t5ahrktte.  59 

Lesson  ^1. 

Service  of  a   10-inch  sea-coast   howitzer  monnted  on   a 
•         barbette  carriage. 


Plates    X,  XI,  XII    and    XIII. 


Seven  men  are  necessary  :  one  gunner,  and  six  other 
cannoneers. 

no.  The  piece  is  in  batterj^. 

The  iin]ilcnients,  etc.,  with  the  addition  of  one  hand- 
spike, and  their  arrangement,  are  the  same  as  pre- 
scribed for  tlie  flinch  sea-coast  howitzer  in  No.  117. 

120.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  varies  but  sliglit- 
ly  from  that  prescribed  in  Lesson  X. 

The  shell  is  brought  up  in  the  following  manner: 
No.  6  takes  the  handspike  and  goes  for  the  shell,  fol- 
lowed b}'  No.  5.  He  passes  the  small  end  of  the  hand- 
spike through  the  ring  of  the  shell-hooks,  if  the  shell 
has  ears,  or  through  the  loop  of  Ihe  rope  handle  ;  No.  5 
holds  the  small  end  of  the  handspike  with  the  right 
hand,  No.  6  the  butt  end.  No.  5  in  front.  They  bring 
it  up  on  the  left  of  the  piece,  and  place  themselves 
parallel  to  the  jiarapet,  No.  5  behind  No.  2.  No.  5, 
stcp])ing  between  the  parapet  and  the  fjice  of  the  piece, 
gives  his  end  of  the  handspike  to  No.  1,  and  places 
himself  on  the  tongue,  or  on  the  platform,  opposite  to 
the  muzzle  ;  No.  0  gives  his  cnfl  of  the  handspike  to 
No.  2.  Nos.  1  and  2  raise  the  shell  until  it  is  ojijtosite 
to  the  muzzle,  when  No.  5,  applying  his  hands  under 
it,  raises  the  sabot  and  inserts  it  in  the  muzzle.  No. 
2  withdraws  the  handspike  and  passes  it  to  No.  6, 
who  replaces  it.  No.  ;')  pushes  the  shell  into  the  muz- 
zle, and  returns  to  his  post 

<Vtnrgcx^  etc 
See  Tables  in  I'arf  HI. 


CO 


SERVICE   OF   THE    PIECE. 


[I'AUT.  I. 


liESSd.N    XII. 

Service  of  a  gun  mounted  on  a  casemate  carriage. 


!•  I.  A  T  K       XIV. 


Five  iiu'ii  urr  iicct'ssary:  uno  j^uimoi'.  ami  (i>ur  other 
(.•aimoncerH. 

llil.    riie  piece  i.s  in  l>a(lei'y. 

riie  impieinciits,  etc.,  are  ui  ranged  as  follows: 


TurrK-iiAM)- 
Sl'lKKH 

Kl,KVATIN(i-llAM)- 
MMKKS 

TllAVERSl.Nii- 

ilA.NDSl'lKKS 

iloLLKH-lIAND- 
.**I'IKK 


One  on  each  side  of  the  earringo, 
leaning  against  the  ■wall,  in  line 
with  the  eannoneers. 

One  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
leaning  against  the  wall,  behind 
Nos.  3  and  4.* 

One  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
leaning  against  the  wall,  oppo- 
site to  the  end  of  the  tongue.* 

Leaning  against  the  wall,  behind 
the  gunner,  or  laid  down  in  the 
alignment  on  his  right. 


*  Tbo«o  ara  mauauvrtng  hand8)iikc8.  With  two  piooes  in  one  onso- 
iiinU',  «>r  where  the  piccoH  «ro  nul  HopuraU'd  Iiy  piers,  Ihoy  iimy  '>e 
plHi'tMl  ii);HiiiNl  (ho  iiuuroal  wall,  ur  liiiil  ilnwii  in  th(>  most  cuiivuiiiuii t 
p<i«iti<in. 


ART.  I.] 


CASEMATE   OUN. 


61 


Sponoe.. 
Rammer 


Tube-pouch. 


About  one  ^-ard  bcliind  the  can- 
noneers of  the  ri^ht,  the  8])ongc 
u])perniost,  the  s))on«^e  and  ram- 
niei'-heads  turned  from  the  eni- 
l)ra8ure,  inclined  slightly  from 
the  piece,  and  supported  upon  a 
prop  or  block. 

Pass-box Behind  No.  4. 

Containing  friction-tubes,  and  the 
lanyard,  wound  in  .St.  Andrew's 
cross  upon  its  handle.  Sus- 
pended from  the  knob  of  the 
cascable. 

Containing  the  gunner's  level, 
breech-sight,  finger-stall,  prim- 
ing-wire, gimlet,  vent-punch, 
chalk-line,  and  chalk.  iSus- 
pcnded  from  the  knob  of  the 
cascable. 

One  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
on  the  front  transom  of  the 
chassis,  handles  outward. 

Vent-cover Covering  the  vent. 

ToMPioN In  the  muzzle. 

Leaning  against  the  scarp  wall,  on 
the  left  of  the  piece. 

Containing  cartridges, at  the  safest 
and  most  convenient  place  in 
rear  of  the  piece. 

When  several  guns  are  served  together,  there  will 
be  Old}-  one  gunner's  level  and  two  veiit-])unches  to 
each  batter}-  not  exceeding  six  pieces.  To  the  same 
battery  there  will  be  one  worm,  one  ladle,  and  one 
vrrtirh. 

The  balls  are  regularly  )iiled  against  the  wall, 
behind   No.  2. 


Gunner's  pouch.. 


Chocks. 


Broom 


Budoe-barrel.... 


Ct2  SKRVICK    (IF   THK    I'lKPK.  [I'ART  I. 

The  wads  arc  placed  between  tliewall  aiui  tlu>  balls, 
partly  rcHlin^  on  thorn. 

lL'2.  Tlu"  caninnu'crH  liavin<^  lioon  niaivliod  to  their 
]>osts,  the  iustriK-tor  explaiiiK  t<>  tlu'iu  the  iiaines  and 
lines  of  the  iinpUMni-nt^.  and  the  nomenclatures  of  the 
^iin.  its  carria^i'.  and   tin'  I»at1«'rv. 

lli:{.  'I'o  cause  tln^inipicMicnts  to  bo  distributed,  Lho 
instructor  commands: 

Takk  implements. 

The  t;iiiuu'r  nioiiuts  upon  the  tont^ue;  takes  off  the 
vont-covor,  handintj  it  to  No.  2  to  place  ai;ainst  the 
scarp;  i^ives  the  tubo-j)ouch  to  No.  iJ;  and  equips  hini- 
soll  with  his  own  pouch  and  the  tinijor-stail,  woarin;^ 
the  latter  on  the  seconil  timber  of  the  loll  hand.  With 
the  assistance  of  No.  IJ  he  levels  the  piece,  and  applies 
his  level  to  ascertain  the  lino  of  metal,  which,  with 
tlio  assistance  of  No.  li,  he  marks  with  the  chalk-line. 
(If  the  ;;un  has  jiormanont  si-fhts.  this  is  only  neces- 
sary for  instruction,  or  for  verifying  the  si<rht.)  Ho 
then  takes  the  roller-handspike,  and  resumes  his  ]>ost. 
This  handspike  is  hold  vertically  with  the  riijht  hand, 
the  lower  end  upon  the  <;round  in  line  with  the  toes, 
the  arm  extended  naturally. 

No,  3  e<juij»s  himself  with  the  tuhe-j^ouch. 

Nos.  1  and  li  take  the  truck-handspikes  with  the  haml 
farthest  from  the  wall,  and  carry  them  to  that  side, 
Imlditii;  them  vertically,  the  lower  end  u]>on  the  ground 
in  line  with  the  toes,  the  arm  e.xtt'ndeil  naturally. 

Ili4.  The  instructor  causes  the  service  of  the  ])iece 
to  be  executed   by  the  followin-f  commands: 

1.     I'koM     ll.\TrKKV. 

The  gunner  embars  in  the  h-ft  mortice  of  the  roller. 
Nos.  1  and  2,  facing  from  the  scar]>  wall,  embar  in 


AKT.   I.]  CASEMATE    OUN.  63 

the  most  convenient  front  mortices  of  the  truck- 
wheels,  the  hand  farlliest  from  the  earriaire  at  the  top 
of  the  handspike,  the  other  hand  eii^ht  inciies  h)wer. 

Nos.  3  and  4  ^o  to  tlie  assistance  of  Nos.  1  and  2, 
and,  faeini^  toward  Ihein,  seize  the  handspikes  with 
both  hands  between  those  of  Nos.  1  and  2. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4,  in  ajiplyin^  themselves  to  the 
carriage,  either  to  run  it  from  or  to  battery,  break  to 
the  rear  with  the  foot  nearest  to  the  carriage. 

All  beinii;  read^y,  the  gunner  presses  the  roller  under 
the  rear  transom  of  the  gun-carriage,  by  bearing  down 
upon  iiis  hands]»ike,  and  gives  the  command  IIkavk. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3-nnd  4  act  together,  and  bear  upon  the 
handspikes  until  thej^  are  nearly  down  to  the  rails. 
The  gunner  then  disengages  the  i-oller  from  under  the 
transom  by  raising  his  handspike,  and  commands 
Unbar.  Nos.  1  and  2  let  go  the  handspikes  with  the 
hand  nearest  to  the  carriage,  and  ciiock  the  wheels. 
Nos.  3  and  4  withdraw  the  handspikes  and  pass  them 
to  Nos.  1  and  2,  who  reinsert  them  in  the  front  moi"- 
lices. 

The  gunner  again  bearing  down  u])on  his  handspike, 
gives  tiie  command  Heave,  and  so  on,  until  the  face 
of  the  piece  is  about  one  yard  from  the  wall,  when, 
raising  his  handspike,  he  commands  Halt,  and  shifts 
it  into  the  right  mortice  of  the  roller.  Nos.  1  and  2 
chock  the  wheels,  and  replace  their  handspikes  against 
the  wall.     All  resume  their  posts. 

2.  Load  by  detail — Load. 

125.  Executed  as  in  Nos.  103  and  104,  with  the  fol- 
lowing modification:  No.  3,  facing  toward  the  scarp, 
embars  under  the  breech,  and  maintains  the  jiiece  in  a 
convenient  ])Osition  for  inserting  the  sponge,  until  he 
receives  a  signal  from  the  gunner  to  unbar. 

3.  Sponge. 

126.  Executed  as  in  No.  105. 


64  SERVICE    OF    TIIK    I'lECE.  [I'AKT  I. 

4.     iiAM. 

r_'7.   Hxccutcd  as  in  No.  106. 

5.  In  n.vTTERV. 

128.  NoH.  1  and  'J  uiuliock  the  wliocls,  and.  liiciiiir 
i'rom  tlu'  scarp  wall,  ai)i»ly  their  hunds  to  llio  Iront  ot 
till'  clieoks. 

Nos.  3  and  4,  facing* toward  the  scarp  wall,  lay  huld 
of  tlic  handles. 

The  gunner  hears  down  carefidly  upon  the  roller- 
handsjiike,  and  the  piece  is  run  into  hattery.  As  soon 
as  the  wheels  touch  the  barters,  ho  commands  Halt. 
Nos.  1,  -,  -i  and  4  resume  their  posts. 

C.  Point. 

120.  Nos.  1  and  4  take  the  travcrsint^-liaTidsj^ikes, 
and,  facini^  toward  the  scarj)  wall,  einhar  under  the 
eiuls  of  the  rear  transom  of  the  chassis.  No.  1,  in 
iiassin^  from  and  to  his  jiost,  moves  on  the  outside  ot 
No.  :{. 

When  the  elevation  is  ifiven  hy  the  <|uoin,  No.  2 
takes  an  elevatiiiic-handspike,  and  enil)ars  upon  the 
left  cheek  under  the  reinforce. 

The  gunner  withdraws  the  priming-wire,  and.  aideil 
b}'  Nos.  1  and  4.  gives  the  direction,  as  in'  No.  1U8. 

He  then  a]»])lies  the  breech-sight,  if  necessary,  and 
points  the  piece;  commanding  Lowkk,  or  Kaise,  tap- 
]>ing,  at  the  sanie  time,  on  the  ui)i)er  side  of  the  knob 
of  tiie  cascahU'  with  tlie  left  hand,  and  drawing  out 
the  (pioin  with  the  right,  in  order  to  elevate,  or  tajjping 
upward  on  the  lower  side  and  shoving  in  the  (juoin, 
in  onicj"  to  depress  the  piece. 

The  moment  the  j)iece  is  correct  I}'  pointed,  he  rises 
on  the  left  leg,  and  gives  the  word  Jvkadv,  making  u 
signal  with  hoth  liamls.  at  which  N'os.  1,  2  and  4  unhar, 
replace  llii-ir  liamlspikt's,  and  resume  their  ])osts;  takes 
the  breech-sight  with  the  left  hand, the  I'olU  r-hainlspiUe 


ART.  I.]  CASEMATE    GUN.  65 

"vvilli  the  right,  and  disposes  himself  to  observe  the 
effect  of  the  shot. 

If  the  elevation  is  given  by  a  screw,  No.  3  turns  its 
handle  by  direction  of  the  gunner. 

No.  3  having  passed  the  hook  of  the  lanyard  through 
the  eye  of  a  tube  from  front  to  rear,  inserts  it  in  the 
vent,  and  stretches  tlie  lanyard  as  in  No.  1U8. 

At  the  word  Ready,  Nos.  1  and  2  take  the  chocks, 
and,  breaking  off  with  the  feet  fjjrthest  from  the  wall, 
stand  ready  to  chock  the  wheels. 

7.  JVumber  one  (or  the  like) — Fire. 

130.  Executed  as  in  No.  109. 

What  is  prescribed  in  No.  110  will  apply  to  this  piece. 

131.  To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  resumes 
the  series  of  commands  beginning  with  From  Battery. 

To  change  posts. 

To  load  for  action. 

To  cease  firing. 

To  secure  piece,  and  replace  implements. 

Executed  as  in  Nos.  112,  113,  114  and  115. 

To  leave  the  battery. 

132.  The  instructor  forms  the  detachment  in  rear 
of  the  piece,  and  marches  it  from  the  battery  as  pre- 
scribed in  No.  13. 

133.  Remark.  The  service  of  a  gun  mounted  on  a 
casemate  carriage  of  the  old  pattern  (which  is  without 
the  eccentric  roller)  will  rccpiirc  the  following  modifi- 
cation :  The  roller-handspike  is  dispensed  with,  and  the 
gunner,  at  the  command  From  battery,  moves  two 
paces  to  his  right. 

To  serve  the  piece  with  reduced  numbers. 
Kxecuted  as  in  No.  35. 


tW;  tSERVITE    or    TUl.    IMKCE  [I'AHT  1 

l.'U.  The  ordinary  servico  fhar<;o  of  jiowdor  for 
liouvy  ^uns  is  onf-fourth  tlie  wi'i^lit  df  tlio  shot.  For 
firiii;;  double  shot  it  is  one-si.iili  lliui  wciirht. 

Ilanfrc  of  a  -l-'-jHJr..  «t  nn  ricvation  of  1°  ;;0'.  olinr>:o  lOJ  IbK..    SCO  y<U. 

KunifL-  of  a  V2\»\r..  nt  sin  plovatioii  of  ."i",  cliurj;''   1"!  l''* 1955     " 

Kanpr  of  a  .V.'  p<lr..  at  un  oli'V.Hion  of  1°  30'.  oharKo  S  IIih SOO     " 

UaiifT.-  of  a  ;r.'-|).lr.,  at  an  ilvvation  of  5°,  charge  8  lbj< 1922     " 

rr.M.f  ranp-  "f  |>"« <l<r 300     " 

Orcatviit  i-lfvation  tho  carriairc  ailniiin 8° 

Urcalext  ilo|>rc»»ion  the  curriaRf  ailiiiilx 4° 

Seo  Tables  in  Part  III. 

Wads. 

luipiility  of  firinff. 

Piuitnition  of  shot. 

SeoNos.  38,4(1  and  41. 


trs-jiM^  jw 


\   6   I    >^   *  P  t 


?S 


I 


I 


.  ^3XlliuK  t*Art€Ui. 


n^i^ 


6un.f,irrin 


1  '/    Jlttir  tr,iiuitrin  t^ilolf^. 
JVr*f)r  nhtfl* 
TraU  fttttifi/r* 
•t     I'i'ii  ntf  r  fiiirtif:, 

TfMLt  Transom,  hrtntfu.  Hit  hendcfchitJu 


Jtnru  f  rtnf  <  »M.  ttntrUitcn  S.  C 


ART.  l]  S-INCII    COLUMHIAl) — CASKMATE.  07 

Lesson  XIII. 

Service  of  an  ^-inch  cohrmhind  mounted  on  a  casemate 
carriage. 


Plat  i:    X  I  V. 


Five  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner,  and  four  other 
cannoneers. 

135.  The  piece  is  in  battery. 

Tlie  implements,  etc.,  and  tlieir  arrangement,  are  the 
same  as  prescribed  for  the  casemate  gun  in  No.  121, 
substituting  haversack — worn  b}'  No.  4  from  the  right 
shouhier  to  the  left  side — for  pass-box. 

The  shells  are  at  the  magazine,  or  other  safe  position, 
and  are  brought,  as  required,  to  the  place  prescribed 
for  the  budge-barrel. 

136.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  differs  in  no  ma- 
terial respect  from  that  prescribed  in  Lesson  XIL 

It  is  loaded  with  a  shell,  which  is  attached  to  a  sabot. 
The  shell  is  brought  up  liy  No.  4,  together  with  the 
cartridge,  and  is  set  home  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
ball,  except  that  it  is  not  rammed. 

Charges,  etc. 

lot.    Greatest  charge  of  powder 10  lbs. 

CliBrpc  of  the  fhcll  filled  with  powder 2  lbs.  9  oz. 

Burbling  charge  of  the  shell 1   lb. 

Charge  to  blow  out  the  fuze 4  oz. 

I       Axis  of  the       I 
Range  at  an  angle  of  1°,  charge  10  lb?..  |     piece  16  feet     |     919  jards. 
Range  at  an  angle  of  5°,  charge  10  lb?.,  above  the        I  1813      " 

I  water.  | 

Proof  range  of  powder 300      " 

Weight  of  the  shell 50  lbs. 

See  Tables  in  Part  III. 


68 


SKUVICE    OF    TllK    I'lECE. 


[I'AUT   I. 


LK8S(»N    XIV. 

Service  of  a  2-l-jxlr.   hoiritzcr  mounted  on  a  /lank-case- 
mate carriage. 


P  L  A  T  K  S      XV      AND      XVI. 


Three  men  are  necessary  :  one  gunner,  and  two  other 
cannoneers. 

138.  The  piece  is  in  haltnv. 

The  iriiplenicnts,  etc.,  nw  an-;mgcd  as  follows: 


lioLLEK-HANn- 
Sl'lKE 


.Si'O.VUE  A.M»   liA.M- 
MER 


Haversack 


TlHK-I'dlTII 


Leaning  against  the  scar]»  wall, 
behind  No.  -. 

Leaning  against  the  scarp  wall, 
heliind  No.  1,  the  raniiiior-head 
upon  the  ground. 

Suspended  Iroia  the  knoh  of  the 
cascable. 

Containing  the  iMigiT-stall,  ]>rini- 
ing-wire,  friction  tuhcs.  and  the 
lanyard,  wound  in  St.  Andrew's 
cross  uj)on  its  handle.  Susj)endcd 
from  the  knoh  of  the  cascable. 


Vent-covkh Covering  the  vent. 

ToMi'ioN In  the  nuizzle. 

i'>u<M>\i  Oil  the  left  of  the  pi<'cc. 


ART.  1.]  24-ri)R.   now. FLANK-CASEMATE.  69 

BUDOE-BARREL 


Containing  cartridges,  at  tlic  safest 
and  most  convenient  place  in  rear 
of  the  piece. 


The  rounds  of  canister  are  arranged  against  tlie 
scarp  wall,  behind  No.  2.  The  shells,  if  used,  arc  at 
the  magazine,  or  other  safe  position,  and  are  brought, 
as  required,  to  the  place  prescribed  for  the  budge-barrel. 

139.  The  cannoneers  having  been  marched  to  their 
posts,  the  instructor  explains  to  them  the  names  and 
uses  of  the  implements,  and  the  nomenclatures  of  the 
howitzer,  its  carriage,  and  the  battery. 

140.  To  cause  the  implements  to  be  (^jstributed,  the 
instructor  commands  : 

Take  implements. 

The  gunner  takes  the  priming-wire  and  finger-stall, 
wearing  the  latter  on  the  second  finger  of  the  right 
hand  ;  gives  the  tube-pouch  to  No.  1,  and  the  haversack 
to  No.  2 ;  takes  off  the  vent-cover  and  places  it  against 
the  scarp  wall  outside  of  the  canisters;  seizes  the  roll- 
er handspike  with  the  right  hand  ;  and  resumes  his 
post;  holding  the  handspike  vertically  on  the  right 
side,  its  lower  end  in  line  with  the  toes,  the  arm  ex- 
tended naturally. 

No.  1  equips  himself  witli  the  tube-pouch. 

No.  2  equi])S  himself  with  the  haversack,  which  he 
wears  from  the  right  shoulder  to  the  left  side. 

141.  The  instructor  causes  the  service  of  the  piece 
to  be  executed  by  the  following  commands : 

1.     FlU)M    TtATTERV. 

The  gunner,  embarring  in  the  lefl  mortice,  preeses 
llic  roller  und«'r  the  rear  (ransom,  and  seizes  the  \vf\ 
handle  witli  the  lefl  hand 


70  SERVICE   OF    TUF    I'lKCK.  [I'AIIT  I. 

No8.  1  an<l  '2  la_y  lio|<l  of  tho  inaiKL'uvring-rings  and 
haixlk'K. 

All  being  reafly,  the  guiuior  gives  the  command 
JIkave,  and  the  carriage  is  nin  to  the  rear  until  the 
fa<e  of  the  pioee  is  ahout  one  yard  from  the  wall,  when 
disengaging  the  roller,  he  commandw  Halt.  All  re- 
Hunic  their  posts. 

2.  Loatl  by  detail — Loak. 

14'J.  'Die  gunner  places  himself  at  the  hreech  ; 
hreaUs  to  the  irar  witli  the  right  foot  ;  closes  the  vent 
with  the  second  finger  of  the  right  hand;  an<l  man- 
ages the  elevating-screw  with  the  left. 

No.  1,  seizing  the  sponge-staff  at  its  middle,  brings 
it  across  his  bf)dy ;  plants  the  left  foot  op]>osito  to  tlio 
muzzle,  close  to  the  carriage,  and  breaks  off  with  the 
right  foot;  at  the  same  time  throwing  the  sponge-staff 
into  the  left  hand,  back  down,  and  extending  both 
hands  toward  the  ends  of  the  staff  so  as  to  enter  the 
rammer-head  into  the  embrasure  and  bring  the  sponge 
o|>])osite  to  the  muzzle.  Jle  then  inserts  it,an<l  presses 
it  to  the  bottom  of  the  chamber  with  three  motions. 

No.  2  goes  for  a  cartridge,  and  rctui'us  to  his  post 
If  shells  arc  used,  he  bi-ings  a  shell  at  the  same  time. 

3.    8l'ON(iK. 

14.'J.  No.  1,  using  both  hands,  sjxtnges  the  chamber 
carefull}' ;  witlnlraws  the  s]»onge,  pressing  it  against 
the  Intttom  of  the  bore;  turns  it  ovi'r,  stepping  to  his 
left  for  this  ]»urj»ose,  and  rests  the  ranimer-hea<l  against 
the  right  side  of  the  face  of  the  piece. 

No.  2  introduces  the  cartridge,  bottom  foremost, 
seams  downwanl.  No.  1  sets  it  home  b}'  three  mo- 
tions, with  the  right  hand. 

1.    K'am. 

1  n.  .\().  1,  drawing  out  the  rammer  to  the  full  ex- 
tent of  his  arm,  rams  once,  and  throws  out  the  rammer, 


ART.  I.]       24-rDR.  now. — flank-casemate.  71 

holding  it  as  before,  the  rammer-head  against  the  right 
side  of  the  face  of  the  piece. 

Ko.  2  introduces  the  canister  or  shell,  and  resumes 
his  post. 

No.  1  sets  the  canister  or  shell  home  with  care; 
throws  out  the  rammer;  replaces  it;  and  resumes  his 
post. 

The  gunner,  rising  upon  the  left  leg,  pricks,  leaving 
the  priming-wire  in  the  vent,  and  resumes  his  post. 

5.  In  battery. 

145.  All  apply  themselves  to  the  carriage,  as  pre- 
scribed in  aSo.  141,  and  ease  the  piece  into  battery. 
As  soon  as  it  touches  the  hurters,  the  gunner  com- 
mands Halt.     All  resume  their  posts. 

6.  Point. 

146.  No.  1  makes  ready  a  tube,  as  prescribed  for 
No.  3,  in  No.  25. 

No.  2  goes  to  the  rear  of  the  chassis,  and,  facing  to 
the  front,  applies  himself  to  it  by  hand,  in  order  to 
traverse  it. 

The  gunner  withdraws  the  priming-wire, and,  having 
pointed  the  piece,  gives  the  word  Heady,  making  a 
signal  with  both  hands,  at  which  No.  2  resumes  his 
post;  takes  out  the  roller-handspike;  and  resumes  his 
post. 

No.  1  steps  to  the  vent,  and  inserts  the  tul»e,  holding 
the  lanyard  slightly  stretched  with  the  right  hand, 
the  cord  passing  between  tiie  fingers,  back  ot  the  hand 
up,  and  lireaks  to  his  rear  a  full  pace  with  the  Icfl 
foot,  the  left  hand  against  the  thigh. 

7.  Number  one  (or  the  like) — Fire. 

147.  No.  1  fires  as  prescribed  for  No.  .'>,  in  No.  2(). 
What  is  prescribed  in  No.  27  will  apply  to  this  piece, 

substituting  No.  1  for  No.  H. 


I  - 


SERVICE   OP   THE   PIECE.  [PART  I. 


14S.    To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  ro- 
sunu'rt  the  series  of  commands,  beginning  with  From 

BATTERY. 

To  change  j)osts. 

To  load  for  action. 

To  cease  firing. 

To  secure  piece,  and  replace  implements. 

To  leave  the  battery. 

E.xecuted  as  in  Nos.  112,  llo,  114,  11.')  and  IIG. 
Charges,  etc. 

l-i.K    Charge  of  powder 2  lbs. 

Kiiiipo  at  an  anj^lc  of  0°,  charKO  2  11)8.,  shell 29.'>  y>U. 

Kaiijic  at  an  aiijrle  of  1°,  cliarfio  2  llis.,  shell 61(5     " 

Kan);e  at  an  ati>;Ic  of  5°,  iharge  2  Ihs..  i-hoU 1.S22     " 

KaiiRC  at  an  anjrle  of  2°,  char;;o  IJ  lbs.,  fi[)h'l  case,  time  2".'.  600  " 
Kanf;e  at  an  angle  of  5°.S0',  charfre  IJ  lbs.,  i<ph'l-ea-se,  time -l". 1050  " 
Kan;:e  at  an  angle  of  .'{".'JO',  charge  2  Ib.s.,  i-j)h'l-ease,  time  3".   880     " 

Proof  range  of  powder 300     " 

Weight  of  the  24-pdr.  shell 17    Ibg. 

Weight  iif  the  round  of  eanister 21      " 

No.  of  bullets  iu  a  round  of  canister 4S     " 

See  Tables  in  Tart  III. 


T4 XRJf'vfi  ^'^ ^rt  tirl 


r,^m^4.  'i**"  '»  '  *"  ''"«*-'' 


yj.AT^  16 


J  itXMSujtA  ^rjrtld 


fSttPu  f  Or^hmff^^Aar^'H'fm  ■ 


AUT.   I.]  8-lNCIl    COLUMHIAD — IJARIIETTE. 


73 


Lesson  XV. 

Service  of  an  S-inc/i  columhiad  mounied  on  a  columbiad 
carriage. 


Plates  XVII,  XVIII  and  XIX. 


Five  men  are  necessary:  one  gunner,  and  four  other 
cannoneers. 

150.  The  piece  is  in  battery. 

The  implements,  etc.,  ai-e  arranged  as  follows: 


Truck-hand- 
spikes   


Manceiivring- 
uandspikes. 


ElEV  ATI  NO-BAR. 


Sp(tN(JE  .. 
liAM.MER 


Two  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
laid  on  the  rails,  one  in  rear  of 
each  front  truck-wheel,  and  one 
in  rear  of  each  rear  truck-wheel. 

One  on  each  side  of  the  carriage, 
laid  on  the  ground  in  a  line  with 
the  cannoneers,  opposite  to  the 
traverse-wheolH,  the  small  ends 
toward  the  parapet. 

Laid  across  the  ties  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  braces,  handle  to  the 
left. 

One  3'ard  behind  the  cannoneers  of 
the  riglit,  the  sponge  uppermost, 
the  sponge  and  rammer-heads 
turned  from  the pjirapet,  inclined 
slightly  from  the  piece,  and  sup- 
ported upon  a  proj>. 


74 

TlAVKUSArK 

TunK-poucii 


SKRVICK    OF    THK    IMKCE. 


[I'AHT  I. 


Gunner's  pouch. 


riKiCKR. 


Suspciulcd  from  the  kiiol)  of  tho 
cascablc. 

Contaiiiiiii^  frii-t  ion -tubes,  and  (he 
lanvanl,  womul  in  8t.  Andrew's 
cross  ujion  its  handle.  Su«- 
]>on(l»'<l  from  the  knob  of  the 
cascabK'. 

Containing  the  t^unncr's  level, 
breech-siifht,  fin^^cr-stall,  prini- 
in<r-\vire,  gunner's *tj;iinlet,  vent- 
])inK-h,  clialk-line,  and  chalk. 
Suspended  from  the  knob  of  tho 
cascalile. 

One  on  each  sitle  (»f  the  piece,  laid 
on  the  front  of  tho  rails. 


Vknt-cc»\  KK Coverinij  the  vent. 

'r<»>ii>io.N  In  the  muzzle. 


HlinoM. 


BuDOE-nAUUKL. 


Tjcaniui^  a<;ainst  the  parapet,  to 
the  left  of  the  jiiece. 

Containing  cartrid<^cs,  at  tho  safest 
and  most  convenient  place  in 
ri'ar  of  the  piece. 


When  several  columltiads  are  served  together,  there 
will  be  only  one  gunner's  level  and  two  vent-j»unches 
to  each  battciy  n«)t  exceeding  six  pieces.  To  tho 
same  battery  there  will  be  (^ne  worm  and  one  wrench. 

The  shells  are  at  the  magazine,  or  other  safe  posi- 
tion, and  are  brought,  as  required,  to  the  place  pro- 
scribed for  the  budge-barrel. 

!;')!.  The  caiinoncei's  having  been  marched  to  their 
j»osts,  the  instructoi"  explains  to  them  the  names  and 
uses  of  the  implements,  and  (he  nomenclatures  of  tho 
columbiud,  its  carriage,  and  tho  battery. 


ART.  I.]  S-TNf'II    COT.UMTtlAlt — l?.\RnETTE.  75 

1. ■)•_'.  To  cause  the  implcnicnts  to  be  distributed,  the 
instructor  comiuiinds  : 

Takk  implements. 

The  gunner  steps  to  the  knob  of  the  cascable;  takes 
off  the  vent-cover,  handing  it  to  No.  2  to  place  against 
the  parapet,  in  roar  of  his  j)ost;  gives  the  tube-pouch 
to  No.  8,  and  the  haversack  to  No.  4;  equips  liiniself 
with  his  own  pouch  and  tlie  finger-stall,  wearing  the 
latter  on  the  second  finger  of  the  left  hand;  takes  the 
elevating-bar,  and,  stepping  between  the  rails,  levels 
the  piece  conveniently  for  loading  ;  applies  bis  level 
to  verif}'  the  line  of  sight  which  is  marked  on  the 
piece,  marking  it,  if  necessar}',  with  the  chalk-line, 
assisted  by  No.  2;  and  resumes  his  post,  bedding  the 
elevating-bar  with  the  right  band. 

No.  3  equips  himself  with  the  tube-pouch. 

No.  4  equips  himself  with  the  haversack,  which  he 
wears  from  the  right  shoulder  to  the  left  side. 

Nos.  1,  2.  3  and  4  take  the  truck-handspikes  with 
the  bancl  farthest  from  the  parapet,  and  carry  them 
to  that  side,  holding  them  vertically,  the  arm  extended 
naturally. 

153.  The  instructor  causes  the  service  of  the  piece 
to  be  executed  b}-  the  following  commands: 

1.  From  battery. 

The  gunner  moves  two  paces  to  the  right  of  his  post. 

N<»s.  1,  2,  8  and  4,  facing  from  the  parapet,  ])lace 
the  wrenches  on  the  ends  of  the  axle-trees,  the  hand- 
Ki»ikcs  elevated  al»out  3(»°  to  the  rear,  and  at  the 
word  Heavf.  by  the  gunner,  l»ear  df»wn  and  throw 
the  wheels  into  gear;  Nos.  3  and  4  immediately  after 
laying  their  handspikes  on  the  platffirm  in  front  of 
their  ]>osts. 

Nos.  1  and  2,  facing  from  the  parapet,  embar  in  the 


76  SERVICK    OF    THK    I'lKCK.  [I'AKT   I. 

most  C'onvenicnl  front  mortices  of  tlic  truck-whools, 
the  hand  farlhost  from  the  c:irria;;c'  at  the  top  of  tho 
liandspikr,  llic  otiicr  iianil  oi^lit  incites  lower. 

Nos.  8  and  4  ^o  to  tho  assistance  of  Nos.  1  and  2, 
an<l.  facin;r  toward  (hem,  seize  the  handspikes  with 
both  hands  between  those  of  Xos.  1  and  2. 

Nos.  1,  li,  3  and  4,  in  aj)plyin^  tliemselves  to  tho 
(•arria<;e,  to  run  it  from  or  to  hattery,  hreak  to  tho 
i-ear  with  the  foot  nearest  to  (he  carriage. 

All  hcini^  rea<ly,  (he  gunner  i^ives  the  command 
IIkavk. 

Nos.  1,  2.  3  and  4  act  toijether,  and  hear  upon  (ho 
handspikes  until  they  are  nearly  down  to  the  rails, 
when  the  gunner  conunands  U.nh.\r.  Nos.  1  and  2  let 
go  tho  handspikes  with  the  hand  nearest  to  the  car- 
riage, and  chock  the  wheels.  Nos.  3  and  4  withdraw 
the  handspikes -and  ])as8  them  to  Nos.  1  and  2,  who 
reinsert  them  in  the  front  mortices. 

The  gunner  agaiti  gives  the  commaii<i  IIk.wk,  and 
so  on,  until  tho  face  of"  the  piece  is  ahout  one  yai'd  from 
the  jiarapet,  when  he  commands  Halt.  Nos.  3  and  4 
take  their  jjosts.  Nos.  I  and  2  chock  the  wlu-els  as 
before,  unbar,  and  place  the  wrench  of  their  hand- 
spikes on  the  ends  of  the  axle-tree  of  the  front  wheels. 
At  the  command  Oir  ok  okah  by  the  gunnci-,  they 
throw  the  wheels  out  of  gear;  lay  their  hanilsj)ike8  on 
the  I'ails  between  tho  wheels j  and  take  their  i)osts. 

2.  Load  by  detail — Load. 

154.  Exocuted  as  in  Nos.  1(>:>  and  li'l.  The  gun- 
ner, if  necessary,  adjusts  the  piece  conveniently  for 
loading  before  closing  tho  vent.  No.  4  brings  uj)  a 
slicll  together  with  the  cartridgo. 

8.  Sponge. 

155.  Executed  as  in  No.  lUo. 


art.  1.]        8-incu  columbiai) — harbette.  77 

4.  Eam. 

15(5.  Executed  as  in  No.  1U(5,  except  that  the  8hell 
is  set  carefully  home  without  being  rammed. 

5.  In  battery. 

157.  Xos.  1  and  2  unchock  the  wheels,  and  place 
the  chocks  on  the  tiers. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4,  facing  toward  the  parapet,  apply 
the  wrenches  of  their  handspikes  to  the  ends  of  the 
axle-trees;  Nos.  1  and  2  so  as  to  throw  the  front  wheels 
into  gear,  and  Nos.  8  and  4  so  as  to  throw  the  rear 
wheels  out  of  gear. 

The  gunner  commands  Heave,  when  the  front 
wheels  are  thrown  into  gear. 

Should  the  carriage  run  too  easily  after  it  is  in  mo- 
tion, the  gunner  will  command  Hear  wheels  out  of 
gear,  when  the  rear  wheels  are  thrown  out  of  gear. 
Nos.  .3  and  4  each  take  a  chock  and  hold  it  in  front 
of  the  rear  wheels,  ready  to  apply  it  under  them  if 
necessary. 

When  the  head  of  the  cheeks  is  about  one  foot  from 
the  end  of  the  rails,  the  gunner  commands  Chock, 
when  Nop.  3  and  4  chock  the  rear  wheels.  The  wheels 
are  unchocked.  and  the  piece  run  gently  into  battery, 
b}'  Nos.  3  and  4  throwing  the  rear  wheels  alternately 
out  of  and  into  gear.  As  soon  as  the  head  of  the  car- 
riage touches  the  hurters,  the  gunner  commands  Out 
OF  OEAR,  when  the  front  wheels  are  thrown  out  of 
gear;  also  the  rear  wheels  should  they  be  in  gear. 
Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  take  their  posts,  and  la}*  their  hand- 
spikes on  the  platform  ju^l  in  front  of  them. 

(I.  Point. 

15H.  No.  3  passes  the  hook  of  the  lanyard  through 
the  eye  of  a  tube  from  front  to  rear;  holds  the  handle 
of  the  lanyard  with  the  right  hand,  the  hook  between 


78  SKRVICE    OF    THK    PIECE.  [PAUT  I. 

the  tliuinb  and  forefinger;  and  stands  read}-  to  liand 
it  to  the  gunner. 

Xos.  1  and  2.  ]>assinix  outsido  of  tlie  other  eannon- 
cers,  move  to  the  rear  of  the  chassis,  and.  each  takinj^ 
one  of  tlie  niainvuvrini^-haii<Is|»ikes.  enibar  with  tlie 
bevelled  end  under  the  traverse-wheels.  For  tiavers- 
in^  lar^e  an<fles,  Nos.  1,  2,  '.\  and  4  ai»|»ly  themselves 
by  hand  at  the  end  of  the  chassis. 

The  i^unner  withdraws  the  primin<x-wire ;  inserts 
the  pawl  of  the  elevatins^  machine  in  tlie  proper  notch 
by  means  of  the  clevatini^-bar,  and  with  the  breech- 
sight  }r\xQH  the  required  elevation  ;  No.  4  turniny;  the 
handle  of  the  screw  accordin<^  to  his  direction. 

The  int)mcnt  the  jtiece  is  correctly  pointed,  he  rises 
on  the  left  leo;,  and  tjivcs  the  won!  Hkahv,  makinj;  a 
sii^nal  with  both  hands,  at  which  Xos.  1  and  2  uid)ar, 
lay  down  the  haiidsi)ikes,  and  resume  their  ])osts; 
receives  the  tube  fi-om  JSo.  '.i,  which  be  inserts  in  the 
vent;  dismounts  from  the  chassis;  and  i^oes  to  the 
windward  to  observe  the  eliect  ot  the  shot. 

No.  ''i  stretches  the  lanyard  as  in  No.  108. 

7.  Number  one  (or  the  like) — FiiiE. 

150.  Executed  as  in  No.  lO'.t. 

What  is  prescribed  in  No.  llU  will  apply  to  this  piece. 

1(50.  Remark.  If  the  piece  is  to  be  fired  at  hii,d\ 
angles,  it  is  elevated  in  the  following  manner: 

Nos.  1  and  2 — the  former  carrying  his  traversing- 
bandspike  with  him — nu)ve  to  the  muz/le;  place  the 
bamlspike  in  the  bore  ;  pass  the  bight  of  a  trace-ropo 
over  it;  and  bear  down  slightly  on  the  handspike  to 
enable  the  gunner  to  free  tiu'  ])awl  from  the  notch. 
The  gunner  di-aws  the  i)awl  back  by  its  handle,  and 
commands  Ease  away.  Nos.  1  and  2  holding  the 
ends  of  the  rope,  ease  tlown  the  breech  steadily  until 
the  gunner  commands  Steady,  wiien  be  inserts  the 
]iawl  in  the  proper  notch. 


ART.  I.]  8-INCH    COLUMBIAD — BARBETTE.  79 

161.  To  continue  the  exercise,  the  instructor  resumes 
the  series  of  commands  beginnini;;  with  From  battery 

To  change  posts. 

To  load  for  action. 

To  cease  firing. 

To  secure  piece,  and  replace  implements. 

To  leave  the  battery. 

Executed  as  in  Nos.  112,  113,  114,  115  and  116. 

Charges,  etc. 

See  tables  in  Part  III. 


80  tfERVlCK   OF   TIJK    I'lKCE.  [PAKT  I. 


Lesson  XVI. 

Service  of  a  \()imh  rolumhiad  niounteii  on  a  cobnnliind 
carriiKjc. 


ri.ATK.S    XVII.    XVIII    AM.    XIX. 


Seven  men  are  necessar}' :  one  gunner,  and  six  other 
cannoneers. 

1(»"2.  The  piece  is  in  l)at(ery. 

The  inipliMnents.  etc..  witli  the  addition  of  one  ma- 
ntL'UviMn;^-iian(i.s|)ike,  and8ub.stitiitin;;/y(/*'.s-/;o.r — phieed 
ai^ain.st  tlie  j)araitet,  heliind  No.  2 — tor  haversack^  and 
tljeir  arranj^enient,  are  the  same  as  proscribed  lor  tiio 
8-inch  coiiinihiad  in  No.  150.  ^ 

!(■)){.  The  instruction  for  this  piece  differs  but  .sli«;htly 
from  that  j)i"eHerihe([  in  Jiesson  XV. 

'J'he  shell  i.s  hroui^ht  up,  and  inserted  as  j)robcribed 
in  No.  12U. 

Charges^  etc. 

Soo  tables  in  Part  III. 


T'J.A.rE  31 


5s 


.HfUtJLi. 


et^'4  f>y*mrrr r%^^rf^ .'T 


PI. ATE  JH 


'■'  n  BHr.^  J"-4f-f  *W 


•  ^Ct^mtHXI—fTti^^^i  t 


PL  a  Th-    in 


/.'  Pffrj..j:K .  •:4rf  w 


•^rt/g-ntti-htrrftu^m.  .'  C 


ART.  II.]  FdRMATION    OF    DETACHMENTS.  ^1 


ARTICLE  II. 

FORMATION    OF    A    COMPANY    INTO     DKTACHMKNT8    FOR    THE 
SERVICE    OF    A    BATTERY    OF    SEVERAL    PIECES. 

SERVICE    OF    A    BATTERY    OF    SEVERAL    PIECES. 


Formation  of  a  company  into  detachments  for  the  service 
of  a  battery  of  several  pieces. 


104.  A  compan}-  being  in  one  rank,  faced  to  the 
riijlit  (see  paragraph  410,  Infantry  Tactics),  and  told 
off  into  the  number  of  cannoneer.s  requisite  for  serv- 
ing the  pieces,  is  formed  into  detachments  by  the  fol- 
lowing commands: 

1.  In  two  ranks,  form  detachments. 

2.  March. 

At  the  first  command,, the  leading  man  of  each  de- 
tachment faces  to  the  front. 

At  the  secon«I  command,  the  other  cannoneers  step 
off  together.  The  second  man,  counting  from  the 
right,  in  each  detachment,  places  himself  behind  the 
first,  and  faces  to  the  front.  The  two  following  men 
will,  in  like  manner,  on  closing  up.  form  the  next  file, 
and  so  on.  The  remaining  files,  if  any,  are  added  to 
the  detachment  as  supernumeraries,  and  numbered  in 
regular  succession  with  the  detachments  to  which 
they  arc  assigned. 
9 


82  SERVICE   OF    A    BATTKRY.  [pART  I. 

The  Pcr^oanl8,  ncoonlin^  (o  seniority,  take  diarpje 
of  the  (k'latlimoiits  froTii  rij,'ht  to  K-fl.din-ct  tlicir  men 
to  fall  olV,  and  then  place  theinseivos  f)ii  the  right. 

The  sergeant  in  eluirge  of  a  detachment  is  desig- 
nated chief  of  piece. 

105.  The  detnchnients  being  in  line,  are  formed 
into  divisions  of  any  desired  number  of  pieces.  Each 
division  is  commanded  by  an  officer,  who  takes  post 
two  paces  in  front  of  its  centre.  The  commander 
tl»en  wheels  the  detachments  into  column,  or  faces 
them  b}'  a  flank,  either  to  the  right  or  left:  to  the 
right,  if  he  is  to  ajijiroach  the  battery  on  the  loft;  and 
to  the  lelt,  if  ho.  is  to  approach  the  battery  on  the 
right. 

1()G.  in  column,  the  chief  of  piece  is  two  jiaces  in 
front  of  the  centre  of  his  detachment  ;  faced  by  a 
flank,  he  is  at  the  side  of  the  leading  front  rank  man. 

107.  In  column,  the  officers  commanding  divisions 
are  two  paces  from  the  jtivot  flank,  and  o]>posito  to 
the  centre  of  their  divisions;  marching  by  a  flank, 
they  are  opposite  to  the  centre  of  their  divisions,  on 
the  side  of  the  front  rank,  and  two  jiaces  from  it. 


ART.  II.]  SERVICE    OF    A    nATTERY.  83 


Service  of  a  battery  of  several  pieces. 


\(S^.  When  the  detachments  arrive  at  the  distance 
ol  four  yards  from  the  left  or  right  of  the  battery,  the 
commander  orders  : 

1.  Detachments,  opposite  your  pieces. 

2.  March. 

As  each  detadiment  arrives  in  rear  of  its  piece,  it 
is  lialtcd  by  its  chief  of  piece,  and  wheeled  into  line, 
or  faced  to  the  front,  four  yards  in  rear  of  the  plat- 
form, its  centre  in  line  with  the  axis. 

The  chiefs  of  pieces  place  themselves  on  the  right 
of  their  detachments,  and  the  chiefs  of  divisions  one 
pace  in  front  of  the  centre  of  their  divisions. 

100.  The  cannoneers  are  then  marched  to  their 
posts  as  prescribed  in  No.  7  ;  and  at  the  conclusion  of 
the  exercise  arc  formed  in  rear  of  their  pieces  as  pre- 
scribed in  No.  13. 

170.  During  the  exercise,  the  chiefs  of  division  re- 
main on  a  line  in  rear  of  their  respective  divisions, 
three  yards  from  the  year  of  the  platform  ;  and  the 
chiefs  of  pieces  one  jard  behind  the  line  of  the  can- 
noneers of  the  left,  and  two  j'ards  in  rear  of  the  plat- 
form, except  when  the  stiperintendence  of  their  re- 
spective commands  may  require  tiicir  presence  at 
some  other  point. 

171.  The  pieces  arc  numbered  from  riglit  to  lefl. 
In  directing  them  to  be  fired,  they  are  always  desig- 


84  SKRVirK  (If  A  HATTERY.         [PAHT  I. 

natcd  bj*  tlioir  numhorH,  as,  yumher  one — Fiuk;  Xum- 
brr  luo — Fiuk  ;  etc. 

When  the  wiixi  comes  from  the  ri^lit,  the  tiriiii^ 
BhoiiM  commence  on  tlie  lefl,  and  reciprocallN". 

172.  In  morlar  batteries  (which  should  not  exceed 
three  or  four  pieces)  the  cannoneers  remain  at  their 
posts  until  the  signal,  or  commaml,  Com.mknck  firino; 
all  then  move  to  tlie  rear  of  the  jilatform  (except  No. 
3)  of  the  mortar  which  is  to  commence  tiring. 

After  having  fired,  each  No.  3  joins  his  detachment, 
which  remains  in  its  position  until  all  the  pieces  hav- 
ing been  discharged,  the  signal,  or  command,  To 
YOUR   I'OSTs,  is  given. 

A  similar  ])recaution  may  be  necessary  to  avoid  the 
blast,  in  a  battery  composed  entirely  of  howitzers. 


ART.  IIT.]        POINTING  GUNS  AND  HOWITZERS.  85 


ARTICLE  III. 

POINTING  GUNS    AND   HOWITZERS,  AND    MORTARS.      TABLE  OF 

TANGENTS    AND    TANGENT-SCALES.       RICOCHET    FIRING. 

FIRING  HOT  SHOT.      NIGHT  FIRING.      PLATFORMS. 


Pointing  guns  and  houitzers. 


Plate    V. 


173.  The  dispart  of  a  piece  is  the  difference  between 
the  semi-dianicters  of  the  base-rin^  and  swell  of  the 
muzzle;  or.  it  is  the  tangent  of  the  angle  which  the 
line  of  metal  makes  with  the  axis,  the  radius  being 
the  distance  between  the  rear  of  the  base-ring  and 
the  highest  point  of  the  swell  of  the  muzzle. 

174.  The  li7ie  of  metal,  called,  also,  the  natural  line 
of  flight,  is  the  right  line  passing  through  the  highest 
pointn  of  the  base-ring  and  swell  of  the  muzzle. 

175.  In  ordinary  practice  there  is  but  one  case  where 
the  object  is  struck  by  directing  the  line  of  metal  upon 
it.  The  firing  in  this  cano  is  called  point-blank  firing, 
and  the  range  the  point-blank  range. 


86  POINTINO  OUNS  AM*  HOWITZERS.  [lART  I. 

A  kno\vlc{l<^o  of  this  rnnj^c,  wliich  nuist  ho  nRCcr- 
tninod  Ity  oxporiincnt,  is  css»Mi(iaI  to  accuriuy  in  ]>oint- 
in<x;  it  iiim-asos  witli  the  calihro,  chart^o  and  «lis|tarl. 

For  all  rani^os  loss  than  tho  ])oint-hlank  ran^o.  tlio 
lino  of  niotal  must  ho  aimed  under  tho  ohject,  and  lor 
all  ilistaneos  greater  than  the  point-blank  range,  it 
must  be  aimed  ovei-  it. 

17(>.  To  point  the  gun  when  the  line  of  metal  ])nsses 
over  the  object,  the  gunner's  quadrant,  or  a  brooch- 
sight  (tangent-scale),  Itocomos  necessary.  Tho  use  of 
those  instruments  sujiposos  that  tho  distance  of  tho 
oliject,  and  tho  degree  of  elevation  necessary  to  roach 
it.  are  both  known. 

177.  To  jioint  with  t/ir  (juijiimnt.  The  gun  is  aimed 
at  the  oltjoct  by  the  line  of  metal  ;  tho  <|uadrant  is 
then  a|)pliod  cither  by  its  longer  branch  to  tho  face  of 
the  ])ieco,  or  this  branch  is  run  into  the  bore  jiarallol 
with  the  axis,  and  the  elevating-screw  turned,  or  the 
quoin  adjusted,  until  the  required  degree  is  indicated. 

17S.  To  point  with  the  breech-sight.  The  sight  is  set 
to  corres])ond  with  tho  distance;  it  is  then  a))plied  to 
the  highest  point  of  metal  on  the  baso-rii^g,  and  by 
tho  elevating-screw,  or  quoin,  tho  notch  of  tho  brooch- 
sight,  tho  highost  ])oint  on  the  swell  of  the  muzzle, 
and  till-  olfjoct,  are  l>rought  in  tho  same  lino. 

17'.*.  In  the  absence  of  a  breech-sight,  or  (piadrant, 
tho  gunner  may  point  his  giui  by  placing  one  or  more 
fingors  of  tho  left  hand  upon  the  base-ring  perpendic- 
ularly to  tho  axis,  and    using  them  as  a  breocli-sight. 

ISO.  'I'iic  tlicoiy  of  ])ointing  is  baso<l  upon  (lie  suj)- 
j)Osition  that  the  trajectory  of  the  ball  lies  in  the  ver- 
tical jdano  |)assed  through  the  line  of  metal,  and  that 
this  plane  inchnlos  the  centre  of  tho  object ;  but  as  in 
practice  there  are  circumstances  (as,  for  instance,  a 
strong  wind  blowing  across  the  field  of  firo^  which  will 


ART.  III.]        POINTING  GUNS  AND  HOWITZERS.  87 

cause  the  ball  to  deviate  from  this  plane,  it  follows  that 
to  strike  tlie  object,  in  such  a  case,  the  line  of  metal 
must  be  directed  to  its  right  oi-  loft ;  the  gunner  Judging 
of  this  distance  b}'  observing  the  fstrilving  of  the  shot. 

181.  The  line  of  metal  can  be  correctlj'  ascertained 
only  b}"  the  use  of  instruments.  The  instrument  gen- 
erally- used  for  this  ]iurj)ose  is  the  gunner's  level. 
Being  properl}-  applied  to  the  base-ring  and  to  the 
swell  of  the  mu/.zle,  or  muzzle-band,  their  highest 
points  are  indicated  b}-  the  style;  these  points  are 
mai'ked  with  challc. 

182.  In  batteries  for  garrison  and  sea-coast  defence, 
where  the  jilatforms  are  fixed,  the  line  of  metal  may 
be  considered  as  nearly  jjcrmanent;  but  with  siege 
guns  which  are  mounted  on  travelling  carriages,  the 
wheels  of  which  are  liable  to  var}'  in  position  from 
unevenncss  of  ground,  or  unequal  settling  in  newly- 
constructed  platforms,  this  line  is  constantly  changing. 
It  approximates  the  higher  wheel  in  proportion  to  the 
difference  of  level  between  the  wheels;  and  hence,  to 
secure  the  greatest  accuracy  of  fire,  it  must  be  fre- 
quently verified  ;  the  old  marks,  if  not  found  coiTCCt, 
should  be  erased  and  new  ones  substituted. 

183.  To  point  a  gun,  then,  is  to  give  it  such  a  direc- 
tion and  elevation,  or  depres.sion,  that  the  shot  ma}' 
strike  the  oliject;  and  the  general  rule  is:  First  give 
the  direction,  and  then  the  elevation  or  depression. 

184.  The  direction  is  given  bj'  directing  the  line  of 
metal  upon  the  object.  The  elevation,  or  dejiression, 
which  depends  upon  the  charge,  the  distance,  an«l  the 
position  of  the  object  above  or  below  the  batter}-, 
must  be  ascertained  from  tables  or  by  experiment, 
and  the  proper  degree  given  by  means  of  instruments. 

185.  When  the  elevation  or  depression  has  once 
been  ascertained  for  an}-  given  distance,  the  firing  at 


88  POINTING  GUNS  AND  HOWITZERS.  [PART  I. 

that  dihtance  may  be  facilitated  by  noting  some  point 
on  the  elevating-screw,  or  quoin,  adjusting  some  fixed 
measurement  from  a  point  on  the  stock  to  another 
]»oint  on  the  under  side  of  the  hreech,  or  hy  a  chalk- 
mark  drawn  across  the  face  of  a  trunnion  and  its  cor- 
responding check. 

ISC).  When,  froni  the  nearness  of  the  object,  tho 
line  of  UK'tal  must  be  so  dcj)ressed  as  to  fall  l»clow  it, 
an  attentive  obst-rvancc  of  the  striking  of  the  shot. 
and  of  the  rcniarkahlc  points  of  the  intervening 
ground,  may  furnish  the  gunner  an  oltject  to  aim  at; 
and  even  when  tiring  beyond  ]joint-blank  range,  some 
fixed  object  may  often  present  itself  which  will  serve  as 
a  point  upon  which  to  direct  tho  line  of  metal.  In- 
deed, in  every  case  the  gunner  must  be  governed  to  a 
very  considerable  extent  by  the  striking  of  his  shot  ; 
but  he  should  neglect  no  means  that  may  tend  to  secure 
accuracy  of  aim:  for  the  shot  that  is  thrown  away  by 
carelessness  in  p(jinting  had  better  not  bo  thrown  at 
all.  ' 

1S7.  Remark.  The  42-jMlr.  and  ;52-pdr.  sea-coast  guns 
liave  no  natui-al  line  of  sight,  as  the  swell  of  tho  muz- 
zle is  not  visible  when  the  eye  is  on  a  level  with  the 
base-ring.  The  inclination  of  the  reinforce  varies  with 
dirterenl  ))ieces  in  service;  and  as  in  some  guns  it  is 
as  great  as  8°,  the  gun  aimed  by  the  line  (»f  metal 
woidd  give  a  range  of  thirteen  humlred  yards  before 
striking  on  a  horizontal  plane.  In  practice,  tiie  shot 
would  probalily  jtass  over  an  object  at  a  less  distance, 
as  it  would  be  difficult  to  get  tlu-  men  to  depress  sulH- 
ciontly.  These  pieces  should  have  a  sight  attached  to 
the  muzzle  or  neck,  and  the  line  of  sight  thus  made 
parallel  to  the  axis.  'I'iie  necessary  elevation  may  bo 
given  with  a  hreech-sight  (tangent  scale)  or  tho  ele- 
vating-screw, or  the  (|uoin  should  be  marked  to  indi- 
cate the  elevation  of  the  boro. 


ART.   in.]  POINTING    MORTARS.  89 


Pointing  Mortars. 


Plate    V. 


188.  In  pointing  mortars,  the  elevation  is  first  given 
and  then  tlie  direction. 

189.  The  elevation,  which  is  usually  that  of  the 
greatest  rantje  of  projectiles  in  vacuo,  viz.,  4o°,  is  de- 
termined l»y  «'>Pl'ly>'iii  the  quadrant  to  the  face  of  the 
piece,  and  adjusting  the  quoin  until  tliat  number  of 
degrees  is  indicated. 

190.  The  charge  of  powder  is  varied  to  suit  tlie  re- 
quired range. 

To  give  ihe  shell  for  the  same  range  a  greater  velo- 
city in  the  descending  hranch  of  its  trajectory,  the 
mortar  is  sometimes  fired  at  an  angle  of  60°;  in  which 
case,  the  charge  of  powder  must  he  increased  accord- 

191.  As  mortars  are  usually  masked  from  the  object 
to  be  bombarded  by  an  e]>aulmcnt  or  para])et,  different 
means  from  those  which  are  used  with  guns  and  how- 
itzers become  necessary  for  giving  them  their  direction. 

There  are  several  means  proposed  ;  all  of  which, 
however,  are  reduce*!  to  determining  practically  two 
fixed  points,  which  shall  be  in  line  with  the  piece  and 
the  f»bject,  and  sufficiently  near  to  be  readily  distin- 
guished by  the  eye.  These  points  being  covered  by 
the  plummet,  determine  a  vertical  plane  which,  when 
including  the  line  of  metal,  becomes  the  plane  of  fire. 


90  roiNTINQ    MORTARS.  [PABT  I. 

Prcniisinjj  that  the  platform  is  so  hii<l  that  iis  axis 
will  III'  iioarl}'  in  tin*  plane  <»f  tire,  and  that  the  lim-  of 
in«'t:il  is  :is(t'riaiiie»|  by  the  «;iinni'r"s  level  and  niarkt'd 
with  ehalk,  the  simplest  manner  of  directing  tlio 
mortar  is  l»y  means  ot  pointiiuj-wires. 

VJ'l.  Tlie  two  fixed  points  re«piired  are  determineil 
hy  i)lantin<^  two  wires  uj>on  the  epaulment  :  one  upon 
its  crest  and  the  other  ahout  a  yar<l  in  advance  of  it, 
Itoth  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the  vertical  plane  pass- 
im; throiii,di  the  axis  of  the  jilatform  and  the  object. 

The  ]»oints  bt-inj^  thus  established,  the  direction  is 
given  to  the  mortar  by  causing;  u  plummet  held  in  rear 
of  it  to  cover  the  wires  and  the  line  of  metal.  This 
metho<l  is,  however,  defective  ;  not  <»nly  in  accuracy 
of  aim,  but  because  of  the  liability  of  the  wires  to  bo 
deranged  b}-  the  shots  ot'  the  enemy,  or  by  other  causes. 

VXi.  A  better  method  is,  by  means  of  pnintinrj-sta/ics 
to  establish  one  of  the  fixed  points  upon  the  crest  of 
the  parapet  and  another  in  rear  of  the  piece.  Then 
by  a  cord,  called  the  point in<j-rord.  stretched  between 
these  two  points,  witli  the  jilummet  suspended  from 
it,  a  vertical  plane  is  determined  with  which  the  line 
of  metal  is  ma<le  to  c()iiicide. 

To  fix  the  points,  a  stake  a  foot  or  more  in  Iciii^th  is 
driven  firmly  into  the  crest  of  the  epaulment  as  nearly 
as  practicable  in  the  vertical  plane  ]tassin<r  throu<;h 
the  axis  of  the  ]ilatform  ;  sii;htin<;  by  this  stake,  an- 
other lon«;  one  is  jilanted  throe  i>r  four  feet  in  front  of 
it  in  line  with  the  object.  To  this  stake  the  cord  is 
temporarily  attached,  and  stretched  by  the  first  stake, 
just  j^ra/ini;  it,  to  a  point  on  the  <;round  one  yard  in 
rear  of  the  jilatform.  At  this  ])oint,  a  third  stake  is 
driven.      The  pointing-board*  is  laid  on  tho  ground  at 


*  ThiH  18  u  piece  of  Wood  one  fuut  Iniij;,  two  or  three  inches  wide,  and 
one  inch  thick,  hiivin;;  u  notch  cut  in  the  midillc  of  one  side  to  fit  on 
the  Htuke,  and  which  in  Krii<liiiit«d  into  equal  <liviMionH  fruni  it8  ini<ldlc. 
Ii  tfvrvcK  t<i  wind  the  pointin);-cord  on  when  not  in  uf<o. 


ART.  III.]  POINTING    MORTARS.  91 

the  foot  of  the  stake.  Tlie  cord  is  removed  from  tlio 
second  stake,  whicli  ma}-  now  be  taken  away,  and 
permanently  attached  to  the  first. 

To  direct  the  mortar,  tlie  cord  is  stretched  to  the 
top  of  the  stake  by  tlie  left  hand,  wliilc  the  plummet 
is  suspended  against  it  by  the  ri<rht;  or,  the  jjlummet 
may  be  attached  to  the  cord  just  in  rear  of  the  mortar. 

It  is  evident  that  when  the  cord,  the  phimmct  and 
tlic  line  of  metal  are  in  the  same  piano,  the  mortar  is 
properly  directed. 

In  case  the  shell  should,  nevertheless,  strike  con- 
Btantl}-  to  the  right  or  left  of  the  object,  the  pointing- 
cord  is  shifted  to  some  notch  on  the  pointing-board  to 
the  right  or  left,  until  the  shell  falls  at  the  desired 
point. 

194.  Another  mode  of  planting  the  stakes  is  as  fol- 
lows :  The  mortar  being  placed  upon  the  middle  of  the 
platform,  the  gunner  mounts  upon  it  and  suspends  the 
plummet  in  front  of  the  muzzle,  covering  the  object. 
Where  the  jdummet,  thus  suspended,  cuts  the  crest  of 
the  epaulment,  the  first  stake  is  driven.  A  second 
stake  is  then  driven  in  the  same  line,  between  the  mor- 
tar and  the  epaulment.  The  pointing-cord  being  at- 
tached to  the  first  stake,  and  stretched  to  the  rear 
over  the  point  where  the  plummet  touches  the  top  of 
the  mortar,  determines  the  point  on  the  ground  at 
which  the  rear  stake  is  driven. 


»s 


TANOENT8  A.NU  TANOENT-8CALE8.  [PART  I. 


105.   Tiible  of  tangents  and  tangent-scales. 


TAS0KST8 — RADII'S    I  XITY. 

TAXGKXT-SCALKS    FOR    THE   24-PDR. 
QVK   AMD   8-IJI    tlBOB    BOWITIKB. 

Degrees. 

Minutes. 

Tangents. 

1                       Tangents. 

24.pdr. 

8-iDch  How. 

1 

00 
30 

.017-15 
.02618 

1 

I  Katurnl    angle 
j        of  sight. 

>  0     inches  .45 

1 

j  Natural    angle 
(      of  liighl. 

2 

00 

.03492 

0    inches  .97 

0           "       .90 

30 

.04;!fi6 

1         "       .94 

1           "       .35 

3 

00 

.05240 

2        "       .91 

1           "       .80 

SO 

.00116 

3         "       .88 

2          "       .25 

4 

00 

.001)92 

4         "       .85 

2          •'       .70 

30 

.II7S70 

5         "       .82 

3          "       .15 

5 

00 

.08748 

1     6        "       .79 

3          "       .60 

30 

.09023 

1     7         "       .76 

4          "       .05 

A 

00 

.10510 

1     8        •'       .76 

4          "       .50 

30 

.1  l.i9;i 

' 

4          "       .96 

7 

00 

.1227S 

5          "       .42 

30 

.13105 

5          '•       .88 

8 

00 

.14054 

6           '•       .34 

30 

.14945 

0           "       .80 

9 

00 

. 1 5838 

7          "       .26 

30 

.16734 

7          •'       .72 

10 

00 

.17032 

8          "       .18 

1 

ART.  III.]  RICOCHET    FIRING.  93 


Richochet  Firing. 


196.  The  thcor}'  of  projectiles  in  vacuo  proves  that 
the  angle  of  fall  is  equal  to  the  angle  of  elevation;  but 
in  air  the  angle  of  fall  is  somewhat  the  larger. 

197.  It  is  known  by  experiment  that  the  projectile 
which  fails  upon  ground  of  ordinar}-  firmness,  at  an 
angle  not  greater  than  ten  degrees,  or  upon  water  at 
four  or  five  degrees,  will  generallj-  make  one  or  more 
bounds.     In  this  case  the  projectile  is  said  to  ricor-],et. 

198.  The  object  of  ricochet  firing  is  generally  to  en- 
filade a  face  of  the  enemy's  work;  which  is  eff'ected  by 
causing  a  projectile  to  Ijound  along  the  terreplein  of 
the  face,  with  the  view  of  annojing  his  cannoneers, 
and  dismounting  his  pieces. 

The  object  to  be  fired  at  in  this  case  is  usuallj^  some 
point  of  the  interior  crest  of  the  parapet  which  covers 
a  flank  of  the  terreplein  to  be  reached. 

199.  The  point  of  the  terreplein  which  is  first  struck 
by  the  projectile,  after  having  grazed  the  interior 
crest,  is  called  XMi}  poii^t  of  fall. 

200.  The  angle  of  fall  is  the  angle  made  at  the  point 
of  fall  by  the  tangent  to  the  trajectory  with  a  hori- 
zontal line  in  the  piano  of  fire. 

201.  The  charge  and  elevation  depend  upon  the  dis- 
tance of  the  object  from  the  battery;  upon  the  differ- 
ence of  level  between  these  points;  the  distance  of  th^ 


94  RirornET  firincj.  [part  i. 

desircci  point  of  fall  from  the  j^arapct ;  the  height  of 
the  parapet,  etc.  These  havin<;  been  determined,  if 
the  enjlii-asurc  throuj;h  which  the  ]>iece  is  fired  is  so 
constructed  as  to  allow  the  line  of  metal  to  l)e  directed 
u])on  the  object,  the  piece  is  pointed  in  the  manner 
alread}'  prescribed. 

Hut  if  the  enjbrasure  is  such  that  the  object  is 
masked,  the  direction  must  be  ^iven.  as  with  the  mor- 
tar, by  the  ])Iummct.  This  is  held  liy  the  ])ers(in  who 
]>oints  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cover  both  the  line  of 
metal  and  the  object.  The  elevation  is  then  i^ivcn  by 
the  qua<lrant. 

202.  In  ricochet  firing  against  troops,  the  anijle  of 
elevation  ought  seldom  to  exceed  three  dej^recs  above 
the  surface  of  the  ground  occu]>ied  by  the  troops. 
Against  fortresses,  forts,  and  fortitied  lines,  this  angle 
will  be  found  to  vary  from  three  to  six  and  nine  de- 
grees above  the  horizontal. 

203.  A  ricochet  battery  will  not  j)i"obably  be  very 
effective  if  established  at  a  greater  distance  from  the 
object  than  six  hundred  yai-ds.  The  ])rojectile  should 
be  made  to  graze  the  ])arapet  while  in  the  descending 
branch  of  the  trajectory;  and  this  must  be  effected  by 
regulating  the  charges,  and  elevating  or  deiiressing  the 
piece  until  the  shot  is  seen  to  fall  just  over  the  interior 
crest  of  the  parapet.  Light  charges  arc  generally 
used;  varying  from  two-thirds  to  one-eighth  of  the  or- 
dinary charge. 

204.  Rules  for  enfilade  firing  must,  however,  be  de- 
duced from  ex])eriments.  As  our  service  is  deficient 
in  this  respect,  a  few  data  arc  here  given  from  that  of 
the  French.  In  their  aj>j»lication  to  our  artillery,  they 
can  only  be  relied  upon  as  approximative;  serving 
merely  as  guides  to  facilitate  our  obtaining  more  ac- 
curate results. 


ART.  III.] 


RICOCHET    FIRING. 


95 


CHARGES. 


205.  Charges  for  a  flattened  ricochet  for  siege  guns 
at  an  angle  of  about  3°: 


Distance. 

Elfvation. 

Charge. 

Remarks. 

660  yards. 
550       " 
440       " 
330       " 
220       " 

2°  45' 
3° 

3°  15' 
3°  35' 
3°  35' 

1-12  weight  of  ball. 
1-15       " 
1-20       " 
1-30       " 
1-40       " 

206.  Charges  for  a  flattened  ricochet  for  siege  how- 
itzers at  an  angle  of  about  3°: 


Distance. 

Elevation. 

Charge. 

Remarks. 

550  yards. 
440       " 
330       " 
220       " 

1°  45' 
2°  15' 
2°  15' 
2°  45' 

3  lbs. 

2  lbs.     3  oz. 
1  lb.     12  02. 
1  lb.       2  oz. 

207.  Charges  for  a  cvrvated  ricochet  for  a  siege  how- 
itzer at  an  angle  of  about  10°: 


Distance. 


Eleration. 


Charge. 


Remarks. 


5.'J0  yards,  i  1°  30'  1  lb.     4  oz.  I  ]  The   height  of    tl)«  ob- 

440       "       I  7°  .30'  1   lb.     1   or,.  I  I      ject  above  the  level  of 

3.10        "  7°  .10'  14   o7..  [       the  baftfTT  being  ^up- 

220       "  7°  30'  I                10  oz.  J       \>nrtA  to  be  20  feet. 


9(i 


KIRINU    HOT    SHOT. 


[I'ART  I. 


Firing  Hot  Shot. 


P  I.  A  T  r     VI. 


20S.  The  use  of  hot  shot  lor  settinj^  fire  to  ships, 
huildin<^s,  etc.,  renders  some  nioditications  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  piece  necessary.  For  the  lieiivier  calibres, 
tlie  detaclimont  consists  of  seven  men. 

209.  The  additional  implements  required  are  placed 
as  follows : 


2  PoKEiis ]     .    r  For  stirring  the  fire. 

2  InoN   KnUKS «>      For  takiiin  out   the  shot. 

1  Rast a      For  rk'iininjj  ovcr-hcatcd  i<hot. 

I  Ptam> I   3      For  cU'Bninp  sliot  on. 

1  I'aiii  of  T0SG8 «      For  httndliiiK  shot. 

1  luoN    RAKK "S      For  romovintr  pin<l<T»  from  till- ii.«li-i)it. 

1  Tliol  (ill -       For  cooliii);  tho  toiitri'.elo. 

1  Laui.k J     '    (  For  fiirryiiit;  hot  8lioi. 

1  Ti  D For  soakiiifT  wnll^i.      Hehind  No.  2. 

1  Ui(  KKT Near  nml  out.xide  of  the  nuninor-hearf. 

(  For  carrvinj;  hot  shot.      LcnniiiR  n^ninst 

(       the  e|>niilnicnt,  nciir  the  pnss-box. 

1  Wonx With  the  sponge  and  rammer. 


1   Ladle 


WlicMi  (lay  wads  are  iiscmI.  the  rammer  has  a  circu- 
lar iron  plate  upon  its  head  to  remove  clay  from  the 
sides  (»f  the  hore. 


210.  The  cartridjje-hags  are  made  of  woollen  stulf, 
and  the  cartridge  is  inserted,  choke  lorcmost,  in  a 
cartridge-bag  of  the  next  higher  calibre,  and  the  end 


AKT.   rir]  FIRINO    HOT    SHOT.  07 

folded  iindor.  The  bags  rIiouM  be  examined  carefully ; 
and  too  i^roat  care  cannot  be  taken  to  prevent  the 
jtowder  from  spilling  or  sifting  in  the  bore. 

211.  The  wads  are  made  of  chiy  or  ha}'.  Clay  wads 
should  consist  of  pure  clay,  or  fuller's  earth,  fruG  fron) 
sand  or  gravel,  well  kneaded,  with  Just  enough  moist- 
ure to  work  well.  The}'  are  cylindrical,  and  one  cali- 
bre in  length. 

Hay  wads  should  remain  in  the  tub  to  soak  at  least 
ten  or  fifteen  minutes.  Before  being  used,  the  water 
is  pressed  out  of  them. 

When  hay  wads  are  used,  vapor  may  be  seen  es- 
caping from  the  vent  on  the  insertion  of  the  ball ;  but 
as  this  is  ojdy  the  effect  of  the  heat  of  the  ball  on 
the  water  contained  in  the  wad,  no  danger  need  be 
apprehended  from  it. 

212.  With  proper  precautions  in  loading,  the  ball 
may  be  permitted  to  cool  in  the  gun  without  igniting 
the  charge.  The  ])iece,  however,  should  be  fired  with 
as  little  delay  as  possible,  as  the  vapor  would  diminish 
the  strength  of  the  powder. 

To  load  with  hot  shot. 

213.  The  ])icce  should  be  sponged  with  great  care, 
and  the  worm  Irequently  jjassed  into  the  bore.  As  a 
precaution,  it  is  well  to  insert  a  wet  sponge  just  before 
]>utting  in  the  ball. 

The  muzzle  being  sufficiently  elevated  to  allow  the 
ball  to  roll  down  the  bore,  the  cartridge  is  inserted,  the 
mouth  of  the  outer  bag  foremost,  the  fold  down,  an<l 
carefully  pushed  home  without  breaking  it;  a  dry  hay 
wad  is  jdaced  upon  it  and  i-ammcd  once;  tlien  a"  clay 
or  wet  ha}-  wad  and  rammed  twice;  and  finally,  if^ 
firing  at  angles  of  dejiression,  a  wad  of  clay  a  half 
calibre  in  length,  or  a  wet  hay  wad,  is  put  on  the  bail. 

214.  At  the  command  Load,  No.  6,  accompanied  by 
No.  5,  takes  the  ladle  and  goes  to  the  furnace  for  a  shot. 

10 


98  Fimxa  uot  suot.  [taht  i. 

Ill  turryini;  the  shot,  No  6  is  in  julvunce,  lioMiii;;  his 
hainlle  of  tho  hidlc  with  the  ri<;ht  hand.  On  a|)i)roach- 
ini^  the  i»iece,  they  halt,  if  necessary,  near  the  post  of 
tlie  gunner,  until  the  wads  are  set  home;  they  then 
advance  an<l  place  thenisi-lves  hchind  No.  2.  on  a  line 
parallel  to  the  cpaulinent. 

No.  1  throws  out  the  ranuner  and  allows  it  to  rest 
uj>on  the  ejiaulnient,  or  on  the  8ole  of  the  einhrasure. 

No.  T),  steppinif  between  the  cpaulinent  and  the  faco 
of  the  piece,  <^ives  his  handle  of  the  ladle  to  No.  1,  and 
No.  (5  _L;ives  his  handle  to  No.  2. 

Nos.  1  and  2  j>ut  the  slujt  in  the  bore;  No.«;.  ;">  and  0 
take  the  ladle  and  i^o  t(»  tlu'  furnace  for  another  shot; 
No.  1  siczes  the  rammer;  and  the  service  of  the  piece 
is  continued  as  heretofore  prescribed. 

215.  In  the  exercise  for  instruction,  a  sawdust  car- 
trid<^e,  enveloped  in  another  as  above  described,  with 
the  wads  anil  hot  shot,  should  always  be  \)\it  into  the 
gun. 

210.  When  the  instructor  ilirects  the  jtiece  to  be 
unloaded,  Nos.  1  and  2  stand  ivady  with  the  ladle  to 
receive  tlie  shot;  the  j^unner  dejjresses  the  muzKle 
until  the  shot  rolls  out  ;  Nos.  ;')  ami  (>  return  it  to  the 
lurnace  ;  and  N<».  1  draws  out  the  wad  and  cartridge 
with  the  worm. 

Charges,  etc. 

217.  Small  char<^cs  should  be  used  in  hotshot  tiring, 
var3'ing  from  one-fourth  to  one-sixth  of  the  weight  of 
the  ball.  Halls  tired  with  small  velocities  s])lit  the 
wood  in  a  manner  which  is  favorable  to  its  burning; 
with  n  great  velocity  the  hole  closes,  the  ball  sinks 
deep,  and,  dcj)i-ivcd  of  air,  it  chars  without  setting  tire 
to  the  sun'ounding  wooil. 

Hot  shot  should  not  ptMutrate  dccpi  r  than  ten  or 
twelve  inches.  They  do  not  set  fire  to  the  wood  until 
some  time  alter  their  penetration.     They  retain  sufli- 


ART.  III.]  FIUINO    HOT    .SHOT.  99 

cient  heat  to  ignite  wood  after  having  made  several 
ricochets  upon  water — though  a  total  immcrHion  of 
four  or  tive  seconds  will  deprive  them  of  this  property. 

Furnaces  for  heating  shot. 

218.  Furnaces  for  heating  shot  are  erected  at  the 
forts  on  the  sea-coast.  These  furnaces  hold  sixty  or 
more  shot.  The  shot  being  placed,  and  the  furnace 
cold,  it  requires  one  hour  and  fifteen  minutes  to  heat 
them  to  a  red  heat;  but  after  the  furnace  is  once  heated, 
a  24-pdr.  shot  is  brought  to  a  red  heat  in  twent3^-five 
minutes  ;  the  32-pdr.  and  42-pdr.  shot  require  a  few 
minutes  longer.  Three  men  are  required  to  attend 
the  furnace;  one  takes  out  the  hot  shot  and  places 
them  on  the  stand  to  be  scraped;  another  scrapes  thcni 
and  puts  them  in  the  ladle;  and  the  third  supplies 
cold  shot  and  fuel. 

Grates  for  heating  shot. 

219.  In  siege  or  other  batteries,  where  there  are 
no  furnaces,  a  grate  is  used  for  heating  shot.  This 
grate  consists  of  four  bars  1.75  inch  square,  three  feet 
long,  placed  four  inches  apart  on  three  iron  stands  one 
foot  in  height.  It  is  placed  in  an  excavation  one  loot 
in  depth,  of  the  width  of  the  grate,  perpendicular  at 
the  back  and  side,  open  in  front,  the  legs  resting  on 
bricks  or  stones  rising  about  four  or  five  inches  from 
the  bottom.  A  roof  is  made  over  it  with  hoops  of  flat 
iron,  covered  with  sods  and  eighteen  inches  of  earth, 
having  in  the  back  part  a  chimnej'  six  inches  square. 

The  shot  are  jd.Tced  on  the  back  part  of  the  grate, 
leaving  one-fourth  of  its  front  part  free;  and  under 
and  on  the  frrmt  jiart  the  wood  is  put,  cut  in  pieces 
about  fourteen  inches  long  and  two  inches  thick.  A 
lliick  sod  is  used  as  a  register  to  regulate  the  draught 
of  the  chimne}',  so  that  no  flame  can  issue  from  the 
front.  This  grate,  which  will  contain  about  fifteen 
24-pdr.  balls,  heats  them  to  a  red  heat  in  an  hour,  and 


1(1(1 


HKIN(i     HOT    SHUT. 


[I'.XHT  1. 


will  supjily  lluvi'  ^uiis.     It  iviiuires  ihc  attoiulancc  of 
OIK'  man. 

220.   Expansion  of  shot  heated  to  a  white  heat: 


Kxpaneion 


8-tB. 

In. 

.149 

1 

42pdr. 

SS-pdr. 

24.|Mlr. 

18-pdr. 

In. 
.11 

In. 
.10 

.08 

In. 
.00 

IS.pdr. 


.04 


Jlcatod  shot  do  not  return  to  their  original  dimen- 
sions on  cooling,  but  retain  a  permanent  enlargeracot. 

221.  For  calibres  below  the  24-pdr.,  a  ladle  with  a 
Kiimlo  iiandlo  is  used  ;  and  only  one  additional  man  is 
n^iiirod  to  serve  shot. 


ART.  Ill]  NIOUT    FIHINCJ.  101 


Night  Firing. 


222.  Wlicn  a  fixed  object  is  to  be  fired  at  by  nigbt, 
the  piece  should  be  directed  during  the  day,  and  two 
narrow  and  well  dressed  strips  of  wood  laid  on  the 
inside  of  the  wheels,  and  two  others  outside  of  the 
trail,  of  a  siege  carriage,  and  nailed  or  screwed  to  the 
platform. 

The  traverse-wheels  of  a  barbette  carriage  are 
chocked  in  the  proper  position. 

223.  To  preserve  the  elevation,  measure  the  height 
of  the  elevating-screw  above  its  box,  or  take  the  mea- 
sure between  two  points:  one  on  the  gun,  the  other  on 
the  stock;  cut  a  stick  to  this  length,  and  adjust  the 
gun  on  it  at  each  fire. 

224.  Night  firing  with  gvns^  should  be  limited  to  a 
small  number  of  rounds,  as  it  consumes  ammunition 
to  little  advantage. 

225.  For  mortars,  the  direction  is  preserved  by  nail- 
ing or  screwing  two  boards  to  the  platform  outside  of 
the  cheeks.  The  elevation  is  marked  on  the  quoin,  or 
the  quoin  may  be  nailed  in  the  proper  position. 


1(»2  PLATFORMS.  [part  1. 


Platforms. 


220.  To  in.«!nre  aocuraoy  of  fire  with  heavy  f^niiH  nnd 
mortars,  it  is  ahsolulel}-  necessary  to  have  solid  and 
sul'slatitial  ])latfbrnis. 

227.  Kor  casemate  and  barhette  batteries  in  fortifica- 
tions, fixed  phitlorms  are  constructeil  with  the  works. 

228.  IMatforms  f<»r  siej^e  ])ieces  are  constructed  at  tlio 
arsenals,  and  shouUl  accom|)any  every  piece.  As  tlieso 
move  with  the  army,  it  is  desirable  to  have  them  us 
light  as  iscomi»atiblo  witli  sufficient  strength  to  endure 
the  shock  of  firing. 

The  ])latforms  for  guns,  howitzers,  and  mortars, 
lierealter  described,  combine  in  a  Idgh  degree  the 
essetitial  (jualities  of  strength  and  portability.  All  tlio 
pieces  composing  them  are  of  the  same  dimensions  j 
and  as  the  weight  of  each  j)iecc  is  only  fifty  jtounds, 
an  infantry  soldier  can  carry  one  from  the  depot  to  the 
batteries,  or  an}'  moderate  distance,  in  addition  to  his 
arms  and  etpiipments. 

Another  platform  for  mortars  is  desi-rilied,  which  is 
very  8imi)le,  strong,  and  weJl  suited  to  positions  where 
trees  or  timber  can  be  easily  procured.  This  is  desig- 
nated the  rail  platform. 


ART.   Ill]  SIEOE    GUN    OR    IIOAVITZER.  103 


Platform  for  a  siege  gun  or  howitzer. 


P  L  A  T  K       XX 


229.  To  lay  lliis  platform,  establish  the  centre  line 
of  the  enihrasure,  and  stretch  a  cord  on  this  line  from 
the  middle  of  the  emhrasurc  to  the  rear.  This  is  the 
directrix  of  the  platform. 

La}'  the  two  outside  sleepers  parallel  to  this  directrix, 
their  outside  edges  being  fiftj'-four  inches  distant  from 
it.  The  four  other  sleepers  are  laid  parallel  to  these, 
the  edge  of  each  fifteen  and  a  half  inches  from  the 
edge  of  the  next.  The  upjier  surface  of  the  front  ends 
of  these  sleepers  to  be  lifty  inches,  on  a  vertical  line, 
below  the  sole  of  the  embrasure. 

They  are  laid  with  an  elevation  to  the  rear  of  one 
and  a  half  inches  to  the  yard,  or  four  and  a  half  inches 
in  their  whole  length.  This  elevation  may  be  deter- 
mined by  jilacing  a  block  four  and  a  half  inches  high 
on  the  front  end  of  the  sleeper,  and  laying  a  straight- 
edge, with  a  gunner's  level  on  it,  from  this  block  to  the 
rear  end.  then  so  arrange  the  earth  as  to  bring  the  level 
true  in  this  position. 

The  next  set  of  sleepers  arc  laid  against  and  inside 
of  the  first,  overlapping  them  three  feet,  having  the 
rear  ends  inclined  outward,  so  that  the  outer  edges  of 
the  exterior  ones  shall  each  be  fifty-four  inches  from 
the  directrix,  anfi  the  spaces  between  the  rear  edges  of 
the  others  the  same  as  in  the  first  set,  viz:  fifteen  and 
a  half  in<bes  from  the  edge  of  one  to  the  edge  of  the 
next,  all  having  the  elevation  to  the  rear  of  one  and 
a  half  inches  to  the  yanl,  and  perfectly  level  across. 


101  I'l.ATFOHMS.  [I'AUT  I. 

The  earth  is  then  nimincd  tirmly  around  these  sleep- 
ers, and  made  even  with  their  upper  surface.  The 
first  deck  phmlc,  witli  u  Ijolc  tliroui^li  each  end  for  the 
cye-l«»Its,  is  hiid  in  phice,  i)erpt'ndicuiar  to  the  direc- 
trix, its  holes  corresjxMidini^  with  tliose  in  the  sK-cpers. 
The  hurter  is])hiced  on  it,  and  tlie  lioits  driven  tlirough 
the  corri'sj)onding  holes  in  these  pieces. 

The  hurter  should  he  so  jilaced  as  to  prevent  the 
wheels  from  8trikin<5  a<^:iinst  the  ej)aulment  when  the 
piece  is  in  hatter}'.  If  the  interior  slope  has  a  hase  of 
two-sevenths  of  its  hei<^ht,the  inner  eiljjfeof  the  hurter 
should  be  two  and  a  half  inches  from  the  foot  of  the 
slope.  The  other  ])lanks  are  tlien  laid,  each  one  forced 
aj^ainst  tiie  precedini;,  the  last  plank  havini;  holes  for 
the  rear  eye  holts.  liy  drawing;  out  or  di'ivini^  in  the 
outside  sleejH'rs,  the  holes  throui^h  their  rear  ends  are 
made  to  correspond  with  those  in  the  last  ileck  plank, 
and  the  holts  are  put  in. 

Drive  stakes  in  rear  of  each  sleeper,  leavinif  their 
tops  level  with  the  upper  surface  of  the  i)latform. 
Kaise,  ram  and  level  the  earth  in  rear  of  the  platform, 
so  us  to  have  a  plain,  hard  surface  to  support  the  trail 
when  the  recoil  is  i;i'eat. 

The  earth  shouUI  he  raised  nearly  as  hi<:;h  as  the  plat- 
form at  the  sides,  and  well  rammed,  i^iving  it  a  slight 
inclination  outward  to  allow  the  water  to  run  oflf. 


ART  HI.]  MORTAR.  105 


Platform  for  a  Mortar. 


Plate    XXI, 


230.  Tlic  mortar-platform  is  composed  of  onl}*  half 
the  miml)er  of  slee])cr8  and  deck  planks  required  for 
the  gun  or  howitzer-platform.  It  is  laid  level,  and 
the  front  and  rear  deck  planks  are  connected  by  eye- 
bolts  to  every  sleeper. 

The  rail  platform. 

(Plate  XXI.) 

231.  The  rail  platform  for  siege  mortars,  composed 
of  three  sleepers  and  two  rails  for  the  cheeks  of  the 
mortar-bed  to  slide  on,  instead  of  the  deck  planks,  is 
very  strong,  and  easily  constructed  and  laid. 

The  pieces  being  notched  to  fit,  are  driven  together 
at  the  battery;  the  rails  being  twenty-five  and  a  half 
inches  apart  from  centre  to  centre  for  the  10-inch  mor- 
tar, and  twelve  and  three-fourths  inches  for  the  8-inch 
mortar. 

The  earth  is  excavated  eight  and  a  half  inches,  the 
depth  of  the  sleepers,  and  the  bottom  made  perfectly 
level.  The  directrix  being  exactly-  marked  by  stakes, 
the  platform  is  placed  in  ])osition,  its  centre  line  coin- 
ciding with  a  cord  stretched  between  the  stakes  mark- 
ing the  line  of  fire.  The  earth  is  filled  in  as  high  as 
the  upper  surface  of  the  slee]iers,  and  firmly  rammed; 
and  stakrs  arc  driv«'n  in  thr  rcaranglfs  (urnM-d  bv  llie 
sleepers  and  rails,  and  one  at  the  reaien<l  of  ea<|i  mil. 
11 


1U(>  PLATFOIIMS.  [I'AKT  I. 


The  ricijclut  pldtjonn. 


T.\'2.  To  lay  tliis  jilatfonn,  place  tlic  Imrtrr  por])on- 
dicular  to  llie  line  of  fire,  and  secure  it  l»y  lour  stakes, 
one  at  each  end  and  two  in  front,  thirty  one  and  a  half 
inches  from  the  middle,  toward  each  end;  lay  the  three 
slecpei's  ]»arallel  to  tlie  hurter,  the  first  sixteen  inches 
from  the  rear  e(l<;e  of  the  hui'ter,  the  secon<l  lorty-three 
and  a  half  inches  from  the  rear  edi^e  of  the  first,  and 
the  third  forty-three  and  ji  half  inches  from  the  rear 
edi^e  of  the  second.  Lay  the  ])lank  thirfy-ono  and 
a  half  inches  from  the  directi'ix  of  the  jjlatform  to  tho 
centre  of  the  ])lank.  Place  the  piece  of  jdank  sixty 
inches  from  the  rear  edj^e  of  the  last  sleej)er.  and  hed 
it  in  the  <fround.  l*hice  lui  the  last  slee])er  and  this 
jiiece  of  plank  (Itc  ]>lank  (eiifhty-four  inches  htnu;),  its 
front  end  one  hundivd  and  six  inches  from  the  rear 
C(l;^e  of  the  hurter. 

This  j)latfoi'm  will  hear  firiiii^  with  charges  as  high 
as  three  pounds. 

I'latforms  of  this  kiml  of  larger  dimensions  may  he 
used  for  guns  and  howitzers  in  fii-ing  at  a  fixed  ohject 
with  full  chart'cs. 


ART.  III.]  DIMENSIONS,  ETC.  107 

233.  Dimensiojrs,  etc.,  of  siege  platforms. 


KAMES    OF    PIECES. 


GUNS 

AND  HOW- 

MORTARS. 

ITZEUS. 

3> 

V 

O 

V 

o 

e. 

, 

Q. 

. 

o 

^ 

B 
o 

la 

H 

.a 

o 

.a 

.J3 

a 

6C 

o 
>5 

a 
o 
•J 

^ 

d 

c 

^ 

H 

ITiirter 

Slcciicrs 

I)crk  plankf! 

Slake  (peruring).. . 
Stake?  (implcincntg). 
StAkes  (pointinf;).. . 
Eye-bolts   (iron).... 


/n. 


108 


1 
121108 


14 


.75 


rn'd 


Lbf. 

51 

608 

1854|18 

70:   6 

10 


/«. 


In. 


96  5 
108  5 
48  3.5 


III. 


3.5 
3.5 
2 


1 
r'nd 


Lbs. 


230  i 

927 

70 


234.  Dimensions,  etc.,  of  the  rail  platform. 


5AWF,f«    OF    PIECES. 


SIEGE    MORTARS. 

o 

V 

o 

a. 

a 

J3 

■kA 

c 

CO 

be 

o 
!5 

1^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

.''lepper," 

Kaili. 

StakoH  (Mcuring). . 
Platform  complete. 


In. 

In. 

In. 

1 
Lbn.  1 

3 

60 

11.5 

8.5 

2 

84 

10 

10 

14 

48 

3.6 

3 

"»U 

108  PLATFORMS.  [PART  I. 

235.  Dimensions,  etc.,  of  the  ricochet  platform. 


5AMRR    OF 
riECKS. 


* 

G> 

U 

a. 

M 

J3 

e 
a 

J3 

to 

•B 

to 

o 

S5 

^ 

H 

^ 

KIND    OP    TIMBER   U8KD. 


Ilurtcr 

Sleepers 

Planks  

Plank 

Piece  of  plank 
Stakes 

Total  weight  . . 


In. 


96 
108 


8 
5.5 


12S|13 


1 

84 

13 

2.25 

60 

1 

30  13 

2.25 

21 

18 

48 

1.25 

1.25 

32 

,  , 

.... 

•  •   •  • 

•  •   •  • 

600 

In.    Lh». 

8  174  Yellow  pine. 

5.6      147  Yellow  i)ino. 
2.25|   166  Reech,  vellnw  pine,  or  oak. 
60  Reecli.  vollow  ])ine,  <ir  oak. 

Beech,  yellow  pine,  or  oak. 

liickory  or  oak. 


JLtn.BHttjA  7^4^ ^s-l 


y»»rw^  £  fa^mmfl 


fivemj  mfaffpmm^l  f^grrfjififjm-^  C 


TLjATE  si 


iUufXt 


^^mi 


n 


/f.A 


1    \ 

»          6           o          -5 > sf 

— 

1 

/ 

\l 

■  »  gXnjOu  r'JriJJ, 


/\aT,f4^i'MlnJ!. 


'5'~ 


PART  IT. 
MECHANICAL     MANCEUVKES. 


ARTICLE  I. 

GENERAL    DIRECTIONS, 


Plates  XXII  and  XXIII. 


23G.  The  mechanical  manoeuvres  are  the  simplest 
application  of  the  mechanical  powers  for  mounting, 
dismounting,  moving  and  transporting  heavy  artillery. 

2;)7.  The  implements  generally  used  for  the  execu- 
tion of  the  manoeuvres  with  siege  pieces  are : 

6  Handspikes. 

2  Long  rollers. 

3  Short  rollers. 
2  Half  rollers. 

16  J^LOCKS. 

0  Half  blocks. 

2  Quarter  blocks. 
6  Gun-chocks. 
6  Wheel-chocks. 
6  Roller-chocks. 
2  Skids. 

1  SniFTl  NO-PLANK. 

1  Trace-rope. 

2  Trunnion-loops. 
1  IIammer-wkench. 


110  MECnANICAL    MAN(ErVRE8.  [pART  II. 

238.  The  detachment  for  mechanical  mancDuvres 
consiHts  of  a  non-commissioned  ofticcrand  cloven  men. 
It  is  fornio<l  l)y  adding  four  inrn — ninnberod  7,  S,  9 
and  10  —  to  the  ordinary  tielachment  for  serving  a 
sie|;e  piece. 

The  non-commissioned  officer  is  designated  cAi>/"  o/ 
(Ictnr/nnrnf. 

The  gunner  is  always  uncovered. 

Tlio  men  are  marched  to  and  from  their  posts,  and 
their  posts  arc  changed,  as  in  Nos.  (»,  7,  !•'{  and  29. 
The}'  arc  posted  two  yards  from  the  axis  of  the  piece; 
Nos.  1  and  2  opposite  to  the  muzzle  ;  the  other  num- 
bers and  tlie  gunner,  dressing  on  Nos.  1  and  2  rcspec- 
tivel}',  at  intervals  of  one  yard,  except  between  Nos.  3 
and  5,  where  there  is  an  interval  of  two  yards. 

The  chief  of  detachment  is  posted  two  yards  in  rear 
of  the  breecii  or  trail,  or  on  the  letl  of  the  pole,  two 
yards  from  and  opposite  to  its  end,  according  as  the 
piece  is  dismounted,  unlimbcrcd,  or  limltered.  During 
the  execution  of  the  mana-uvres,  he  will  go  wherever 
his  ])reseiice  may  be  necessary;    but  will   habitually 

I  (lace  himself  oj)j)osite  to  the  gunner,  in  the  interval 
>otween  Nos.  3  and  o. 

230.  The  men  having  been  marched  to  their  posts, 
the  instructor  goes  with  them  for  the  imjileinents,  if 
they  are  not  already  in  j)o,sition,  and  explains  their 
names,  dimensions,  uses,  and  who  are  to  have  charge 
of  them.     Ho  then  commands  : 

Prei'Aue  to   MAN(EUVKE. 

'riic  111(11  take  the  im])lements,  repair  to  their  posts, 
and  place  them  upon  the  ground  in  their  rear;  the 
handspikes  behind  Nos.  1,2,  3,4,  f)  and  0,  perpendicu- 
larl}"  to  the  axis  of  the  jdece,  their  small  ends  on  a 
line  with  the  right  tt)e;  the  skids  ])arallcl  to  the  ])iece, 
their  middle  behind  Xos.  3  and  4;  the  blocks,  half 
blocks,  quarter  blocks  and  chocks  C(|ually  divided, 
behind  and  jieipi'ndicular  to  the  skids,  the  long  rollers 


ART.   I.]  (lENKRAL    DIUKCPIONS.  Ill 

and  half  rollers  near  and  parallel  to  the  blocks,  behind 
No.  4;  and  the  short  rollers,  shiftinijj-plank,  trace-rope, 
trunnion-loops,  and  hammer-wrench  in  rear  of  the 
gunner. 

240.  Whenever,  in  the  course  of  a  manoeuvre,  an 
implement  is  not  in  immediate  use,  it  is  returned  to  its 
designated  place. 

241.  The  instructor  gives  the  commands,  and  has  a 
general  su])crvision  of  the  manneuvrcs.  lie  sees  that 
each  man  performs  the  duties  assigned  him;  that  every 
thing  is  in  a  proper  state  of  readiness  before  giving 
the  command  of  execution  ;  and  that  ])articular  care 
is  taken  to  avoid  all  shocks  and  sudden  movements. 

242.  The  chief  of  detachment  attends  directly  to  the 
execution  of  the  movements,  and  jiarticularly  assists 
and  directs  the  gunner  in  all  his  duties. 

243.  The  gunner  places  the  shifting-plank;  attaches 
and  takes  off  the  trace-rope;  removes  and  replaces  the 
elevating-screw;  places  and  removes,  and  chocks  and 
unchocks,  the  short  rollers;  superintends  the  righting 
of  the  piece;  directs  the  pole  of  the  limber,  etc. 

No8.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  6  have  charge  of  the  hand- 
spikes. 

Nos.  1  and  2  rig  and  work  the  windlass;  raise  and 
lower  the  chase,  etc. 

Nos.  3  and  4  chock  and  unchock  the  wdicels,  the 
gun,  and  the  long  rollers;  take  off  and  replace  the 
cap-squares;  place  and  remove  the  skids,  blocks,  lialf 
blocks,  quarter  blocks,  long  rollers,  and  half  rollers; 
assist  Nos.  1  and  2  in  lowering  and  raisingthechase,etc. 

Nos.  5  and  0  embar  on  the  cheeks,  and  under  the 
manoeuvring-bolts ;  steady  and  right  the  piece;  assist 
Nos.  3  and  4  in  placing  the  skids  and  lialf  blocks  ;  haul 
on  the  rope,  etc. 

Nos.  7,  S,  0  and  10  assist  the  others.  Nos.  7  and  ^ 
generally  assist  Nos.  1  and  2,  or  3  and  4 ;  Nos.  9  and 


11-'  MECnANir.M,    MAXrEUVRES.  [PARTII. 

10  assist  No8.  3  and  4,  or  5  and  G.  Thoy  help  to  ])lacc 
the  imjilcmcnts  in  j)rcparin^  to  manaMivrc ;  haul  upon 
the  rope;  and  appl}'  themselves  by  hand  to  move  the 
carriage. 

244.  "When  men  on  the  opposite  sides  of  a  ]»ieco 
a]»|»ly  themselves  to  a  han(ls])il<e,  the  handsjiiUe  used 
is  tliat  of  one  of  the  even  iiumhers;  the  man  to  whom 
it  helongs  is  at  the  small  end.  the  eorresjudidini;  odd 
number  at  the  butt  end.  Those  who  eome  to  their 
assistance  place  themselves  inside. 

245.  When  two  or  more  men  work  at  the  same  end 
of  a  handspike,  the  man  to  whom  it  belongs  is  at  the 

small  end. 

24().  Wlieii  several  handspikes  arc  to  be  crossed  at 
the  muzzle,  in  order  to  raise  or  lower  it,  they  are 
aj>plied  in  the  order  of  the  numbers  of  the  men  to 
whom  they  belong,  those  of  the  highest  numbers 
nc:ii-est  to  the  trunnions. 

247.  The  haiids|»il<es  used  in  the  mechanical  mana'U- 
vres  are  bevelled  on  one  side,  as  these  will  enter  into 
])laces  or  under  bodies  where  square  handspikes  could 
not  be  used. 

24S.  When  a  handspike  rests  on  a  fulcrum,  and  the 
weight  on  one  end  is  to  be  raised  by  bearing  down  on 
the  other,  the  wt-ight  should  never  rest  on  the  bevelled 
side,  as  the  han(lspike  would  not  then  give  a  good 
liold,  and  wouM  be  liable  to  s])lit.  In  this  case  the 
bevelled  side  should  be  down.  Jiut.ifused  lor  lifting, 
as  when  two  handsj^ikes  arc  crossed  under  the  breech 
or  chaso  of  a  gun  to  heave  it  upward,  their  ends 
resting  on  the  ground  or  jilatform.  the  bevelled  side 
should  be  U]>. 

240.  At  the  completion  of  each  movement  of  a  ma- 
na'uvre,  the  men  retain  the  places  they  are  in  at  its 


ART.  I.]  OENERAL   DIRECTIONS.  113 

conclusion,  ready  to  proceed  to  the  next  movement; 
resiimini;  their  ])Osts  only  at  the  command  To  your 
POSTS,  Aviiich  is  given  at  tlie  end  of  each  manauvrc. 

250.  The  front,  when  a  piece  is  unlimbered  or  dis- 
mounted, is  the  direction  in  Avhich  its  muzzle  points; 
when  limbered,  it  is  the  direction  in  which  the  pole 
points.  In  the  execution  of  the  following  manoeuvres, 
when  a  piece  is  put  in  motion  upon  rollers,  the  terms 
back  and  forward  are  applied  to  the  direction  of  the 
breech  and  muzzle. 

251.  A  body  moving  upon  a  roller  gains  twice  the 
distance  passed  over  by  the  roller. 

252.  The  ground  should  be  level  and  firm,  and  the 
implements  in  good  order. 

253.  The  number  and  kind  of  implements  vary  with 
the  manoeuvre;  but  as  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  G  always 
have  handspikes,  these  are  omitted  from  the  list  of 
implements  given  at  the  head  of  each  manoeuvre. 


II I 


MKCIIANICAL    MANOiUVRES. 


[part  II. 


254.  Dimensions  and  weights  of  the  implements  used  in 
the  meehinical  maniruvres.     {Siege.) 


I- 


•2 


C5    H 


■9.  *■ 


<—  "E.-S  a  2 

o  »  «•  _  d 

o  2  -r  — 


-.    -H 


H      M 


Total  weight. 


OOOOOO     O     '^aOOOOX:         <« 


Weight . 


ooeee    oo    <o-4>oeooc       '^ 


TbicknesB.... 

.8 

round. 

round.^ 

8 

8 

4 

04 

e^MMOOM*    g    g    1 

e  o 

Width 

•= 

1  «o  »>.  «D  ec  00 

00 

^tOOOOM^^-     1 

Length 

.B 

"t  M  M  «  O  O 

00  ''«>  ^  '«  N  e^ 

o 

CC  t^  t~  M  t^  O  00     1 

e>5 

Number 


<0  C4  CC  M  «  «     M     <e  «  «  M  i-<  ix  04  M 


4(  -S  -C  C    « 


n  a  -  —  ^  — 


e  a 


M,>/rBh'.k- 


r/,, 


% 


1 


7?h  r/.- 


1 


,^ 


r  ''ryTyftA^Jny 


'\' 

--V" 

\%-\ 

< 

- 

tJfS7?>,/>K  ?f'ff*  A/ 


EvantS/'agimval^CJkaf^jtpn.S  < 


j'J.ATi:  ■■::) 


UnXJIm^^A'*^^ 


S^MvfC^^'Mi 


ART.  II.]  rRELIMINAUY    MANOiUVRES.  115 


PRELIMINARY      M  A  N  (E  U  V  R  E  S  . 


Lesson  XVII 

A  gu7i  hjing  upon  the  ground,  to  place  blocks  under  the 

chase  and  reinforce. 
To  remove  the  blocks. 
To  slew  the  gun. 

To  move  the  gun  short  distances  to  the  front  or  rear. 
To  move  the  gun  short  distances  by  rolling  it. 
To  roll  the  gun  up  an  inclined-plane. 


255.  The  implements  necessary  are  : 

2  Blocks. 

6  gun-cuocks. 

2  Skids. 

2  Trunnion-loops. 

A  gun  lying  upon  the  ground,  to  place  blocks  under  the 
chase  and  reinforce. 

256.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Raise  the  chase. 

The  gunner  takes  the  handsjiikc  of  No.  4,  runs  its 
small  (MkI  inlo  iho  bore,  the  other  end  projecting  eigh- 
teen inches,  bevelled  side  up,  and  chocks   it   above. 


UG  MFXHANICAL   MAN<EUVRES.  [PAUT  II. 

No8.  1,  2,  5  and  fi  cross  their  handspikes  under  ami 
perpendicuhir  to  the  handspike  in  the  here,  eii;hteen 
inches  from  the  Ijutt  entls,  licvelled  sides  up.  assisted 
l)y  Nos.  7,  S,  1>  and  Id  respectively;  Nos.  1,  2,  5  and  (i 
facing  the  axis  of  the  j»iece,  and  Nos.  7  and  '.»,  and  S 
and  U»,  facing  each  other.  No.  4  stands  ready  with  a 
block,  and  is  assisted  to  place  it  by  No.  3. 

Heave. 

257.  The  men  at  the  ]ian<lspikos  act  toi^cther  and 
raise  the  chase.  Nos.  3  and  4  jtlace  a  Idock  under  and 
perpendicular  to  the  direction  of  the  piece,  as  far  in 
rear  of  tlie  cha.so-ring  as  it  will  go. 

Ease  away. 

258.  The  piece  is  allowed  to  rest  on  the  block,  and 
the  men  at  the  hamlspikes  take  another  purchase 
under  the  swell  of  the  muzzle. 

Heave. 

250.  Nor.  3  and  4  run  tho  block  back  until  its  middle 
is  under  the  junction  of  the  chase  with  tlie  i-einlorce. 

Ease  away. 

200.  Tho  piece  is  allowed  to  rest  upon  the  block. 
Nos.  3  and  4  chock  it. 

Kaisk  thk  iiuEEcn. 

2(il.  Nos.  1  and  2  lay  their  liandsjtikes  evenly  across 
tlM'  handspike  in  the  bore,  and  are  assisted  in  bearing 
<lown  by  Nos.  7  and  S.  Nos.  5  and  (>,  assisted  by  Nos. 
J)  and  10,  cmbar  under  the  knob  of  the  cascablo.  No. 
3  stands  ready  with  a  block. 


art.  11.]  preliminary  man(euvres.  117 

Heave. 

202.  Nos.  3  and  4  place  the  block  under  and  pci7)en- 
dicular  to  the  direction  of  the  piece,  at  tlie  middle  of 
the  reinforce. 

Ease  away. 

268.  The  piece  is  allowed  to  rest  upon  the  block. 
Nos.  3  and  4  immediately  chock  it. 

To    YOUR    POSTS. 

2G4.  The  implements  are  replaced,  and  all  resume 
their  posts. 

To  remove  the  blocks. 

265.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Raise  the  breecii — Heave — Ease  away. 

The  gunner  puts  the  liandspike  of  No.  4  in  the  bore, 
as  in  'So.  256.  Nos.  1  and  2,  assisted  bj-  Nos.  7  and 
8,  cross  their  handspikes  over  it  and  bear  down.  Nos. 
5  and  6,  assisted  by  Nos.  9  and  10,  embar  under  the 
knob  of  the  cascable.  No.  4  takes  out  the  block,  and 
the  breech  is  allowed  to  rest  on  the  ground. 

Raise  the  chase — Heave — Ease  away. 

266.  The  men.  at  the  handspikes  embar  under  the 
swell  of  the  muzzle.  Nos.  3  and  4  run  the  blocks  for- 
ward, jnst  in  rear  of  the  chase-ring.  The  men  at  the 
handspikes  take  another  purchase  under  the  hand- 
spike in  the  bore. 

Heave — Ease  awat. 

267.  Nf».  3  takes  out  the  liloek,  and  the  ]»iecc  Ih 
allowed  to  \>'h\  ii| fb»'  grouml. 


118  MECOANICAL    MANff.rVRES.  [lAHT   II. 

To    YOUR    POSTS. 

20S.  Tlic  iini»Kiiu'nts  are  replaced,  ami  all  rosumo 
their  posts. 

Memarfis. 

200.  This  manoDuvrc  can  he  performed  by  usin^tho 
1  ill! her  of  a  sieifc  carria<^e  as  a  lever. 

A  truniiion-rinu;,  or  a  chain  with  a  hook  at  one  end, 
is  r('<|iiirc'«l. 

liun  the  small  end  ol"  a  handsjiiUe  into  the  bore,  its 
l>ult  projecting  ei/^hteen  inches;  hack  the  limber  to  the 
muzzle;  raise  the  pole;  ])ut  the  triinnion-rini;,  or  the 
chain,  around  the  hands])ike  in  the  bore,  and  fasten  it 
on  the  ])intle;  raise  the  chase,  by  bearing  down  the 
]>ole.  and  ])lace  a  block  under  it. 

The  breech  can  be  raised  in  a  similar  manner,  by 
l»lacing  the  trunnion-ring  or  chain  around  the  caseable. 

270.  The  limber  makes  a  ])owerful  lever,  and  Hiay 
be  used  as  such  in  many  cases.  If  the  weight  to  bo 
raised  is  too  high  to  iij'ply  the  lrunni(»n-i-i!ig  from  the 
])inth',  the  j)ole  should  l>e  turned  over  so  as  to  bring  the 
jtintle  below  (first  reversing  the  linch-jiins),  and  Jii)j)ly 
the  rear  end  of  the  fork  under  the  weight  to  be  raised. 

To  slew  the  gun. 

271.  If  the  vent  is  not  uppermost,  the  instructor 
commands  : 

Slkw  thk  pieck  to  the  left  (or  right) — Heave. 

The  gunner  ]»asses  a  trunnion-looj)  over  one  of  the 
ti'unnions,  and  inserts  the  haiids|)ike  of  No.  8  or  4, 
a<c()r<ling  to  the  side  on  which  he  acts. 

It  the  pii'ce  is  to  be  slewed  to  the  left,  he  is  assisted 
in  heaving  by  Nos.  1  and  ;">.  Nos.  2  and  (»  chock  the 
piece  on  the  lell  by  placing  their  handspikes  horizon- 


ART.  II.]  PRELIMINARY    MAN(EUVRE8.  110 

tally  upon  the  Mocks,  and  perpendicularly  to  the  axis, 
the  butt  ends  a<i;ainst  the  piece,  bevelled  sides  up.  Nos. 
8  and  4  attend  to  taking  out  and  replacing  the  chocks. 

If  the  piece  is  to  be  slewed  to  the  right,  Nos.  2  and 
G  assist  the  gunner,  and  Nos.  1  and  5  chock  with  their 
handspikes. 

Heaving  the  piece  upon  these  handspikes  causes  it 
to  turn  upon  its  axis  in  its  place. 

To  more  tJtr  gvn  short  distances  to  the  front  or  rear. 

272.  Place  the  blocks  under  the  iniddle  of  the  chase 
and  reinforce,  and  lay  two  skids  under  the  trunnions, 
])arallel  to  the  axis  of  the  piece.  Nos.  5  and  (3  embar 
under  (he  rear  or  Iront  of  the  trunnions,  and  move  the 
piece  to  the  front  or  rear. 

To  move  the  gun  short  distances  by  rolling  it. 

273.  Place  a  skid  under  the  middle  of  the  reinforce, 
and  another  under  the  middle  of  the  chase,  and  roll 
the  gun  over  on  its  axis.  By  inclining  the  skids  as 
required,  and  slewing  the  muzzle  to  suit,  it  may  be 
moved  in  different  directions. 

To  roll  a  gun  vp  an  inclined-plane. 

274.  Additional  implements  required: 

4  Skids. 

2  Single  prolonges. 

The  gun  is  on  two  blocks  at  the  foot  of  the  ramp, 
its  axis  per]»endicular  to  the  direction  of  the  ramp, 
and  the  muzzle  turne<l  to  the  side  on  W'hich  there  is 
most  room. 

275.  Nos.  3  and  4,  and  '» :ind  0,  lay  two  ski<ls  parallel 
to  each  other,  and  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the 


120  MECHANICAL    MANOiUVRES.  [PART  II. 

piece,  at  the  middle  of  the  chase  and  reinforce  ;  ihey 
then  lay  tl»o  otlier  skids  in  the  )iroI(Mi<ijation  of  the 
first.  Nos.  1  and  2  cnibar  under  tiio  piece  with  their 
handspikes  ;♦  chock  the  j)iece  wlien  necessary ;  and 
throw  forward  the  chase  wiicn  required.  Nos.  8  and 
4  hiy  the  roj)es  on  each  side  of  the  lower  trunnion,  and 
assist  the  cliief  of  detachment  an<l  t^unner  to  overliaul 
one  end  of  each.  These  ends  are  ])assed  over  tlio 
piece,  one  a  few  inches  in  front  and  the  other  the  same 
distance  in  rear  of  its  trunnions,  and  three  turns  taken 
around  the  piece — the  turns  <^ainini^  toward  the  trun- 
nions; just  enoui^h  of  tlie  ropes  heini^  overliauled  for 
the  men  to  take  hold  of  their  ends. 

All  the  men,  except  Nos.  1  and  2  and  the  gunner, 
haul  u])on  the  ropes. 

The  odd  numbers  haul  upon  the  right  rojie — i.  c.  the 
ro])e  on  the  right  of  one  who,  hauling  either  rope,  faces 
toward  the  ])iecc  —  the  even  numhi'rs  upon  the  left. 
The  gunner  holds  in  his  hand  the  slack  of  both  ropes. 

IIeavk  and  haul. 


270.  All  act  together,  and  roll  the  piece  up  the  skills 
until  it  becomes  necessar}'  to  rectity  the  diagonal 
direction  it  will  assume. 

277.  As  the  broech  gains  on  the  muzzle,  the  in- 
structor commands : 

Halt — Slew  forward  the  chase. 

The  numbers  who  act  on  the  rope  toward  the  rein- 
force cease  hauling.  Nos  1  and  2  with  their  hand- 
spikes (or  crowbars)  assist  the  other  numbers  to  throw 
forward  the  chase. 


•  Crowbars  curvcl  iit  I  he  luilt  eml.-;,  uml  Itcvollf"!,  iiic  bcUtr  for  this 
operHtion. 


ART.  II.]  PRELIMINARY    MAN(EUVRES.  121 


Halt — Shift  the  skids. 

27S.  Nos.  1  and  2  chock  the  piece  witli  the  butts  of 
their  liaii(ls])ike8.  Nos.  3,  4,  5  and  (3  shift  the  skids, 
passing  tlicni  over  the  piece. 

279.  When  tlie  slack  of  the  rope  has  been  drawn 
out,  the  instructor  directs  Nos.  1  and  2  to  chock  the 
l^iece,  and  commands : 

Overhaul  the  ropes. 

The  men  nearest  to  the  piece  slack  the  turns,  while 
the  gunner  and  chief  of  detachment  haul  all  the  slack, 
except  enough  for  the  men  to  hold  on  by,  to  the  lower 
side  of  the  ])iece. 


12 


1--  MKCHANICAL    MAN(£UVRES.  [I'AUT  11. 


Lksscin    will. 

A  howitzer  lying  uj>on  the  (jround,  to  jdare  blocks  under 

the  chase  and  reinforce. 
To  remove,  the  blocks. 
To  raise  the  hoiritzer  upon  its  inuzzle. 
To  slew  the  howitzer  while  standing  upon  its  muzzle. 


280.  Tlie  implements  noccssaiy  aiv  : 

5  Blocks. 

1  JI.\LF  Block. 

(i  (ir.N-('H(K'KS. 

'1   WllKKL-CIIOCKS. 

1  'rUACK-UOPK. 

2  Trunnion-loops. 

A  howitzer  lying  upon  the  ground,  to  place  blocks  under 
the  chase  and  reinforce. 

2Sl.   Till'  instructor  (•oininaiHls  : 

IIaisk  TiiK  (MASK — IIkavk — Eask  awav. 

No8. 1  and  2  insert  their  lian(is])ikes  ei<;litccn  inches 
in  the  hore,  which  the  gunner  ehocUs  above  with  u 
wheel-chock.  >«'o8.  7  ami  S  assist  Now.  1  and  2.  No. 
4,  assisted  by  No.  ."5,  jdaces  a  block  under  the  chase, 
as  near  the  trunnions  as  it  will  go,  and  chocks. 


art.  ll]  preliminary  manoeuvres.  123 

Lower  the  chase — Heave — Ease  away. 

282.  Nos.  1  and  2  nhift  the  wliocl-ehock  below  their 
handspikes,  and  bear  down  the  nmzzlc.  Nos.  4  and  3 
phicc  a  block  under  the  breech,  and  chock.  The  gun- 
ner lifts  at  the  knob  of  the  cascalde,  and  steadies  the 
breech. 

To  remove  the  blocks. 

288.  The  blocks  are  removed  in  the  inverse  way  to 
the  ibregoing,  by  the  same  commands. 

To  raise  the  hountzer  upon  its  muzzle. 

284.  The  howitzer  is  lying  upon  two  blocks :  ^ne 
under  the  front  of  the  trunnions,  the  other  under  the 
breech. 

285.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Raise  the  chase — Heave — Ease  aavay. 

The  chase  is  I'aised  as  in  No.  281.  A  half  block  is 
placed  upon  the  front  block,  and  the  piece  is  chocked. 

Lower  the  chase — Heave — Ease  away. 

2S6.  The  chase  is  lowered  as  in  Xo.  282.  A  block 
is  placed  upon  the  rear  block. 

Raise  the  chase — Heave — Ease  away. 

287.  A  block  is  added  to  the  front  scaffold,  the  half 
block  topmost. 

Lower  the  chase — Heave — Ease  away. 

288.  A  block  is  placed  upon  the  rear  scaffold. 

No8.  3  and  4  alternate  in  placing  the  blocks — No.  4 


124  MKCIIAMCAL    MANCKUVRKS.  [I'ART  H. 

i)laclnp  the  first — and  carefully  attend  to  the  chocks. 
Nos.  5  and  G  stead}'  the  scaffolds  \vitli  their  handspikes. 

l.OWKU    THK    MUZZLK — HkAVK — lv\SK    AWAY. 

2Sn.  No.  1  takes  out  the  whoel-chock.  Nos.  5  and  0 
enibar  under  the  front  of  the  trunnions,  to  stea<ly  the 
rear  scaffold.  Xos. ;{  and  4  take  the  two  blocks  of  the 
front  scaffold  and  ])lace  them  si<le  hv  side,  ]iarallel 
with  the  axis  of  the  piece,  their  rear  ends  about  two 
inches  in  rear  of  the  muzzle.  N(^s.  1.  2,  7  and  8  caro- 
liilly  allow  the  muzzle  to  rest  upon  the  blocks. 

Raise  the  breech. 

200.  The  i^unnor  attaches  the  rope  b}'  the  middle 
with  a  doublc-hitcli  to  the  knob  of  the  cascable;  crosses 
the  ends  on  the  hii^hest  point  of  the  base-riui^,  and 
passes  them  to  Nos.  7.  S,  \)  and  1(».  No.  2  ])laces  the 
middle  of  his  handspike  under  the  knob  of  tlie  casca- 
ble, and  is  assisted  to  lift  by  the  ^^unner  and  Nos.  1,  3 
and  4.     Nos.  o  and  (5  cmbar  under  the  breech. 

Heave  and  Haul. 

201.  They  act  steadil}'  and  carefully  toirether,  and 
raise  the  piece  on  its  muzzle  upon  the  blocks. 

To  slew  the  howitzer  while  standing  upon  its  muzzle. 

202.  The  instructor  commands: 

Slew  the  piece. 

The  i:;uiiner  ])asses  the  trunnion-loops  over  the  trun- 
nions, into  which  Nos.  1  and  2  insert  their  handspikes 
liorizontally,  and  pull  at  the  small  ends.  Nos.  ;')  and 
(I  keep  the  blocks  in  their  piiu-es,  cliockinn;  them  with 
their  hands])ikes. 

203.  AVhen  it  is  desired  to  lay  the  howitzer  on  the 
ground,  it  is  pushed  over  on  planks  laid  to  receive  it. 


ART.  II.]  rRELIMINAUY    MAN(EUVRES.  125 


Lesson  XIX. 

A  mortar  lying  upon  the  ground,  to  raise  it  upon  its 

muzzle. 
To  slew  the  mortar. 
To  slew  the  mortar-bed. 


294.  The  implement  nccessaiy  is : 

1  Trace-rope. 

A  mortar  lying  upon  the  ground,  to  raise  it  upon  its 
muzzle. 

295.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Eaise  the  mortar  upon  its  muzzle. 

The  gunner,  taking  the  two  ends  of  the  rope,  passes 
them  under  and  up  over  the  trunnions  to  the  front, 
and  hands  them  to  Nos.  5,  G,  7,  S,  9  and  10,  who  haul 
upon  them,  keeping  them  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the 
piece.  Nos.  1  and  2,  facing  to  the  front,  embar  under 
the  trunnions.  Nos.  3  and  4,  passing  to  the  rear  of 
•fsos.  1  and  2,  stand  readj'  to  eml)ar  under  the  mortar 
as  soon  as  its  elevation  will  permit. 

Heave  and  haul. 

290.  They  act  steadily  together,  and  raise  the  mor- 
tar upon  its  muzzle. 


126  MECHANICAL    MAN<EUVRES.  [PAUT  II. 

To  slew  the  mortar. 

207.  Tlio  iuslructor  commaTuls  : 

Slkw  tub  piece  to  tmk  uiuht  (or  left). 

NoH.  1  and  2  lay  the  butt  oiuls  of  tlioir  hamlspikcs 
upon  the  trunnions,  overhijijiinj^  them  l>v  al)out  an 
incl),  bevelled  sides  up.  The  j^unner  lashes  (hem  to 
the  trunni(»ns  with  the  rope.  Nos.  1  and  ."{,  and  2  and 
4,  apjtly  IhemselveK  to  the  small  ends  of"  the  hand- 
spike.s  to  haul  in  opposite  directions. 

Heave. 

20S.  The  mortar  is  turned  nuind  ui)on  its  axis.  By 
alternately  bearin<;  down  upon  one  handspiUc  and 
haiilin<f  upon  the  other,  it  is  moved  in  jfny  direction 
that  the  instructor  may  direct. 

To  slew  the  mortor-bed. 

200.  The  bed  is  either  with  or  without  its  mortar. 

800.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Slew  tiik  uko  to  the  uiout  (or  left). 

Nos.  1  and  8,  facin<;  to  the  front,  embar  under  the 
rear  notches,  No.  8  under  the  inside  of  the  left  notch. 
Nos.  2  and  4,  facin<^  to  the  front,  embar  under  the 
front  notches.  No.  2  under  the  inside  of  the  ri^ht  notch. 

IIkavk. 

801.  They  act  to<^ether,  ami  by  rejioaterl  cfVorts  the 
bed  is  turned  rouml  in  its  place. 

:>02.  To  slew  the  bed  to  the  left,  Nos.  1  and  8  embar 
umler  the  front  notches,  and  Nos.  2  and  4  under  the 
rear  notches. 


ART.  II.]  PRELIMINARY    MANCEUVRES.  127 


• 


Lesson  XX. 

To  place  a  long  roller  under  a  viortar-hed. 
To  remove  the  long  roller. 


303.  The  implements  necessary  are: 

1  Long  roller. 

1  Block. 

2  Half  blocks. 

2  Quarter  blocks. 

2    WlIEEL-CHOCKS. 
2    EoLLER-CnoCKS. 

To  place  a  long  roller  nnder  a  mortar-hcd. 

304.  The  mortar  is  on  its  bed,  and  the  bed  upon  the 
ground. 

305.  The  instructor  commands : 

Raise  the  right  cheek. 

No.  1  cmbars  under  the  notch  nearest  to  liim,  ])or- 
pendiotdarly  to  tiic  cheek,  and  is  assisted  by  No.  7. 
No.  5  enil)ars  in  like  manner  under  the  rear  notch, 
assisted  by  No.  9. 

Heave. 

300.  No.  3  places  a  half  block  lengthwise  under  the 
cheek,  its  middle  five  inches  in  rear  of  the  vertical 


riS  MECHANICAL    MAN<EUVRE8.  [I'AllT  11. 

<lianiotor  of  tlic  trunnions,  and  llion  a  quarter  Mock  in 
tlie  same  direction,  its  middle  under  the  front  n(»tih. 

Kask  away. 

307.  The  cheek  is  lowered  upon  the  half  block. 
Eaise  the  left  cheek — IIkave — Kase  away. 

308.  No.  2,  assisted  bj'  No.  S,  onihars  under  the 
front  notch.  No.  0,  assisted  b}-  No.  10,  onibars  under 
tlio  roar  notch.  No. 4  places  a  half  block  and  a  quarter 
block  in  the  same  way  as  under  the  right  cheek,  and 
the  bed  is  allowed  to  rest  upon  the  two  half  blocks. 

JIaise  the  trail. 

800.  The  <^unncr  places  the  block  just  in  rear  of  the 
niiddli'  transom,  and  u])on  it  the  two  wheel-chocks  to 
serve  as  fulcrums.  Nos.  5  and  G,  assisted  by  Nos.  0 
and  10,  embar  upon  these  chocks,  under  the  middle 
transom. 

Heave. 

1)10.  No.  4,  assisted  by  No.  3,  places  the  lon<^  roller 
upon  the  half  blocks  untlcr  the  cheeks,  and  chocks  it. 

Ease  away. 

311.  The  bed  is  allowed  to  rest  upon  the  (juarler 
bjijcks  and  lon^j  roller. 

To  remove  the  lonij  roller. 

The  101);^;  roller  and  blocks  are  i-einovc(l  in  tlio 
in  verso  way. 


ART.  II.]  I'RKDMINARY    MAN(EUVRES.  129 


Lesson  XXI. 

To  limber. 

To  nnlimber. 

To  move  a  piece,  or  its  carriage,  to  the  front  or  rear. 

To  cross-lift  a  piece. 


To  limber. 

312.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Limber  up. 

No.  2  inserts  his  handspike  in  the  bore, and  is  assisted 
to  bear  down  by  No.  1.  Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  wheels 
front  and  rear.  No.  4  then  crosses  his  handspike  un- 
der the  stock,  and  is  assisted  to  lift  by  Nos.  3,  5  and  6  ; 
Nos.  5  and  6  next  to  the  stock,  facing  to  the  rear,  and 
Nos.  3  and  4  facing  each  other.  The  gunner,  assisted 
b}^  Nos.  7,  8,  !)  and  10,  bring  up  the  limber. 

Heave. 

313.  The  trail  is  raised.  Nos.  3  and  4,  quitting  the 
handHpikcs,  seize  the  wheels  of  the  limber,  and  direct 
the  pintle  into  the  lunette.  No.  3  gives  the  word 
FoRWARn — Back  —  Kmnr  —  Left,  according  as  he 
wishes  the  limber  to  be  moved,  and  when  the  pintlo 
is  in,  hooks  the  lashing-chain. 

13 


130  MECHAMCAI-    MAN(>;UVRKS.  [PAUT  II. 

To  unlimber. 

314.  The  instructor  i-oimnaiKls  : 

U.NLI.MHKR. 

No8.  3  and  4  chock  the  wheels.  No.  3  unhooks  the 
Insliini^-chain.     All  aii|)Iy  thonisolvos  as  in  liniliorin<j;. 

JlKAVK. 

315.  The  trail  is  carefully  raised,  to  disengai^e  the 
pintle.  Nos  3  and  4  seize  the  liiulter  wheels  and, 
after  freeing  the  liniher  from  the  trail,  assist  Nos.  5 
and  G  to  lower  the  latter  to  the  ground. 

31ti.  In  limbering  and  unlimbering  a  howitzer,  Nos. 

1  and  2  insert  their  i»andsj)ikes  in  the  bore. 

317.  Jf  the  carriage  is  without  its  piece,  Nos.  1  and 

2  embar  thi'oiigh  the  wheels  and  under  the  rear  id"  the 
cheeks. 

To  move  a  piece,  or  its  carriage,  to  the  front  or  rear. 

318.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Piece    (ou   cakriaoe)   to   the   front    (or   rear)  — 
Heave. 

If  the  piece  is  unlimbered,  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  embar 
as  in  moving  the  piece  to  and  from  battery.  Nos.  5 
and  I)  embai"  under  the  manceuvring-bolts.  By  re- 
jtcatcd  I'Hurts,  it  is  moved  to  the  front  or  reai*. 

31!t.    If  the    carriage.    unlimliei-e(l,    is    without    its 

idece,  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4,  or,  when  they  are  engaged, 
'\0H.  7,  H,  H  ancl  Id.  a])]»ly  themselves  to  the  wheels  by 
hand.  Nos.  5  untl  0  en»bar  under  the  luana-uvring- 
bolts. 


AUT.   II.]  I'KKI,nnNAKY    MANO'.l'VKKS.  1 H 1 

320.  If  llie  piece  is  limbered,  Nos.  1,  2,  8  nnd  4  em- 
bar  a(  the  hind  wheels.  Nos.  5  and  0  omiiar  at  the 
fore  wheels.  Nos.  0  and  10  applj*  themselvcH  by  hand 
to  the  fore  wheels.  Nos.  7  and  8  go  to  the  sjilinter- 
bar.  The  gunner  directs  the  pole,  and  gives  the  com- 
mand Heave  at  every  eftbrt. 

321.  If  the  carriage,  limbered,  is  Avithout  its  piece, 
all  apply  themselves  by  hand  at  the  positions  desig- 
nated in  No.  320. 

To  cross-b'ft  a  piece. 

322.  When  it  becomes  necessary  to  move  a  carriage 
short  distances  to  tiie  right  or  left,  the  instructor  com- 
mands : 

Cross-lift  to  the  rioht  (or  left). 

Nos.  2  and  4  emitar  perpendicularl}'  under  the  left 
wheel.  Nos.  1  and  3,  crossing  over,  embar  under  the 
inside  of  the  right  wheel. 

Heave. 

323.  All  act  together,  and  tlirow  the  carriage  to  the 
right. 

To  niova  the  carriage  to  the  left,  Nos.  2  and  4  cross 
over  to  the  right  side,  and  embar  under  the  intside  of 
the  left  wheel. 

324.  "Wlion  the  piece  is  on  its  carriage,  short  pur- 
chases should   l>e  takt-n. 


132  MECHANICAL    MANlEUVRES.  [I'ART  II. 


Lesson  XXII. 

A  gun  being  on  its  carriage,  to  place  a  short  roller  under 

the  reinforce. 
A  howitzer  bring  on  its  carriage,  to  place  a  short  roller 

under  the  reinforce. 
To  remove  the  short  roller. 
To  insert  hands]>i/(rs  in  the  trunnion-holes. 
To  remove  the  hatidspilies. 


325.  The  implements  necessarv  are: 

1  Shout  koli.ku. 

<)    WlIKKL-CIIOCKS. 

2  ]{oLLER-CU0CK8. 

A  gun  being  on  its  carriage,  to  place  a  short  roller  under 
the  reinforce. 

;{2().  Tlic  ))iefc  is  eillier  limbered  or  iinUiubered. 

327.  The  iiistruetor  commands: 

LoWKR    TIIK    CH.VSE. 

No.  2  inserts  his  liands|)ike  in  the  bore,  and  is 
assisted  to  bear  down  by  ]So.  1.  Nos.  3  and  4  chock 
the  wheels  I'ront  and  rear;  take  off  the  cap-stjuares, 
and  then  j)repare  to  assist  Nos.  1  and  2  by  ajiplyin^ 
themselvcH  to  the  handspike  of  No.  4,  which  is  crossed 
uj)on  the  muzzle,  both  lacing  to  the  rear.  Nos.  5  and 
G  embar  between  the  cheeks  and  reinforce,  as  near  the 


AllT.   II.]  I'RELIMINARY    MAN(EUVRES.  i'-i'-i 

trunnions  as  practicable.     The  <;nnner  takes  tlic  hIioiI 
roller  and  a  chock,  and  advances  to  the  reinforce. 

IIeavk. 

328.  The  chase  is  lowered.  Nos.  1  and  2  thrust  the 
handspike  farther  into  the  bore  in  proportion  as  the 
muzzle  nears  the  ground,  and  tlien  apply  themselves 
to  the  handspike  of  No.  4.  The  «;unner  inserts  the 
short  roller  porpendicularly  to  the  stock,  its  ends  equi- 
distant from  the  cheeks,  as  far  under  the  trunnions  as 
it  will  go.  and  chocks  it. 

Ease  away. 

329.  The  piece  is  carefuUj'  rested  on  the  roller.  The 
gunner  takes  out  the  elevatin^-screw  and  places  it  in 
rear  of  his  post,  resting  it  upright  upon  its  handles. 

To    YOUR    POSTS. 

330.  All  resume  their  posts,  No.  2  leaving  his  hand- 
spike in  the  bore. 

A  howitzer  being  on  its  carriage,  to  place  a  short  roller 
under  the  reinforce. 

Executed  as  prescribed  for  a  gun  in  Xo.  326  and  fol- 
lowing. The  roller  rests  under  the  reinforce,  at  its 
junction  with  the  recess.  The  gunner  removes  and 
returns  the  quoin. 

To  remove  the  short  roller. 

331.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Lower  the  chase. 

No8.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  (j  apply  themselves  as  in  No. 
327.     The  gunner  replaces  the  elevating-screw. 


l;)l  .MKCIIANKAL    M  ANltt  VUKS.  [I'AUl'   U. 

UkAVK. 

332.  The  cliasc  is  lowered  sufticicnlly  to  emiMo  the 
t;unnor  to  remove  the  roller. 

Ease  away. 

333.  The  base-ring  is  carefully  rested  on  the  elevat- 
ing-screw. 

To   YOUR    POSTS. 

334.  No.s.  3  and  1  unchock  the  wheels,  ami  |iut  on 
the  ca]»-s<iinn'c's.  The  iinplenients  ari-  roplaeed,  an<l 
all  resume  their  posts. 

To  insert  hamhpikas  in  the  trunnion-holes. 

33n.  The  insti'iu'tor  causes  a  short  rolK-r  to  he 
]»lace(l  under  the  reinforce,  as  jircscrihed  in  No.  3l'(» 
and  following,  and  then  commands  : 

Kaisf.  thk  ciiask. 

No.  4  jtasses  his  htindspiUe  under  that  of  No.  2. 
Nos.  ;')  and  (i  stand  ready  near  the  trunnions,  to  insert 
theii-  handspikes. 

11  KAVK KaSK    away. 

330.  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  raise  the  chase.  Nos.  ;'>  and 
()  run  the  hutts  oi"  their  handspikes  under  the  trun- 
nions, bevelled  sides  to  the  front,  the  ends  resting 
against  the  rimbases.  The  trunnions  are  allowed  to 
rest  upon  the  butts  of  the  handspikes. 

To    YOUll    I'OSTS. 

337.  .Ml  ri'sunu'  their  ])08t8;  Nos.  o  and  •)  leaving 
theii'  handspikes  in  the  I  i-iinnion-hules. 


ART.  II.]  PRELIMINARY    MAN(EUVRES.  135 

To  remove  the  handspikes. 
338.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Raise  the  chase — Heave — Ease  away. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  raise  the  chase,  to  enahle  Nos.  5 
and  n  to  take  out  tlic  liandspikcs,  and  then  case  tlie 
trunnions  into  tlioir  holes. 

The  instructor  tlicn  causes  the  short  roller  to  be 
removed,  as  in  No.  331  and  following. 


130  MECHANICAT,    MAN(EUVRES.  [PAUT  II. 


Lesson  XX III. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling 
bed. 

To  shift  (J  gun  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trunnion- 
holes. 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  thr  trunnion-holes  to  its  travel- 
ling bed. 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trun- 
nion-holes. 

To  ehange  a  limber  when  the  gun  or  howitzer  is  on  its 
travelling  bed. 

To  change  the  limber  of  a  loaded  mortar-wagon. 


Platks  XXIV  A.NP  XXV 


31}9.  The  neccssaiy  iin])lemont8  arc: 

1  Short  uoi.lkr. 

4  Blocks. 

1  J1ai,k  hi.ock. 

0  WhKK.J,  CHOCKS. 

1  TllACK-ROI'E. 

To  shift  a  (/un  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling 

bed. 

y4(J.  The  instructor  having  caused  the  j»icce  to  1)0 
limbered,  commands  : 

Place  the  short  roller  undkr  the  reinforce. 

ICxccutiMl  as  in  No.  '.\'H\  an<l  lollowiiiir. 


ART.  TT.]  I'RKLIMINARY    MANffiUVRES.  VH 

Attach  the  rope. 

341.  The  fcnnncr  altaclios  tlie  rope  by  its  middle 
with  a  double-liitch  to  the  knob  of  the  cascal)lc,  and, 
passinfi;  its  ends  to  Nos.  7,  8,  9  and  10,  stands  ready  to 
haul  down  upon  it,  and  o;uide  the  breech  into  the  bol- 
ster, ^o.  3  sees  that  tlie  lashing-ehain  is  hooked. 
Nos.  4  and  G  cross  their  handspikes  under  that  of  No. 
2,  No.  6  next  to  the  muzzle,  and  are  assisted  by 
Nos.  3  and  5  respectively. 

Shift  the  I'ikce — Heave  and  haul. 

342.  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  6  lift  smartly  and  push 
at  the  muzzle,  and  the  piece  is  hauled  until  the  trun- 
nions are  over  their  travelling  position. 

Eemove  the  short  roller — Eaise  the  chase. 

343.  No.  2  chocks  his  handspike  above.  Nos.  7  and 
8  go  to  the  assistance  of  Nos.  3  and  4.  and  Nos.  9  and 
10  to  the  a.ssistance  of  Nos.  5  and  6;  all  facing  toward 
the  muzzle.  The  gunner  places  himself  under  the 
chase  at  the  head  of  the  stock. 

Ueave — Ease  awa^. 

344.  The  chief  of  detachment  moves  out  the  roller, 
which  is  stopjted  by  the  gunner  on  the  head  of  tlie 
stock,  and  the  chase  is  lowered  upon  it.  The  men  at 
tlie  handsj»ikes  take  a  new  hold. 

Heave — Ease  away. 

345.  The  gunner  takes  out  the  roller,  and  the  chase 
is  lowered  upon  the  stock. 

To  your  posts. 

346.  The  gunner  takes  off  the  rope.     Nos.  3  and  4 


13«  MECllANKAL    MAN(EUVBES.  [PART  II. 

put  on  the  cap-squares,  and  unchock  the  wheels.    The 
implements  are  re])Iace(l,  and  all  resume  their  posts. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trunnion- 
holes. 

347.  The  instructor  comiiKUuls: 

Place  thk  short  roller  indeu  the  ciiask. 

Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  wheels  front  and  rear.  The 
short  roller  is  inserted  under  the  chase,  and  rolled  back 
until  it  rests  under  the  trunnions,  by  the  means  and 
commands  prescribed  for  its  removal  in  No.  84o  and 
follo\vin<r.  The  fjunncr  attaches  the  ro])e  hy  its  mid- 
dle to  the  knob  of  the  cascable,  and  ]Kisses  its  ends  to 
Nos.  7,  ^.  9  and  lU.  No.  4  crosses  his  handspike  above 
that  of  No.  2. 

Shift  the  piece — Heave. 

34S.  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  bear  down  at  the  muzzle, 
and,  as  the  piece  rolls  forward,  guide  the  trunnions 
info  their  holes. 

The  short  roller  is  then  removed,  as  in  No.  331  and 

folhjwing. 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travel- 
ling bed. 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trun- 
nion-holes. 

349.  Kxecuted  as  for  the  gun,  except  in  romovint^ 
and  i»lacing  the  short  roller  by  the  chase,  which  is 
done  as  follows  : 

Nos.  3  and  4  each  hands  a  wheel-chock  to  No.  2,  who 
])laces  one  about  eighteen  inches  in  the  bore,  under  the 
butt  end  of  bis  hantlspike,  and  the  other  in  the  nuizzle 
above  the  handsj)ike.  No.  4  crosses  his  hantlspike  un- 
der that  of  No.  2.  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  raisi'  the  chase 
while  the  gunner  removes  or  places  the  slmrt  roller 


ART.  II.]  PRELIMINARY    MANlKUVRES.  loil 

In  placiiii;-  tlio  short  roller,  its  vertical  diiuiicter 
shoiikl   rest  Just  in   advance  of"  the  rinihascs. 

liemarhs. 

350.  When  the  howitzer  is  transjiorted  on  its  travel- 
lin<^  bed,  a  teniporarj- bolster  shoidd  lie  constructed  to 
support  the  breech.  The  short  roller  resting  on  a 
quarter  block  lashed  to  the  stock,  and  supporting  the 
knob  of  the  cascable,  may  answer  Ibr  this  purpose. 

351.  If  there  is  no  place  for  the  quoin  under  the 
stock,  it  may  be  lashed  on  the  trail  in  front  of  the 
bolster  —  holes,  or  a  groove,  being  made  in  its  lower 
side  to  admit  the  nuts  of  the  lunette-bolts. 

352.  The  short  roller  (of  which  one  should  always 
accomjiany  every  gun  and  howitzer)  is  sus])endcd  from 
the  knob  of  the  cascable  by  a  cord  passed  through  it. 

353.  The  elevating-screw  is  run  in  on  the  lower  side 
of  the  stock,  and  held  in  its  place  by  a  lashing-strap. 

354.  The  sponge  and  rammer  are  lashed  U])on  the 
piece,  their  heads  projecting  beyond  the  base-ring.  A 
convenient  way  of  transporting  them  is  b}'  two  iron 
collars,  containing  hooks,  buckled  upon  the  breech 
and  chase. 

355.  The  handspikes  are  placed  against  the  cheeks, 
three  on  each  side. 

350.  A  tracc-ropc  should  accompany  each  piece  ot 
siege  artillery,  it  will  be  found  useful  not  only  in 
shifting  the  piece,  but  in  lashing,  and  in  extricating 
the  carriage  and  mortar-wagon  from  difficulties. 

357.  To  accustom  the  men  to  prepare  a  piece  for 
travelling,  the  instructor  ma}' cause  the  implements  to 
be  placed  as  above  indicated.     To  do  this,  he  will,  be- 


140  MECiiANirAL  MANa:rvuF.s.  [part  II. 

fore  rt'suming  posts   in    the   inaiKonviv  of  shifling  u 
jtiocc  to  its  inivelling  bod,  commainl : 

Put  on  tiik  imi'lk.mknts. 

TIk'  i;;unnor  pluccs  tlie  vent-cover,  short  roller,  (juoin, 
clevtUii)<;-sere\v,  and  watcr-lmcket  ;  if  it  be  necessary 
to  lash  the  jiicce  to  its  bed,  he  is  assisted  by  Nos.  1, 
2,  3,  4,  5  and  G.  No.  2  puts  in  the  tompion.  Nos.  1 
and  2  fasten  on  the  sponge  and  rammer,  and,  assisted 
by  Nos.  3  and  4,  put  on  the  handspikes. 

358.  To  prepare  the  jiiccc  for  action,  the  instructor 
will,  before  shifting  it  to  its  trunnion-holes,  comniand: 

liE.MOVE    TllK    IMPLEMKNTS. 

The  same  numbers  that  put  up  the  imj)lements 
remove   lliem. 

7o  chanc/e  a  Umber  when  the  (jun  or  howitzer  i'k  on  its 
tra  veiling  bed. 

359.  The  instructor  commands  : 

('lIAN(iK    TIIK    LIMBER. 

Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  ivar  wiiccls  front  and  rear, 
and  build  a  scaffold  of  four  blocks  under  and  perpen- 
dicular to  the  stock,  just  in  rear  of  the  bolster.  The 
gunner  and  Nos.  7,  S,  •)  and  10  raise  the  trail,  by  bear- 
ing down  on  the  pole,  so  as  to  allow  No.  4  to  i)lace  a 
half  block  on  top  of  the  scaffold.  The  old  limber  is 
replaced  by  the  new,  and  the  trail  raised  as  before  to 
])ermit  Nos.  3  and  4  to  remove  the  half  block  and 
blocks. 

To  change  the  Umber  of  a  loaded  mortar-wagon. 

Executed  as  prescribed  in  No.  359. 

3(50.  In  this  case,  the  leverage  of  llii'  pole  of  the 
limber  may  be  increaseil  by  No.  3  inserting  a  wheel- 
chock,  or  the  butt  end  of  his  handspike,  between  the 
stock  and  the  rear  of  the  fork  of  the  limber. 


:pzatj£  g-f 


TrTlVV.,,i.    -4^4el 


Ft'fi^tsi  f^'f.^ttaJ^.i'AuT/t^'^pm.^.r 


UR  /TJbufi.Z^frf^^'f 


fwm.-^Ci^mJUtmrlfJ^mSr 


ART.  III.]  WITH    TIIK    HANDSPIKE.  141 


AKTICLK  III. 

M  A  N  OS  U  V  R  E  S     WITH     THE     HANDSPIKE. 


Lesson  XXIV. 

To  mount  a  gun  upon  its  carriage. 
To  dismount  the  gun. 
To  mount  a  hoiritzer  upon  its  carriage. 
To  dismount  the  hoivitzer. 


Platk    XXVI. 


i>61.  The  iinplcnieiits  necessary  are: 

1  Short  roller. 

2  Half  rollers. 
14  Blocks. 

4  Half  blocks. 
0  Gun-chocks. 

0  w heel-chocks. 

2    lioLLER-CHOCKS. 

2  Skids. 

1  t  race-rope. 

To  mount  a  gun  upon  its  carriage. 

362.  The   piece  is   on  two  blocks:  one   under  the 
junrtion  of  the  chase  with  the  reinforce,  the  other  un- 


142  MFXHAMCAL    MANiKT YKKS.  [PAIIT  II. 

ik-r  the  inidtllo  of  the  reinforce;  the  caniaire  limbered, 
cnp-squarcs  removed,  is  in  the  proioii^:iti<»ii  of  the 
axis  of  the  piece,  tlic  head  of  its  elioeks  two  yards 
from  the  knob  of  the  casoabK'. 

HGS.  The  instructor  commaiMls: 

1Ja1.sk    THi;    (1IA.>*K. 

No.  2  inserts  the  butt  of  liis  haiids|iike.  in  the  bore; 
chocks  it  above;  and  is  assisted  by  No.  1.  No.  G 
ci-osses  his  hands|»ike  under  that  of  No.  2,  close  to  the 
niuz/lc,  and  is  assisted  by  Nos.  o,  it  and  10.  No.  8 
crosses  the  hands])ike  of  No.  4  under  that  of  No.  2, 
eighteen  inches  farther  to  the  Iront,  and  is  assisted  by 
No.  7:  All  face  toward  the  muzzle.  Nos.  8  and  4,  as- 
sisted by  the  gunner  and  chief  of  detachment,  place 
the  skids  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  piece,  their  middle 
opposite  to  the  ti-unnions,  and  their  inner  faces  one 
inch  outside  of  the  face  of  the  trunnions.  No.  4  stands 
ready  with  a  half  roller. 

Heave. 

3G4.  The  chase  is  raised.  No.  3  takes  out  the  front 
block,  and  assists  No.  4  to  place  the  half  roller  under 
the  junction  of  the  chase  with  the  reinforce,  its  ends 
resting  I'cuially  upon  the  skids;  ihcy  chock  the  ])iece 
on  the  half  i-ollcr. 

LowKii  TiiK  ciiASK — 11eav>:. 

.'{('»').  Nos.  (5  and  H  cross  their  handspikes  alu)ve  the 
handspike  in  the  bore,  and  the  chase  is  borne  <lown. 
No.  y  takes  out  the  lear  block,  and  assists  No.  4  to 
])laco  the  half  roller  iindcr  the  icinforce,  about  ten  or 
twelve  iiK'hes  in  rear  of  tlu'  trunnions;  they  chock 
the  piece  upon  this  half  roller. 


ART.   III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  143 

Haisk  Tin:  CHASE — Keave. 

3(K).  The  chase  is  raised  as  before.  The  gunner  and 
chief  of  detucliment  raise  the  front  half  roller,  and 
Nos.  3  and  4  place  eacli  a  half  hlock  under  its  ends 
upon  the  skids. 

LoWKK    THE    chase — IIeAVE. 

3(57.  P^xecuted  as  before.  The  gunner  and  cliief  of 
detachment  raise  the  rear  half  rijllcr,  and  Nos.  3  and  4 
place  each  a  block  under  its  ends  upon  the  skids,  end 
to  end  with  the  half  blocks. 

368.  The  operation  of  raising  and  lowering  the  chase 
is  continued  until  the  front  scaffold  consists  on  each 
side  of  one  half  block,  three  blocks,  and  one  half  block, 
and  the  rear  scaffold  of  lour  blocks.  The  gunner  and 
chief  of  detachment  in  raising  the  half  rollers  move 
them  outward,  and  the  blocks  are  placed  from  the 
inside.  On  placing  the  last  half  blocks,  the  front  half 
roller  is  placed  under  the  trunnions. 

Back  the  carriage. 

309.  The  gunner  repairs  to  the  pole.  Nos.  5  and  G 
apply  themselves  to  the  fore  wheels.  Nos.  7,  H,  9  and 
lO  a]iply  tliemselves  to  the  rear  wheels.  All  exert 
themselves,  and  the  carriage  is  run  under  the  breech. 

Nos.  1  and  2  maintain  the  piece  on  the  front  half 
roller;  Nos.  3  and  4  remove  the  rear  scaffold  ;  and  the 
carriage  is  run  Itack  carefully  until  the  head  of  the 
cheeks  touch  the  remaining  iialf  rcdler.  Nos.  3  and  4 
chock  the  hind  wheels  front  and  rear.  The  gunner 
places  the  short  roller  on  the  stock  under  the  breech, 
and  attaches  the  rojie  to  the  knob  of  the  cascable. 
Nos.  7,  X,  9  and  10  lay  hold  of  the  rope.  Nos.  4  and  6 
cross  their  haiids])ikes  under  that  of  No.  2,  ihat  of  No. 
6  next  the  jjiece.  and  are  assisted  i)y  Nos.  3  and  5  to 
lift  and  push  at  the  muzzle.     The  chief  of  detachment 


144  MECHANICAL    MANlEUVKKS.  [I'AUTII. 

removes  tlio  half  roller,  and  the  jdeee  is  drawn  hack 
to  its  trunnion  holes. 

The  short  roller  is  then  removed  as  in  No.  331  and 
following. 

To  dismount  the  gun. 

870.  The  instructor  causes  the  short  roller  to  bo 
]ilace<l  under  the  reinforce  as  in  Xo.  820  and  following, 
without  removing  the  elevating-screw.  The  gunner 
attaches  the  rope  to  the  knob  of  the  cascable,  and 
jiasses  its  ends  to  Nos.  7  and  8,  who  take  a  turn  with 
them  around  the  iiKnuruvring-bolts. 

PlACK    TIIK    FltONT    Sf'Anor.I). 

371.  Nos.  3  and  4  ])lacc  the  skids  with  their  inner 
faces  one  inch  outside  of  the  cheeks,  their  outer  ends 
op])<)site  to  the  chase-ring.  an<l  upon  each  skid  a  half 
block,  three  bl(K-ks,  and  a  lialf  block,  the  inner  ends  of 
the  blocks  overlapping  by  two  inches  the  heads  of  the 
cheeks. 

Draw  out  tmk  imkck. 

372.  No.  6  crosses  his  handsiiike  under  that  of  No. 
2,  and  is  assisted  by  Nos.  5.K  and  10.  They  raise  the 
chase,  and  No.  4  places  a  half  roller  on  the  scaH'old 
against  the  cheeks.  The  gunner  moves  the  roller- 
ciiock  so  that  when  the  roller  touches  it  the  trunnions 
will  be  over  the  half  roller.  Nos.  7  and  8  slack  otf 
carefully.  By  lifting  at  the  muzzle,  the  i>iece  is  allowed 
to  mm  forward  until  its  trunnions  are  over  the  half 
roller.  Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  ])iece.  The  gunner 
takes  ott"  the  roi)e. 

DUAW    OLT    TllK    I'AUHIAdK. 

373.  Nos.  1  and  2  steady  the  piece,  wliile  Nos.  3  and 
4  unchock  the  wheels.     The  gunner  and  Nos.  5,  6,  7, 


pmjitk  ee 


/.'  riminta  (htn  tifwn  tf^  ( fifiimie 


Fkj  2 


J^t^^ 


It  JtJLFivih. :.  ^fUfJU 


Jfninf  Jf.^tf'.'  irr/l'  (  /hi  r/rA.  n.SC 


ART  III]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  145 

8,  9  and  10  draw  out  tlie  carriage.  Nos.  3  and  4  build 
up  the  rear  scaffold  of  i'onr  Itlocks  on  each  side,  and 
]ilace  the  other  halt"  roller  on  top  of  it,  under  the  rein- 
force. 

Then,  by  altcrnatel_y  raising  and  lowering  tlio  chase 
at  the  command  of  the  instructor,  the  scaffold  is  low- 
ered, beginning  with  the  half  blocks,  until  the  piece 
rests  upon  two  blocks. 

374.  Before  executing  this  manoeuvre  on  the  plat- 
form, under  the  fire  of  the  enemy,  the  embrasure 
should  be  closed  with  sand-bags. 

To  mount  a  howitzer  ypbn  its  carriage. 
To  dismoujit  the  howitzer. 

Executed  as  for  the  gun. 


14 


140  MECHANICAL    MAN(£UVRRS.  [I'AUT  II. 


Lesson  XX \. 

To  mount  a  hoicitzer  as  a  fiehl-picce. 
To  dismount  the  hoicitzer. 


37;').  Tho  implements  necessary  aiv  : 

5  Blocks. 

2  Half  blocks. 

6  WnKKL-cnocKS. 

1  Trace-ropk. 

2  Trunnion-loops. 

To  mount  a  hoicitzer  as  a  field-piece. 

37G.  The  carrin<je  unlimbercd,  cap-squares  removed, 
is  ])lace(l  in  i-car  oi' tlio  howitzer,  in  i^roloiitjation  of  tho 
axis  ol'lho  j)icee,  its  front  two  yards  from  the  knob  of 
the  cascabk". 

377.  The  instructor  havin«.(  caused  the  howitzer  to 
be  raised  upon  its  muzzle,  as  in  No.  284  and  Ibllowing, 
commands  : 

Back  the  carriage — Raise  thk  tk.vii,. 

Tho  carriage  is  run  up  as  in  No.  3()*.t,  until  tho  front 
of  tlie  wheels  are  even  with  tlie  trunnions.  >«os.  3 
and  4  chock  the  wheels  fi-ont  and  rear.  The  gunner 
attaclies  one  end  of  the  roj)e  to  a  maii(i'uvriiig-b(»lt. 

Nos.  1  and  2,  1)  and  10,  7  and  S,  and  ;')  and  <»,  aj)ply 
thcmsclvt's  by  han<i  to  the  stock,  in  the  order  named, 
I'rom    the    trail    toward    the    wheels.       The    "gunner, 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  147 

takinir  the  handspike  of  No.  4,  goes  to  the  end  of  the 
trail,  rests  its  small  end  upon  the  ground,  and  supports 
the  trail  on  its  butt.  In  proportion  as  the  trail  is  raised 
he  moves  forward,  keeping  his  handspike  so  as  to  sup- 
port the  stock  at  any  moment;  the  butt  of  his  hand- 
spike finally  resting  under  the  nut  of  the  rear  bolt  of 
the  elevating-box.  Nos.  5  and  0  remain  with  the  gun- 
ner. Nos.  1,  2,  0,  1(»,  7  and  8  gradually  Avithdraw 
from  the  stock  ;  Nos.  1  and  2  to  the  assistance  of  Nos. 
5  and  6,  and  Nos.  7,  S,  9  and  10  to  the  rope.  Nos.  3 
and  4  place  the  front  chocks  twelve  inches  farther  to 
the  front;  carefully  run  up  the  carriage,  receiving  the 
trunnions  in  the  trunnion-holes;  put  on  the  cap- 
squares  ;  and  chock. 

Lower  the  trail. 


378.  No.  4  takes  the  handspike  of  No.  2,  and,  with 
No.  3,  pushes  against  the  stock  in  front.  Nos.  1,  2,  5, 
6,  7,  8,  9  and  10  haul  upon  the  rope.  The  gunner 
retires  to  the  end  of  the  trail,  and  receives  it  upon  the 
butt  of  his  handspike.  The  men  in  succession  care- 
full}'  quit  the  rope,  and  appl}'  themselves  to  the  stock. 
No.  4,  when  the  preponder.Tnce  passes  to  the  trail,  in- 
serts his  handspike  in  the  bore,  and,  assisted  by  No.  3, 
bears  down.     The  gunner  puts  in  the  quoin. 

To  dismount  the  hoicitzcr. 

379.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Dismount  the  howitzer. 

Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  wheels  front  and  rear;  take 
off  the  cap-squares ;  and  place  two  blocks  to  receive 
the  muzzle.  The  gunner  attaches  the  rope  to  one  of 
the  nianccuvring-bolts,  and  then  takes  the  handspike  of 
No.  4  to  support  the  trail. 


ll*^  ME<;HANICAL    MANtEUVUKS.  [I'AUTIl. 


TJaisk   the   trail. 

:{S<t.  The  trail  is  raised  as  in  No.  377.  and  wlicn  a 
little  alxtve  the  horizontal  the  gunner  su|)|)tirts  it  on  his 
handspike.  Nos.  1,  2,  9,  lU,  7,  ><,  o  and  «»  successively 
n-pair  to  the  rope;  they  hold  on  well,  and  ease  the 
muzzle  upon  the  Idocks  without  a  shock.  The  LCnnner, 
followini;  uj)  the  movement,  places  the  butt  of  his 
handspike  under  the  rear  nut  of  the  elevatini;-box. 
Nos.  1  and  2  go  to  the  assistance  of  No.s.  3  and  4  ;  Nos. 
;')  and  0  go  to  the  stock  and  assist  the  gunner.  Nos.  3 
and  4  draw  back  the  rear  chocks  twelve  inches;  run 
the  carriage  carefully  back  that  distance;  and  chock. 

LOWKU    TlIK    trail. 

3S1.  All  l»ut  Nos.  8  and  4  go  to  the  stock,  and  assist 
the  gunner  to  lower  it.  lie  gradually  retires  to  the 
end  of  the  trail,  when  he  withdraws  his  handspike, 
and  the  trail  is  lowered  to  the  ground. 


AUT.  III.]  WITH    TIIK    HANDSI'IKE.  149 


Lesson  XXVI. 

To  mount  a  siege  mortar  upon  its  bed. 
To  dismount  the  mortar. 

382.  Tlie  implements  necessary  are  : 

1  Trace-ropk. 

1  Hammer-wrench. 

To  mount  a  siege  mortar  upon  its  bed. 

383.  The  mortar  being  placed  upon  its  muzzle,  h\x 
inches  in  front  of  the  bed,  vent  outward,  as  in  No. 
295  and  following,  the  instructor  commands  : 

Mount  the  mortar. 

The  gunner  removes  the  bolts  and  cap-squares,  and 
hands  their  parts  to  Nos.  1,  2,  o  and  4,  who  place  them 
on  the  ground  near  the  butts  of  their  handspikes; 
makes  a  double-hitch  with  the  middle  part  of  the  rope 
around  the  mortar  close  to  the  muzzle-band,  the  tie  to 
the  front,  and  passes  the  ends  up  over  the  trunnions  to 
the  rear,  to  Nos.  5,  6,  7,  8,  9  and  10.  Nos.  1  and  2  run 
their  handspikes  under  the  trunnions  and  rest  the  butt 
ends,  bevelled  sides  up,  upon  the  ground  or  platform. 

Heave  and  haul. 

384.  Nos.  1  and  2  acting  at  the  trunnions,  and  Nos. 
5,  0,  7,  !^,  9  and  lO  with  a  steady  inill  on  the  rope, 
cant  the  mortar  against  the  front  of  tlie  bolster.     Nos. 


150  MECHANICAL    MAN(EUVRES.  [PART.  11. 

1  and  2  shift  the  butts  of  their  handspikes  to  the  top 
of  the  bolster,  inc-linini^  the  small  ends  a  little  out- 
ward. Nos.  3  and  4,  fai-ing  to  the  front,  insert  ihoir 
handspikes  between  the  front  of  the  cheeks  and  mor- 
tar, in  order  to  press  its  mu/,7,le  outward  and  upwai'd. 

IIeAVK    AM)    HAUL. 

385.  All  act  steadily  toi^ether ;  Xos.  1  and  2  lifting 
at  the  truiinions.  and  Xos.  3  and  4  at  the  muzzle.  As 
soon  as  the  muzzle  is  sulticiently  elevated  to])ermitit, 
No.  4  ])asse8  quickly  to  the  front  and  inserts  his  hand- 
spike in  the  bore.  The  men  continuinj^  to  haul  upon 
the  rojie,  the  muzzle  is  raised  and  the  trunnions  desceiKi 
to  their  j)laces.  Xos.  1  and  2  then  insert  their  hand- 
spikes in  the  bore,  and  the  u;unner  slijis  the  rope  from 
tlie  muzzle  to  their  small  ends.  The  men  at  the  rope 
haul  upon  it  until  the  mortar  is  nearly  vertical.  Xos. 
1,  2,  3  and  4  brintj  forward  the  bolts  and  cap-squares, 
and  assist  the  gunner  to  ])lace  them.  This  done,  the 
men  ease  away  upon  the  rope,  and  allow  the  mortar 
to  rest  upon  the  bolster. 

To  disijwinit  the  mortar. 

380.  The  instructor  commands  : 

DlSMOlNT    TllK    .MOKTAR. 

Nos.  1  and  2  place  their  handspikes  in  the  bore. 
The  gunner  making  a  double-hitch  with  the  middle 
of  the  ropo  arouu<l  their  small  ends,  passes  its  ends  to 
Xos.  5,  (J,  7,  8,  !)  and  lU. 

IIkAVK    .AM)    HAUL. 

387.  'i'he  nioi-tar  is  i-aised  neai-jy  vertical,  and  while 
maintained  in  this  jiosilion  by  the  ro])e,  the  gunner 
and  Xos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  remove  the  bolts  anil  cap- 
squares,  as  in  Xo.  3S3. 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  lo' 

Nos.  o  and  4,  facing  to  the  front,  embar  under  the 
breech  of  the  mortar  in  order  to  hold  it  in  its  vertical 
position.  Nos.  1  and  2  take  their  handspikes  from  the 
bore.  The  gunner  places  the  middle  of  the  rope 
around  the  front  jiart  of  the  mortar,  close  under  tlie 
muzzle-band. 

Heave  and  haul. 

388.  A  smart  pull  u]ion  the  rope,  aided  by  a  heave 
at  the  handspikes,  pitches  the  mortar  to  the  rear, 
where  it  aliglits  upon  the  muzzle.  The  cap-squares 
are  then  replaced. 


l.')2  MECHANICAL    MASCEUVRES.  [PART  II. 


Lesson   XXN'II. 

To  mount  a  siege  mortar  upon  the  mortar-wagon. 
To  dismount  the  mortar. 


Plates  XXVII,  XXVIII  and  XXIX. 


389.  The  implements  necessary  are: 

2  Long  rollers. 

1  Block. 

2  Half  blocks. 

2    QUAIITKR    blocks. 
(i    WUKKL-CHOCKS. 
4    RoLLKR-CIIOCKS. 

1  Trace-rope. 

2  Wi.NDLASs-iiANDSPiKKs.     Attached  to  tlu'  wa-^on. 

To  mount  a  siege  mortar  upon  the  mortar-wagon. 

.'5'.)0.  Tli(>  mortar  is  upon  its  bed,  wliich  is  ujx)!!  the 
^n-oundj  the  trail  of  tlie  inortar-wa«f()n,  its  stakes  and 
holster  removed,  is  two  yju'ds  in  roar  of  tlu'  middle 
transom. 

.■)!•!.  The  instructor  having  caused  a  long  roller  to 
he  placed  under  the  bed,  as  in  No.  304  and  following, 
commandH: 

IJl  N     VV    TMi;    \VA<iON ITkAVK. 

Nos.  5  and  G  enibar  under  the  stock,  and  assisted  by 
Nos.  7,  8, 1)  and  10,  run  up  the  wagon  until  the  middle 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    IIANDSl'IKE.  153 

of  the  trail  touches  the  middle  of  the  long  roller.    No8. 

0  and  4  clioek  the  wheels  front  and  rear.  So.  4  stands 
ready  with  a  long  roller. 

Rig  the  windlass — Heave. 

392.  Nos.  1  and  2  go  to  the  rear  of  the  wagon  and 
attach  the  middle  of  the  rope  to  the  windlass;  they  arc 
assisted  by  Xo.s.  7,  f^,  9  and  10.  The  gunner  attaches 
the  rope  to  the  rear  nian(euvring-l)olts.  Nos.  5  and  (i 
embar  under  the  front  nianceuvring-bolts. 

Nos.  1,  2,  7  and  S  heave  ujion  the  windlass,  and  Nos. 
9  and  10  press  against  the  rope  with  the  handspikes 
of  Nos.  1  and  2,  to  prevent  its  turns  spreading  too 
much  upon  the  roller.  Nos.  5  and  0  urge  the  mortar 
up  until  it  is  ascending  the  stock;  the}'  then  place  the 
butt  ends  of  their  handsjiikes  upon  the  stock,  bevelled 
sides  down,  just  below  the  lower  roller,  and  follow  up 
the  movement.  Nos.  3  and  4,  aided  by  Nos.  5  and  0 
with  their  handspikes,  shift  the  rollers,  and  chock 
them  whenever  necessary. 

When  the  rear  ends  of  the  checks  have  arrived  u]ion 
the  body  of  the  wagon,  the  lower  roller,  on  becoming 
disengaged,  is  taken  away  b}'  No.  4,  and  the  mortar  is 
drawn  up  on  one  roller,  until  the  rear  ends  of  the 
checks  touch  the  rear  cross-bar  plate* — Nos.  9  and  10 
holding  their  handspikes  under  the  rear  man<euvring- 
bolts,  in  order  to  ease  the  bed  when  it  cants  to  the  rear. 
Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  roller  front  and  rear.  Nos.  1 
and  2  chock  the  windlaf^^  b}'  allowing  the  handspike 
in  the  upper  mortice  to  rest  against  the  mortar. 

Limber  up. 

393.  Exccnted  as  in  No.  312  and  following;  Nos.  1, 
2,  7  and  ><  bearing  down  ujion  the  hands]»ikes  of  Nos. 

1  and  2,  inserted  between  the  windlass  and  the  rear 
cross-bar,  being  careful  to  diminish  their  efforts  i^i  pro- 
portion as  the  Hlock  is  raised. 


154  MECnANirAI,    MANCFAVRES.  [i'ART  II. 

Stow  the  m<»rtar. 

304.  Nos.  1  and  2  cast  off  the  rojio  from  the  wind- 
lass. Nos.  7  and  8  take  it  to  tlio  iVont,  beiii^  assisted 
to  haul  upon  it  byNos.  *J  and  10.  Nos.  1  anil  2  einhar 
under  the  rear  manivuvring-bolts.  Nos.  8  and  4  take 
the  chocks  from  the  roller.  No.s.  5  and  G  stand  ready 
with  their  hands])ikes  to  case  the  bed  when  it  cants 
to  the  front. 

IIkavk  ami   maul. 

395.  The  mortar  is  drawn  forward  until  it  cants. 
Nos.  3  and  4  give  each  a  half  block  and  wheel-chock 
to  the  gunner,  wiio  ]ilaces  them  as  fulcrums  on  the 
rear  of  the  wagon.  Nos.  1,  2,  7  and  S,  by  rejieated 
purchases,  lower  the  bed  upon  the  wagon. 

396.  If  the  mortar  is  to  travel,  the  Itcd  is  tii-nily 
chocked.  The  blocks,  rollers,  hainlsjjikes,  i-tc.  are 
stowed  on  the  wagon,  and  well  lashed  to  their  places. 

Jh'7narks. 

307.  Should  the  mortar  take  a  diagonal  direction 
upon  the  stock, .it  can  be  gradually  righted  by  giving 
a  counter-diagonal  direction  to  one  of  the  rollers. 

When  the  lower  roller  reaches  the  nuts  of  the 
lunette-]>late,  it  is  relieved  by  shifting  the  n])per 
roller.  Nos.  3  and  4  are  assisted  in  this  oi)eration  by 
Nos.  5  and  (1.  who  eniliar  under  the  rear  of  the  cheeks. 

To  dis7noun(  t/tc  mortar. 

398.  The  instructor  commands: 

Place  a  long  roller — JIea\  i;. 

Nos.  3  and  4  tiirnish  the  gunner  with  two  half 
blocks  and  2  wheel-chocks,  which  he  adjusts  as  ful- 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  155 

crum.s  on  the  roai*  of  the  wagon  ;  they  then  chock  tho 
wheels  front  and  roar  and  stand  read}'  to  place  a  long 
roller  brought  up  by  Nt).  4. 

Nos.  1,  2,  7  and  8  raise  the  bed,  and  tlie  roller  is  run 
under  it  until  its  vertical  diameter  is  in  a  line  with 
the  vertical  diameter  of  tlie  trunnions. 


Era  THE  WINDLASS — Heave. 

809.  Nos.  1  and  2,  assisted  by  Nos.  7,  8,  9  and  10, 
Avind  the  rope  upon  the  roller  of  the  windlass,  and 
the  gunner  attaches  its  ends  by  an  anchor-knot  to  the 
rear  manoiuvring-bolts. 

The  mortar  is  drawn  to  the  rear  until  the  cheeks 
touch  the  rear  cross-bar  plate.  Nos.  7  and  8  embar, 
with  the  handspikes  of  Nos.  1  and  2,  under  the  rear 
manoeuvring-bolts,  to  case  the  bed  when  it  cants  to  the 
rear.  Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  roller  front  and  rear. 
Nos.  1  and  2  secure  the  windlass  bj^  allowing  the  hand- 
spike of  the  upper  mortice  to  rest  against  the  mortar. 

Unlimber. 

400.  Executed  as  in  No.  314  and  following.  The 
stock  is  carefully"  raised  to  free  it  from  the  pintle,  and 
then  lowered,  without  a  shock,  to  the  ground.  Nos. 
1  and  2  insert  their  handspikes  between  the  windlass 
and  the  rear  of  the  wagon,  and  are  assisted  by  Nos.  7 
and  8  to  bear  down  upon  them.  Nos.  3  and  4  place  the 
half  blocks  and  quarter  blocks  at  the  end  of  the  stock 
to  receive  the  lower  roller,  and  then  unchock  the  roller. 

Ease  away. 

• 

401.  Nos.  1  and  2  allow  the  rope  to  unwind.  Nos. 
5  and  0  place  their  bands]»ikes  as  in  mounting  the 
niorlar.  Nos.  3  and  4  shift  the  rollers  until  the  mor- 
tar finally  rests  on  one  roller  upon  the  half  blocks. 


156  .mkchanical  man^ivres.  [i'aut  ii. 

Back  thk  wa(H)N 

402.  No8.  3  and  4  uiuhock  the  wheels.  Xos,  1  ajid 
2  and  the  gunner  take  off  the  rope.  The  wagon  is 
run  hack,  as  in  No.  301. 

The  h)ng  rolkr  is  ihen  removed,  as  in  I^esson  XX. 
The  gunner  rephices  the  bolster. 


:p±a3-f.    ^7 


'ni  ^  ftf^ntmU.  Charlfstttm  J  C 


Vl.M  rz"   ^S 


:  y  /;'  BPnth  :  ^Jtrl,  <fr. 


'  iT'  r'^lrrff  ('*«»■<".,»&»   f  /" 


PLueiTE  ;•« 


TrwnmJ  a  Sjrge  JJaytTMr  rijirm.tJi^  Mfn'far  TViyam 


-Fur  J 


Ti/f  2 


bnrf  /rr  AfnrnrTt,n-T~r77^" ^j// 


%P  SPiZH:  fjf^ij.. 


^fr-r^t ^t^m»'M,fJu,rfft^rm„'i  r 


V 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THK    HANDSPIKE.  157 


Lesson  XXVI II. 

To  7nount  a  gun  upon  the  mortar-warjon. 
To  dismount  the  gun. 

To  moxint  a  hoxcitzer  upon  the  mortar-wagon. 
To  dismount  the  howitzer. 


Plates    XXX   and    XXXI. 


403.  The  implements  necensary  are  : 

2  Long  rollers. 
1  Short  roller. 

1  Half  roller. 
10  Blocks. 

3  Half  blocks. 

4  Gun-chocks. 

G    WHEEL-CHf)CKS. 
4    KoLLER-CHOCKS. 

2  Skids. 

1  Trace-rope. 

2  Windlass-handspikes.     Attached  to  the  wagon. 

To  mount  a  gun  upon  the.  mortar-wagon. 

404.  Tlic  piece  is  on  two  blocks  :  one  under  the  front 
of  the  trunnions,  tlie  other  about  a  loot  in  rear  of  tlie 
riinliasos;  the  wagon,  unlimbered,  its  stakes  removed, 
is  in  the  jiroiongation  of  the  axis  of  the  ]>iece,  itH  trail 
on  the  ground,  about  two  yards  from  the  knob  of  the 
eancable. 


158  MECHANICAL    MANOiUVRES.  [PART  II. 

405.  Tho  instructor  commands  : 

Kaisk  the  fiiASK — IIkavk. 

No.  2  inserts  the  butt  of  liis  han(ls])ike  in  llie  hore, 
and  is  assisted  hy  No.  1.  No.  G  crosses  his  liandspikc 
nnder  tliat  of  No.  2,  near  tlie  muzzle,  and  is  assisted 
by  Nos.  ;').  {)  and  10.  No.  8  crosses  the  handspike  of 
No.  4  under  tiwit  of  No.  2,  eighteen  inciies  from  the 
muzzle,  and  is  assisted  by  No.  7.  Nos.  3  anil  4  ]daco 
the  skids  ))aralK'l  to  the  axis  of  the  piece,  their  midille 
opposite  to  the  trunnions. 

The  chase  is  raised.  No.  3  removes  the  front  block, 
and  assists  No.  4  to  place  a  long  roller  under  the  rein- 
force, just  in  front  of  the  trunnions;  they  chock  it 
front  and  rear. 

J.,()WKR    THK    CHASK — IIk.WK. 

406.  Tho  men  at  the  handspikes  bear  down  tho 
chase.  No.  3  removes  the  rear  olock,  and  assists  No. 
4  to  place  the  long  roller  under  the  reinforce,  al)Out 
five  inches  in  rear  of  the  trunnions;  tliey  chock  it  in 
rear. 

Raisk  tiik  chase — He.we. 

407.  The  men  at  the  handspikes  raise  the  chase. 
No.  4  removes  tho  front  roller,  and  the  muzzle  is 
lowered  to  the  ground. 

Run  up  tiii:  wacon — Heave. 

408.  The  wagon  is  run  forward,  as  in  No.  301,  the 
stock  under  the  breech,  until  the  breech  rests  upon  a 
long  roller  ])laced  by  Nos.  4  and  3  on  the  stock  in  rear 
of  the  lunette-plate  bolts.  Nos.  3.  and  4  chock  tho 
wheels  front  and  rear. 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  159 

Ria  THE  WINDLASS— Heave. 

409.  Nos.  1  and  2  c;o  to  the  rear  of  the  wat^on,  and 
attach  the  middle  of  the  rope  to  the  windlass.  The 
<:;unncr  passes  its  ends  over  and  under  the  trunnions, 
the  standing  part  innermost,  and  ties  them  hy  a  right- 
knot  on  the  top  of  the  ]iiece  ;  lie  then  forms  a  loop  of 
the  ends  of  the  rope,  inserting  in  it  the  hands]iike 
of  No.  4,  in  order  to  steady  the  pieee,  and  places  the 
short  roller  on  the  ground  under  the  chase. 

Nos.  1,  2,  7  and  8  heave  upon  the  windlass,  and  Nos. 
0  and  10  press  against  the  rope  with  the  handspikes  of 
Nos.  1  and  2,  to  prevent  its  turns  spreading  too  much 
upon  the  roller.  Nos.  3  and  4  attend  to  the  long 
roller.  Nos.  5  and  0  follow  the  upper  roller  with  the 
butts  of  their  hands]>ikes,  ready  to  chock  it. 

The  lower  roller,  on  becoming  disengaged,  is  re- 
moved by  No.  4.  When  the  breech  is  drawn  against 
the  breech-hurter,  the  windlass  is  secured  by  allowing 
the  handspike  in  the  upper  mortice  to  rest  against  the 
knob  of  the  cascable.  Nos.  3  and  4  chock  the  roller 
front  and  rear.        . 

Raise  the  stock  on  four  blocks  and  a  half 
BLOCK — Heave. 

410.  Nos.  3  and  4,  assisted  by  Nos.  5  and  6,  remove 
the  skids,  and  form  a  scaifold  of  a  block  and  a  half 
block  on  each  side  in  front  of  the  muzzle,  their  inner 
ends  even  with  the  stock,  and  place  upon  it  a  half 
roller  to  serve  as  a  fulcrum.  Nos.  1  and  2  embar  upon 
this  half  roller  under  the  swell  of  the  muzzle,  inclining 
the  small  ends  of  their  liandspikes  outward,  and  are 
assisted  by  Nos.  7  and  0,  and  H  and  10  respectivcl.y, 
Nos.  7  and  8  on  the  outside  of  the  handspikes.  Nos.  5 
and  ()  bear  down  uj)on  the  end  of  the  stock  with  the 
butts  of  their  handsj)ikes. 

The  muzzle  is  raised.  Nos.  3  and  4  remove  the  long 
roller.  Nos.  5  and  G  embar  under  the  trail  por])en- 
dicularly  to  the  stock,  in  order  to  assist  the  men  at  the 


inO  MECnANICAL    MANOEUVRES.  [PAUT  IT. 

niuzzle.  Nos.  3  and  4  jilaco  a  scaltold  of  two  blocks 
.Mini  a  liaW  block  under  and  j)i<rpendit'iilar  to  the  stock, 
near  the  front  cro.ss-picce. 

The  men  at  the  handspikes  then  take  anotlicr  pur- 
chase under  the  end  of  the  stock,  assisted,  as  before, 
liy  Nos.  r>  and  0,  while  Nos.  3  and  4  move  forward  the 
rear  scaffold  until  it  rests  just  Itehind  the  mancciivrinir- 
stajih's. 

|{y  i^raduall}' raisin<;  the  fi->>nt  scaffold. aixl  rcjieatini; 
the  purchases,  tiie  stock  is  i-aisc<l  until  the  rear  scaffold 
consists  of  four  blocks  and  a  half  block. 

Run    Ul'    TIIK    LIMIIKU. 

411.  Nos.  .')  and  4  remove  the  front  scaffold.  The 
i^unnei-  and  Nos.  7,  8,  0  and  10  back  the  limber,  and 
raise  the  polo.  Nos.  8  and  4  guide  the  pintle  into  the 
lunette.  No.  (J  inserts  the  butt  of  his  handspike 
between  the  fork  and  the  stock  in  rear  of  the  pintle. 
Nos.  7,  >*,  0  and  10  bear  down  the  \h)\o.  Nos.  Ji  and  4 
remove  the  rear  scaffold.     No.   8  hooks  the  lashinir- 


ciiain. 


To    YOUR    POSTS. 


412.  Nos.  1  an<l  "_'  and  the  i^unner  cast  off  the  ropo. 
Nos.  '•>  and  4  unchock  the  wheels  and  put  in  the  stakes. 
The  implements  are  rej)lacetl,  and  all  resume  their 
posts. 

To  (lisiiu)utd  the  (J tin. 
■\]'l.  TIk'  iiisti-uctor  commands  : 

lll(i    TIIK    WIM»I, .\SS. 

Nos.  H  and  4  remove  the  stakes.  Nos.  1  and  2 
attach  the  I'ope  b}'  its  middle  to  the  windlass,  and  take 
as  many  turns  (about  five)  around  the  roller  as  will 
allow  the  piece  to  descend.  The  <;unner  passes  the 
ends  of  the  rope  over  and  under  I  lie  I  run  n  ions,  and  1  ies 


ART.  III.]  AVITTI    THE    ITANDSPIKE.  161 

them  by  a  ritjlit-knot  on  top  of  the  piece,  tlic  standing 
part  oftlie  rojje  beinii;  innermost;  he  then  forms  a  loop 
of  the  ends  of  the  ro])e  to  receive  a  han(ls])ike  lor 
steadyini;-  the  ])iece.  No.  1  secures  tlie  windlass  l)y 
inserting  a  iiandspike  in  the  upper  mortice,  and  allow- 
ing it  to  rest  against  the  knob  of  the  cascable. 

Unlimber. 

414.  No.  3  unhooks  Ihc  lashing-chain.  Nos.  8  and 
4  chock  the  wheels  front  and  rear,  and  jilace  a  scaffold 
of  four  blocks  under  the  stock  close  in  rear  of  the  ma- 
noeuvring-staples.  The  gunner  and  Nos.  7,  ^,  9  and  10 
go  to  the  pole,  and  raise  it  sufficiently  to  enable  No.  6  to 
insert  the  butt  of  his  handsjiike  between  the  fork  and 
the  stock  in  rear  of  the  pintle.  The  pole  is  then  borne 
down,  and  No.  4  jilaces  a  half  block  on  toj)  of  the  scaf- 
fold, when  the  pole  is  raised  and  the  limber  drawn  out. 

Nos.  o  and  4  form  a  scafl'old  of  three  blocks  and  a 
half  block  on  each  side.  ]>arallel  to  the  axis  of  the  piece 
in  front  of  the  muzzle,  and  ])lacc  the  half  roller  on  top 
of  it.  Nos.  1  and  *2,  assisted  by  Nos.  7,  8,  9  and  10, 
embar  upon  the  half  roller  under  the  end  of  the  stock, 
and  raise  it.  No.  4  removes  the  half  block  from  tlie 
rear  scaffold,  and,  assisted  by  No.  3,  moves  forward 
the  scaffold  under  the  bolster. 

By  gradually  lowering  the  front  scaffold,  and  repeat- 
ing the  purchases,  the  trail  is  lowered  until  it  rests 
ujion  one  block.  Tlie  men  at  the  handspikes  then 
embar  unrler  the  swell  of  the  muzzle.  No.  4  removes 
the  block,  and,  assisted  by  No.  3,  places  a  long  roller 
under  the  reinforce  just  in  front  of  the  trunnions. 

Place  the  skids. 

415.  Nos.  3  and  4  remove  the  front  scaffold,  and 
place  the  skids,  one  on  each  side  of  the  stock,  and 
]»arallel  to  its  direction,  their  inner  ends  opposite  to 
the  bolster. 


162  MKCIIANirAI.    MANlKUVRF.S.  [PAUT  11. 

Eask  away. 

410.  No8.  1  and  2,  assisted  by  Xos.  7  and  S.  allow 
the  piece  to  desceiid,  and  Nos.  :{  and  4  receive  the 
chase  on  a  loni;  roller  at  a  point  ahoiit  two  teetin  rear 
of  the  chase-rint:.  The  piece  is  lowered  until  it  rests 
Ti])on  this  roller  on  the  skids.  Xos.  4  and  -i  |)lace  the 
liair  roller  under  the  reinforce,  about  a  foot  in  roar  of 
the  trunnions. 

Back  tiik  wauon. 

417.  Nos.  '.)  and  4  unchocU  the  wheels.  Nos.  1  and 
2  an<l  tlie  t^unncr  cast  otV  the  rope,  and  the  wai;"n  is 
run  liacU,  as  in  No.  ^JiH.  Hy  alternately  raising  and 
lowering  the  chase,  the  piece  is  j)laced  upon  two  blocks. 

To    YOUR    POSTS. 

41S.  The  stakes  are  ])Ut  in,  the  iinplenients  replaced, 
and  all  resume  their  j)osts. 

To  mount  a  hoxtitzcr  upon  the  wortiir-tnujon. 
Executed  as  for  the  gun. 

4 lit.  To  limber.  Pass  two  handspikes  across  and 
under  the  trail,  to  which  appl}'  eight  men,  two  at  each 
end  of  each  handspike,  liaise  the  trail  and  limber 
the  wagon. 

420.  To  remove  the  lomj  roller.  Knibar  with  two 
handspikes  under  the  muz/le,  each  on  a  hilcruni 
fornu'd  with  one  half  block  and  a  wheel-chock,  liaise 
the  piece,  and  run  the  roller  close  to  the  mu/./.le.  Take 
a  second  purchase  on  tlu'  wheel-choc-ks  as  fulcrums. 
Kaise  the  muzzle,  withdraw  the  rollci*,  and  lower  the 
piece  to  its  j)lace  on  the  wagon. 


PZAT/t!  30 


% 

I 
••5 


^ 


rhPMJiu^h,  c*-f7f>  tipi 


Fvans  j-  Cr^irrrm^/.  fAxr&gHmJC 


PLAT^  .-<•/ 


7MMT,tl  /V»»*?  f*>^riuii^^,' r 


ART.  Ill]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  163 

To  dismount  the  howitzer. 

Executed  as  for  the  gun. 

To  unlimber  and  to  place  the  long  roller  arc  executed 
in  the  reverse  manner  to  that  prescribed  in  Nos.  419 
and  420. 

Remark. 

421.  The  gun  can  be  placed  ujion  the  mortar-wagon 
without  using  the  windhvss,  in  tlic  following  manner: 

The  wagon,  unlimbercd,  its  stakes  removed,  is  in 
the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  piece,  its  trail  on 
the  ground,  about  two  yards  from  the  knob  of  the  cas- 
cable. 

Raise  the  gun  as  in  Xo.  362  and  following,  until  it 
is  on  a  scaffold  of  one  half  block,  three  blocks,  and  a 
half  block  on  each  skid,  and  the  half  roller  under  the 
trunnions.  Maintain  the  piece  on  this  half  roller,  and 
run  the  wagon  up  until  the  side  rails  nearly  touch  the 
scaffold. 

]?aise  the  stock  of  the  wagon  on  a  scaffold  of  four 
blocks,  placed  crosswise  under  it  just  in  rear  of  the 
staples.  Bear  down  on  the  muzzle,  and  place  a  long 
roller  on  the  wagon  just  in  rear  of  the  front  cross-bar 
plate.  Raise  the  muzzle  and  remove  the  half  rglk-r 
and  the  half  l»locks  from  its  scaffold,  and  place  a 
second  b)ng  roller  under  the  chase  at  its  junction  with 
the  reinforce.  Attach  the  rope  to  the  knob  of  the  cas- 
cable,  and  run  the  gun  back  to  its  place  on  the  wagon. 

The  rollers  arc  then  removed,  and  the  wagon  lim- 
bered, as  prescribed  in  No.  410  and  following. 


It'll  MECHANICAL    MANOCUVRES.  [PAUT  II. 


Lkkson   X  XIX. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  one  carriage  to  another. 
To  sliift  a  howitzer  from  one  carriage  to  another. 


Pi.  ATK     XXXII. 


422.  Tlio  implcnuMils  necessary  are: 

8    SlKtKT    RctLLKRS. 

G  WnKKi-ciiorKs. 

G    IJol.LKU-riKiCKS. 
1    SllIFTI.\(i-PLANK. 

1   'I'h.v(i:-1{i)Pi:. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  one  carriage  to  another. 

42.'5.  The  piece  is  unliinltered;  the  spare  carriai^o, 
liiiihered — cap-squares  taken  t>ll",  and  elevatinij-screw 
removed — is  jihiced  accurately  in  prolongation  ol'  tlio 
Ibrnier,  two  j-ards  Irom  its  trail. 

424.  The  instruetor  havini;  caused  handspikes  to  bo 
inserted  in  the  trunnion-holes,  as  in  No.  335  and  lol- 
lowinir,  commands: 

Hack  tmk  cAituiAOK. 

Nos.  7,  S,  0  and  10,  ai)i)l3'  tliemselves  t*  (lie  hind 
wheels  of  the  sj)are  carria-fc,  and  Nos.  T)  and  ti  a))ply 
themselves  to  ihe  lore  wheels.  The  •gunner  directs 
the  pole,  and  (he  carria-^e  is  hacked,  wheel  against 
wheel,  (o  (ln'  uidimhered  eaiTJage.     Nos.  3  and  4  trans- 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    IIANDSI'IKE.  165 

for  the  rear  chocks  from  the  uiilimbored  carriai^e  to  the 
front  of  the  hind  wheels  of  tlie  limbered  carriage. 


Place  the  plank   and    rollers,  and   attach  the 
Hope — JIeave  and  haul. 

425.  The  gunner  places  himself  on  the  inside  of  the 
wheels  between  the  two  carriages,  and  lowers  the  rol- 
ler on  the  stock  until  it  is  in  a  position  to  sup])ort  the 
plank,  when  he  chocks  it;  runs  the  plank,  which  is 
handed  him  by  No.  G.  under  the  chase  as  far  as  it  will 
go,  l)evelled  side  down;  places  a  roller  on  the  plank 
under  the  reinforce,  as  far  forward  as  possible,  Nos.  1, 
2,  3  and  4  depressing  the  muzzle  for  that  purpose;  at- 
taches the  rope  to  the  knol)of  the  cascable,  and  passes 
its  ends  to  Nos.  5,  6,  7,  8,  9  and  10;  places  a  third  rol- 
ler at  the  end  of  the  plank  on  the  stock  of  the  spare 
carriage,  with  a  roller-chock  in  front  of  it,  near  the 
8crew-box;  and  then  applies  himself  to  the  rope. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  i-aise  the  chase,  and  the  piece  is 
drawn  back  until  its  trunnions  are  over  the  chin-bolts 
of  the  sjiare  carriage;  they  then  depress  the  muzzle 
sufficiently  to  enable  the  gunner  to  return  the  third 
roller  to  the  end  of  the  plank.  Nos.  7  and  8  take  two 
turns  with  the  rope  around  the  manoeuvring-bolts. 


Draw  our  the  carrtage. 

426.  Nos.  3  and  4  unchock  the  wliecls  of  the  unlini- 
bercd  carriage,  and,  assisted  b}*  Nos.  1  and  2,  slightly 
raise  the  chase  to  enable  the  gunner  to  remove  the  roller 
which  is  under  it.  Nos.  0  and  10,  and  5  and  <>,  move 
the  carriage  forward  about  six  inches,  wlien  tiie  chase 
is  lowered,  the  swell  of  the  muzzle  resting  on  the  stock. 
Nos.  0  and  10,  assisted  by  Nos.  3  and  4,  draw  the  car- 
riage slowly  out,  its  trail  Iwo  yards  fi-om  tiie  muzzle, 
tiie  gunner  :ii  ili<-  same  time  removing  the  plank 


ICG  MKCllA.MCAL    MANcEUVRES.  [PART  II. 

Slack  off. 

427.  Nor.  7  and  8  slack  off  equally  and  oarofiilly 
upon  tlio  roj>o,and  ease  the  trunnions  into  their  holes. 

The  nhort  roller  is  thrn  reinovol  from  under  the 
reinforce,  as  in  No.  381  and  following. 

To  shift  a  howitzer  from  one  carriage  to  another. 

lO.Nocuted  as  for  (ho  ^un. 

liemark. 

428.  A  piece  may  he  shifted  from  one  earria«;e  to 
aiK'tlu'r  hy  jilaein^  it  as  prescrihed  in  No.  .'!71  and  fol- 
lo\vin«;.  and  then  substituting  the  new  carriage  tor  the 
old. 


J'J^TJ^   3"? 


r/fi.Hnnji,,  r'^M.Hri 


Evnnt  K/'<f^tr*tifi2y%ffriitfynt^  'l. 


ART.  III.]  AVITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  167 


Lessson  XXX. 

To  shift  a  (jun  from  the  mortar-xcagon  to  its  carriage. 
To  shift  a  gun  from  its  carriage  to  the  mortar-xcagon. 
To  shift  a  hoickzer  from  the  mortar-wagoti  to  its  carriage. 
To  shift  a  howitzer  from  its  carriage  to  the  mortar-wagon. 


42Jt.  The  implements  necessary  are: 

2  Long  rollers. 
1   Short  roller. 
1  Half  block. 
6  Wheel-chocks. 
6  Roller-chocks. 
1  Trace-rope. 

To  shift  a  gun  from  the  mortar-wagon  to  its  carriage. 

430.  The  carriage  and  wagon  are  both  limbered,  and 
the  head  of  the  cheeks  of  the  carriage  placed  two 
yards  from  the  windlass. 

4-31.  The  instructor  commands: 

Place    the    lo\(4    r(»llers    under   the   chase  and 
reinforce — Heave. 

The  gunner  places  a  half  block  and  a  wheel-chock 
on  the  end  of  the  stock  of  the  niortar-wagf)n,  or  on  the 
fork  f)f  tlie  linilier,  to  serve  as  a  fulcrum.  Nos.  1  and  2 
embarwith  the  handsj)ike  of  the  latter  under  the  muz- 
zle and  raise  the  fliase,  Son.  4  and  3  at  the  same  time 
placing  a  long  roller  under  tiie  trunnions  and  chocking 


168  MECHANICAL    MAN(EUVRE8.  [I'ART  11. 

it  front  and  roar.  Nos.  1  and  2  licar  down  the  niu/./.li\ 
and  .Nos.  4  and  .*{  place  a  second  loiiir  roller  under  the 
middle  of  the  reinforce.  The  -runner  attaches  the  ropo 
to  the  kuo])  of  the  cascalde,  and  passes  it  to  Nos.  7,  8, 
!•  and  lit. 

Hack  thk  rAiiRiAOE. 

A'A'l.  The  carriai^o  is  backed,  wheel  against  wheel, 
with  the  wa<ron.as  in  No.  424,  and  Nos.  v{  and  4  chock 
the  wheel.s  in  contact  in  front.  The  ^unnor  ])laces  the 
short  roller  on  the  head  of  the  stock  to  receive  the 
breech.  Nos.  ;{  and  4  unchock  the  Ion:;  roller  under 
the  trunnions.     The  others  repair  to  the  roi)e. 

The  ])i">ce  is  drawn  back  until  the  trunnions  are  over 
the  chin-l)olts.  Nos.  7  and  S  take  two  turns  of  the 
rope  around  the  nianceuvrinic-bolts.  Nos.  o  an<l  (•  em- 
bar  between  the  chase  and  checks,  in  onler  to  relievo 
the  wa:,^on  from  the  weii^ht  of  the  muzzle.  " 

J)llAW    OUT    THK    WAOON. 

433.  Nos.  3  and  4  transfer  the  chock.s  from  the 
wheelsof  the  mortar-wai;on  to  the  wheels  of  the  piece, 
and  the  wa^<Mi  is  drawn  out  two  yards  to  its  front,  as 
in  No.  42(;. 

Slack  off. 

434.  Nos.  1.  2,  3  and  4  lower  the  muzzle,  and  Nos. 
7  and  S  slack  (jtf  the  rope  e(]ually  and  carefully,  allow- 
iniT  the  trunnions  to  descend  into  their  holes. 

The  short  roller  is  then  removed,  as  in  No.  33 1  and 
following. 

To  shift  a  <jun  from  its  carriivjc  to   the  mortar-wagon. 

435.  Tho  carriajxe  and  wai^on  are  limliered,  and  tho 
rear  of  the  wai^on  is  placed  two  yards  ti*om  the  muzzle. 

43(i.  The  instructor  causes  tho  short  rtdler  to  l)e 
placetl  under  the  reinforce,  as  in  N«».  32G  and  follow- 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  169 

ing,  and  directs  the  gnnuor  to  attach  the  rope  to  tlic 
knob  of  the  cascable. 

jS^os.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  (>  lift  and  push  at  tlic  muzzle, 
and  the  piece  is  drawn  back  until  the  trunnions  are 
over  the  chin-bolts,  wlicn  Nos.  7  and  8  take  two  turns 
of  the  rope  around  the  nian(EUvring-bolts. 

Back  the  wauon — He.wk  and  haul. 

437.  Nos.  5  and  6  cnibar  between  the  chase  and 
cheeks  in  order  to  raise  the  muzzle,  and  the  wagon  is 
backed,  wheel  against  wheel,  with  the  carriage.     Nos-. 

3  and  4  chock  its  hind  wheels  in  front;  place  a  long 
roller  on  the  rear  part  ot  the  wagon  under  the  chase; 
chock  it  in  front;  and  stand  read^'  to  insert  the  othei' 
long  roller.  The  gunner  takes  off  the  rope,  and 
attaches  it  to  the  muzzle.  Nos.  3  and  4  unchock  the 
long  roller,  and  place  the  chocks  near  the  fi-ont  cross- 
piece  of  the  wagon.  The  piece  is  drawn  forward  until 
the  breech  is  slightl}'  in  advance  of  the  brcechdmrter. 

Remove  the  long  rollers. 

438.  The  gunner  takes  off  the  rope,  and  adjusts  a 
fulcrum  at  the  end  of  the  stock  of  the  wagon.  Nos.  1 
and  2,  by  bearing  down  the  muzzle,  enable  Nos.  3  and 

4  to  remove  one  of  the  long  rollers,  leaving  the  other 
under  the  trunnions;  they  then  embar  under  the  muz- 
zle, and  lower  it  into  the  bolster.  Nos.  4  and  3  run 
out  the  remaining  roller  by  the  front. 

Draw  out  the  carriage. 

Executed  as  in  No.  426. 

To  shift  a  hoivifzrrfrom  the  mortar-icagov  to  its  carriage. 
To  shift  a  howitzer  from  its  carriage  to  the  mortar-wagon. 

Both  executed  as  for  the  gun.  When  the  wagon 
and  carriage  are  brought  together,  their  hind  wheels 
ovcrlaji  each  other,  so  as  to  i»ring  the  head  of  the  stock 
as  near  as  possible  to  to  the  rear  of  the  wagon. 

i<; 


170  MKCHAMCAI,    MAMKl  VKKS.  [I'AKT   11. 


Lesson  XXXI. 

To  change  or  to  (jrrasr  a  trhccl. 

To  dismount  a  carriagr  and  its  limber. 

To  remount  the  carriage  and  its  lijnber. 

To  dismou7it  the  mortar-xcagon. 

To  remount  the  tnortar-n-agon. 


I>  I.  A  T  K       X  X  X   I   I   I 


439.  The  implcmcntH  neccRsary  are: 

0   Blocks. 

2  Half  hlocks. 

(>    WllEKL-CIIOCKS. 

To  change  or  to  grease  a  wheel. 

440.  Tlie  ]»icco  may  be  cither  limbered  or  unlim- 
bered.  The  spare  wlieel  is  lying  u)>oii  the  ixround, 
near  llie  wlieel  to  be  ehangeil. 

•in.   The  iiistruetor  coininamls  : 

ClIANOK    Tin;    lUtillT    III.NK    WIlKKI,. 

Tin-  jMtU'  is  moved  to  tlie  h-lt,  and  No.  8  ehoeks  tho 
hdl  hind  wlieel  IVont  and  rear.  The  ^^iinner  beiiiij  fiir- 
nislied  Ity  Nos.  .'5  and  4  eaeh  with  one  block,  one  hali' 
block,  and  a  wheel  ehoek,  lays  the  half  blocks  on  liio 
gi'oimd,  end  to  end,  under  the  ri<fht  ot  the  axle-body, 
j)eri)endieiilarly  to  the  direction  ol'  tho.  axle-treo ; 
jilaccs  a  bhjck  uitriLjht  upon  each  of  the  half  blocks; 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  171 

and  upon  the  upriglit  blocks,  wheel-chocks  to  serve  as 
fulcrunis.  Nos.  2  and  G,  asH^itcd  by  Nos.  1  and  5 
respectively,  embar  upon  these  fulcrums  under  the 
axle-tree. 

Heave. 

442.  The  -wheel  is  raised  from  the  ground.  Nos.  3 
and  4,  facing  each  other.  a]>])ly  themselves  to  it,  lift  it 
oft',  and  roll  it  out  of  the  way;  raise  the  spare  wheel, 
apply  themselves  to  it  in  the  same  manner,  and  lift  it 
on. 

Remarks. 

443.  When  the  piece  is  unlinibcred,  a  wheel  ma}'  be 
changed  by  using  the  trail  as  a  lever,  in  the  following 
manner : 

To  change  the  right  icheel.  No.  4  chocks  the  left 
wheel  front  and  rear.  No.  3  removes  the  linch-pin 
and  washer.  The  trail  is  raised  as  in  Iiml)ering,  and 
the  gunner  places  a  jirop  about  thirty  inches  in  length 
under  the  right  cheek  close  in  rear  of  the  axle-tree. 

y>\  bearing  down  the  trail,  tiie  right  wheel  is  raised 
from  the  ground,  when  it  may  be  changed  or  greased 
by  Nos.  3  and  4. 

444.  In  travelling,  the  wheels  should  be  greased  at 
least  once  in  two  days. 

To  dismount  a  carriage  and  its  limber. 

445.  The  carriage  is  without  its  ])iece,  and  unlim- 
berc<l,  and  the  rear  of  the  limber  placed  two  }ards 
from  the  trail. 

440.  The  instructor  commands  : 

DiSMOU.NT    THE    f  ARRI.\(}E    AND    ITS    LIMRER. 

Nos.  3  and  4*  chock  the  wheels  front  and  rear;  fur- 
nisli  ihc  gunner  each  with  a  block;  remove  the  linch- 


17-*  MKCHANICAL    MAN(F,rVRK8.  [PART  II. 

jtins  uimI  wjihlieiK  ;  aiid.  aKsistod  l»y  Nom.  A  uixl  (».  ])l:u'o 
oacli  a  scallold  dl"  t\V(t  Wocks  uiuIit  and  juTiu'iidicular 
to  the  axlo-treo,  midway  between  its  middle  and  the 

wheels. 

IJaisk  tiik  tkaii.. 

447.  Nos.  1  and  2  oinltar  throus^h  the  wheels  under 
the  elieeks.  Nos.  7,  S,  '.•  and  1<>  iipj^lv  themselves  l»y 
hand  to  the  stock.     The  trail  is  raised. 

Tlie  Ljuniu'r  lays  one  hh)ek  njion  the  j^roiind,  K'ni^th- 
wise  under  the  sloeic  ;  ]»hices  the  other  hh)ek  upriifht 
ujion  it;  and  upon  the  ujiri^ht  hloek  a  wlieel-ehut-k 
jierjK'ndicuiarl}-  to  the  direction  of  the  stock,  and 
twenty  inclies  in  rear  of  the  axle-tree.  In  order  to 
steady  the  carrini^c,  Nos.  1  and  '1,  facini;  to  the  rear, 
embar  under  the  axle-treo  and  a<^ainst  the  clieeks,  the 
butts  of  their  handspikes  on  the  ground. 

LoWKH    Tin:    THAir.    A.M»    TAKK    <»FF    TIIK    WUKKLS. 


44H.  The  trail  bein<;  borno  down,  the  wheels  are 
raised  free  from  the  i^round.  Nos.  :{  and  o,  and  4  and 
G,  apiiiy  themselves  to  the  wheels. 

IIlCAVK. 

449.  Actin;^  to-^ether,  they  lift  them  hoth  otV  at  the 
same  time  and  let  them  fall  outward  uj)on  the  ground. 

irVISE    Tin:    TKAIh. 

400.  The  trail  is  raiseil  until  the  axle-tree  rests  unon 
the  scaffolds  which  are  under  it.  The  gunner  then 
lays  two  blocks,  one  on  top  of  the  other,  under  and 
j)erpendicular  to  the  stock  at  the  rear  ends  of  the 
cheeks,  and  jilaces  the  whei'l-chock  on  them. 


ART.   III.]  WITH    TIIK    11AN1)8PIKK.  173 


Lower  tiik  -pcait,. 

451.  As  the  trail  is  lowered,  Nos.  3  and  4  remove 
the  bh^cks  from  under  the  axle-tree. 

Eaise  the  trail. 

452.  Nos.  1  and  2  ease  the  head  of  the  cheeks  upon 
the  ground,  and  the  gunner  removes  Ijis  two  blocks. 

Lower  the  trail. 

453.  The  trail  is  lowered  to  the  ground,  and  Nos.  3 
and  4  replace  the  linch-pins  and  washers. 

To  the  limber. 

454.  Nos.  3  and  4  remove  the  linch-pins  and  washers 
from  the  limber-wheels.  Nos.  1  and  2  run  their  hand- 
spikes between  the  sweep-bar  and  the  axle-tree,  and 
rest  tlie  butt  ends  upon  the  splinter-bar;  they  arc 
assisted  to  lift  by  Nos.  7  and  8.  Nos.  3  and  5,  and  4 
and  6  apply  themselves  to  the  wheels. 

Heave. 

455.  Nos.  1,  2,  7  and  8  lift  the  limber,  and  at  the 
same  time  Nos  .3  and  5  and  4  and  G  lifl  off  ihe  wheels 
and  allow  them  to  fall  outward  to  the  ground.  The 
limber  is  lowered,  and  Nos.  3  and  4  replace  the  linch- 
pins and  washers. 

To    YOUR   POSTS. 

450.  All  resume  their  jiosts  at  the  stock  of  the  car- 
riage, and  replace  the  implemente. 


17  4  MKCHANICAL    MAN<EUVRK8.  [fART  II. 

To  rnnount  the  carriage  and  its  limber. 

\'u.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Mount  the  carriacjk  am>  i.imukr. 

Nor.  H  and  4  v.u-h  furnish  the  jjunnt-r  with  a  block  ; 
remove  the  iinc-ii-pins  and  washers;  and  phiee  chocks 
nearly  in  the  jiosition  which  (hey  will  occupy  when 
the  wlieds  are  on.  Nos.  1  and  2  stand  ready  to  steady 
the  carriai:;e  hy  emharriiiic  inuier  tlie  iVont  of  the  axle- 
tree.  Nos.  0,  10,  7,  8,  5  and  0  apjdy  tliemsclvcs  by 
hand  to  the  stock. 

Eaisk  tmk  trail. 

•l.'tS.  The  trail  is  raised,  and  the  <^unni'r  forms  a 
scaffold  of  his  two  blocks  under  and  j)erpendicular  to 
the  stock  at  the  ends  of  the  cheeks,  and  places  a  chock 
upon  it.  Nos.  3  and  4  each  take  a  block,  and  repair  to 
the  front  of  the  axle-tree. 

Ji(»WKU    TIIK    TRAIL. 

45U.  The  trail  is  horiu'  down.  Nos.  5  and  (1  each 
^ive  a  block  lo  Nos.  '.i  ami  4  respectively,  and  Nos.  3 
and  4  lorm  two  scalU)lds  of  blocks  uiuK-r  the  axU'-tree. 

HaISK    TIIK    TRAIL. 

400.  Nos.  5  and  (I  assist  to  raise  the  trail.  The  gun- 
ner shifts  his  two  blocks;  lays  one  upon  the  i^roiiml  ; 
sets  the  other  uj)ri^ht  ujjon  it;  and  upon  the  upriijht 
block  ])laces  the  chock,  twenty  inches  in  rear  of  the 
axU'-tree. 

l.oWKR    TIIK     IKAIL    ANU    ITT    O.N    TIIK    WIIKEL8. 

4<il.  Thi"  trail  is  boi-iK-  down.  Nos.  3  and  ;">.  and  4 
and  (>  raise  the  wheels,  and  briiii:;  tliem  near  the  ends 
of  the  axle-tree. 


art.  iii.]  with  the  handspike.  175 

Heave. 

462.  The  Avhccls  arc  put  on  at  tlio  same  moment. 
Nos.  3  and  4  tighten  the  chocks,  and  replace  the  linch- 
pins and  washers. 

Lower  the  trail. 

463.  Nos.  1  and  2  em  bar  through  the  wheels  under 
the  cheeks.  The  gunner  removes  his  blocks,  and  the 
trail  is  lowered  to  the  ground. 

To  THE  limber. 

464.  Nos.  1  and  2  insert  their  hands])ike8  as  in  dis- 
mounting the  limber,  and  are  assisted  to  lift  bj*  Nos.  7 
and  8.  Nos.  3  and  4  remove  the  linch-pins  and  wash- 
ers, and,  assisted  by  Nos.  5  and  6,  raise  the  wheels. 

Heave. 

465.  All  act  together  and  the  limber  is  raised,  and 
the  wheels  put  on  at  the  same  time.  Nos.  3  and  4 
replace  the  linch-pins  and  washers. 

To  dismount  the  mortar-wagon. 

466.  The  instructor  commands: 

Dismount  the  wagon. 

Nos.  1  and  2  run  their  handspikes  under  the  Avind- 
lass  and  over  the  axle-tree,  and  are  assisted  to  lift  b^' 
Nos.  7,  X,  0  and  10.  Nos.  3  and  5,  and  4  and  6,  apply 
themselves  to  the  wheels. 

Heave. 

467.  All  act  together,  and  the  wheels  are  lifted  off 
and  allowed  to  fall  outward,  when  the  body  of  tho 
wagon  is  lowered  to  the  ground. 


]~*\  MECHANICAL    MANfEUVRKS.  [PART  II. 

To  remount  the  moriar-icagon. 

Tlio  wapon  is  mounted  in  the  inverse  way  to  that 
prescribed  for  dismounting  it. 

Remark. 

4r»S.  A  carriage  may  he  (iisnidimted  or  mounted  by 
a  single  lilt,  in  the  foliowiiii;  numner  : 

The  gunner  hiys  a  hhx-iv  iimUTand  perpendi«'uh»r  to 
the  stock,  just  in  rear  of  the  axle-tree.  Xos.  1  and  2 
])as8  their  liandspiiies  uivder  the  a.xle-tree  to  Nos.  5 
and  G,  and  are  assisted  hy  Nos.  7  and  S,  and  0  ami  10. 
Nos.  8  and  4,  assisteci  b}'  the  chief  of  dotaclimont  and 
gunner,  take  oft"  or  ]>ut  on  the  wlieels. 


J'JU^TF,  .t.-i 


JJ^JfJiu.'h.  7iirf.rlrl 


^*v*njt£^^if*'^^^'"^^j^'^-''  i 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  17' 


Lesson  XXXIl. 

To  lower  a  barbette  carriage  from  its  chassis,  the  piece 

being  mounted. 
To  remount  the  barbette  carriage  upon  its  chassis. 
To  grease  the  rollers  of  a  barbette-carriage,  the  piece  being 

mounted. 
To  grease  the  forks  of  the  traverse-toheels. 


Platr    XXXIV. 


469.  The  implements  necessary  arc  : 

3  Blocks. 

2  Half  blocks. 

4  Wheel-chocks. 

2  Planks,  15  feet  long,  bevelled  at  the  ends. 
1  Field  limber,  ammunition-box  removed. 

To  lower  a  barbette  carriage  from  its  chassis,  the  piece 
being  mounted. 

470.  The  piece  in  in  battery,  and  tlic  limber  placed 
accurately  in  the  prolongation  of  its  axis,  about  six 
yards  to  the  rear. 

471.  The  instructor  commands: 

Raise  the  trail. 

Nos  3  and  4  chf>r'k  llio  rollers,  and  jilafo  car-li  a 
wheelchor-k  upon  the  rails,  near  the  man«TPUvring-sta- 


178  MKrilANIPAL    MANOCUVRES.  [PART  II. 

pies,  to  servo  as  fnlfnimp.  Nos.  ;')  aii«l  0  oml>ar  upon 
these  eliocks  under  tlie  8ta]>les.  No.  2  inserts  his 
handspike  in  the  hore,  and  is  assisted  {o  Itear  down  hy 
No.  1.     No.  4  stands  ready  with  a  block. 


IIkavk. 

472.  As  tlie  trail  is  raised.  Nos.  4  an<l  '^  ])laee  the 
block  on  the  tonj^ue,  under  and  j)er])endicular  to  tho 
transom  and  axlc-tio. 

Kkmovk    THK    TKA\  KHSK-\VMKKI,S. 

47').  The  i^unner  takes  out  tiic  pi-op.  and  then  ap- 
jdies  hitnseli'  to  the  end  of  the  tonj^ue  to  lift.  No.  2 
passes  his  hiindspike  throui^h  the  niaineuvrini;-loop, 
ami  is  assisteil  liy  Nos.  1.  7  and  S.  No.  (»  crosses  his 
handspike  under  the  tongue  near  the  rear  transom,  and 
is  assisted  !»}•  Nos.  5,  0  and  10.  All  face  to  the  front. 
Nos. 8  and  4  stand  ready  to  remove  thetraverse-wheels. 

Heave. 

47  4.  The  rear  of  the  chassis  is  raised.  Nos.  ."{  and 
4  iH'iMove  the  wheels,  and  the  ciiassis  is  gently  lowered 
upon  the  traverse-circle. 

Place  tiii:  ilanks. 

47r).  Nos.  3  and  4,  assisted  hy  Nos.  f)  and  0,  form  a 
scalVoUl  of  a  block  and  a  half  hlock  on  each  side  of  the 
carriage,  under  and  ]>er])endicular  to  the  chassis,  about 
four  inches  in  rear  of  the  niiildle  ti'ansom,  and  then 
jdace  the  planks  i-esting  on  them,  their  inner  edges 
against  the  rails  of  the  chassis,  and  their  front  ends 
about  four  inches  in  front  of  the  middle  transom, 
bevelled  sides  up 


ART.  III.]  WITH   THE    HANDSPIKE.  179 


Back  the  limber. 

476.  The  gunner  and  Nos.  7,  8,  9  and  10  back  the 
limber  up  the  ])lanks ;  raise  the  pole  to  engage  the 
pintle  in  the  lunette;  and  then  bear  down  upon  the 
pole  in  order  to  raise  the  trail.  No.  4  removes  the 
block  from  under  the  trail.      No.  3  keys  the  pintle. 

Run  down  the  piece. 

477.  Nos.  3  and  4  unchock  the  wheels.  All  apply 
themselves  by  hand,  as  in  No.  320,  and  run  the  piece 
carefully  down  the  planks  to  the  terreplein. 

To  remount  the  barbette-carriage  upon  its  chassis. 

478.  The  rear  of  the  chassis  rests  upon  the  traverse- 
circle,  and  the  piece,  limbered,  is  placed  accurately  in 
the  prolongation  of  the  tongue,  about  six  yards  to  the 
rear. 

479.  The  instructor  commands: 

Place  the  planks. 

Nos.  3  and  4,  assisted  by  Nos.  5  and  6,  place  the 
planks,  as  prescribed  in  No.  475. 

Back  the  piece. 

480.  Nos.  1  and  2  embar  through  the  wheels  near 
the  tire,  under  the  front  mana-uvring-bolts.  Nos.  3 
and  4  embar  in  a  similar  way  over  the  rear  mana'U- 
vring-boits.  Nos.  5  and  6  embar  under  the  rear  of  the 
carriage-wheels.  Nos.  7  and  8,  and  9  and  10,  apply 
themselves  by  hand  to  the  limber-wheels.  The  gunner 
directs  the  pole 


180  mkchamcal  manceuvrks.  (i'art  ii. 

IIkavk. 

4^1.  The  pieco  is  liackcd  un  the  planks  into  battery. 
NoH.  ;{  and  4  c-liOfU  the  wheels. 

iiAISK    THK    TRAII, — DrAW    ()1;t    TIIK    I.IMHKR. 

4H2.  The  /gunner  and  Xos.  7,  H,  0  and  10  bear  down 
the  pole,  while  Nos.  4  and  3  place  a  block  uiuKt  and 
]»er]iendicu!ar  to  the  transom  and  axle-tie.  The  polo 
is  then  raised  to  dison>;am'  the  pintle  IVoni  the  lunetto, 
anil  the  limber  and   jtlanks  are  removed. 

Keplace  the  tka verse-wheels. 

4S3.  Nos.  8  and  4  stand  read}'  with  the  traverse- 
wheels.  The  men  ajjply  tliemselves  to  the  rear  of  the 
chassis,  as  prescribed  in  No.  473. 

Heave. 

484.  As  the  chassis  is  raised,  Nos.  3  and  I  put  in 
the  wheels.     The  gunner  rejilaces  the  ]»ri>p. 

The  block  under  the  transom  and  axle-tie  is  removed 
by  the  means  prescribed  for  plaein;^  it  in  No.  471  and 
lbllowin<^. 

Remark. 

485.  The  iron  parts  of  carriages  which  are  Jiot 
lackered  should  always  be  ke])t  well  greased. 

To  grease  the  rollers  of  a  harlietle-earriuije,  the  piece  being 
mounted. 

4H0.  The  piece  is  run  from  batter}*,  as  in  No.  102. 
Nos.  3  and  4  I'cmovi'  the  wlu-i'ls;  ])lace  two  half  blocks 
lengthwisi-  on  the  rail  of  tlie  chassis,  one  in  front  and 
the  iitber  in  real-  <»f  tlu'  roller  to  be  greased;  and  M|)on 
them  two  wheel-ehooks  to  serve  as  fulcrums        Nos.  I 


TLAT'E  .-?■* 


^fOTt*  k  O^wif^./^htxT'h^^rmS 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKK.  181 

and  2  embar  on  these  fulcrunis,  under  the  front  and 
rear  manceuvring-bolts,  and,  assisted  by  Xos.  3  and  4, 
raise  tlie  roller  from  the  rail.  The  gunner  moves  out 
the  roller  about  six  inches;  greases  the  spindle;  and 
pushes  the  roller  back.  Nos.  1  and  2  unbar.  Nos.  3 
and  4  put  on  the  wheels. 

To  grease  the  forks  of  the  traverse-wheels. 

487.  Eaise  the  rear  of  the  chassis,  as  prescribed  in 
No.  473,  and  remove  the  nuts  of  the  fork-bolts  with  a 
Avrench. 


1^-*  MECHANICAL    MAN(EUVRES.  [PAIIT  11. 


Lesson  .\  X  X  1 1 1 . 

To  place  the  chassis  for  a  2-i-pdr.  howitzer  ><irriayc  for  a 

fi(ai/;-ca^tmatc  in  position. 
To  mount  the  howitzer. 
To  mount  the  carriage  upon  its  chassis. 
To  dismount  the  howitzer  carriage  from  its  chassis,  the 

piece  being  mounted. 
To  dismount  the  howitzer. 


4S8.  The  implements  necessary  aro: 

1  Half  uollek. 
4   Ulocks. 

2  JIalk  hlocks. 

4    (ilN-CIlOCKS. 

2  Skids. 

1  IIa.m.meii-wrench. 

'To  place  the  r/ia.s.f/.s  for  a  2A-pdr.  howitzer  carriage  for  a 
flank-casemate  in  position. 

481>.  Two  liaiidsjiiUos  are  j^issed  across  and  uiulor 
the  clia.'^sis.  one  in  rear  ol'  the  traverse-fork,  the  other 
two  leet  Irom  the  j)intle-hole.  and  lour  men,  one  at 
each  end  of  these  handspikes,  lift  the  eha.'^si.s,  and  carry 
it  to  its  plaee.  The  men  at  tlie  rear  handspike  raise 
tiiat  end  of  the  chassis.  .  Tiie  gunner  with  the  wrench 
takes  off  the  three  nuts  which  attach  the  fork  and 
removes  it,  when  the  trail  is  lowered  to  the  ground. 


ART.  Til.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  183 

To  mount  the  howitzer. 

490.  The  skids  are  laid  in  rear  and  in  prolongation 
of  the  chassi.s,  their  outer  edges  in  line  with  those  of 
the  chassis. 

The  piece  is  rolled  upon  tiiese  skids,  its  muzzle  even 
Avith  their  front  ends.  A  handspike  is  run  into  the 
bore,  to  which  four  men  a])j)ly  themselves,  and  the 
muzzle  is  raised;  the  half  rollei-  is  then  laid  across  the 
skids  under  the  junction  of  the  chase  and  reinforce. 
]?}'  alternatel}'  liearing  down  and  raising  the  muzzle, 
the  piece  is  raised  upon  the  half  roller,  on  one  block 
and  one  half  block,  laid  across  the  skids;  the  half 
roller  being  placed  three  or  four  inches  in  front  of  the 
junction  of  the  chase  and  reinforce. 

The  cap-squares  are  removed,  and  the  front  of  the 
carriage  ])laced  on  the  skids,  as  near  the  gun  as  con- 
venient, tlic  trail  resting  on  the  ground.  !Nos.  1  and  2 
bear  down  on  the  handspike  in  the  bore.  No.  0  passes 
his  handspike  under  the  cascable,  and  is  assisted  to 
lift  by  Xo.  5.  The  gunner  and  Nos.  3  and  4  run  up 
the  carriage  until  the  trunnion-holes  arc  nearly-  under 
the  trunnions.  Nos.  8  and  4  ])ut  on  the  caji-squares. 
All  then  run  the  carriage  forward  until  the  head  of 
the  cheeks  touch  the  hurter-bolts. 

To  mount  the  carriage  upon  its  chassis. 

401 .  The  gunner  bears  down  on  the  roller-handspike. 
Nos.  1  and  2.  assisted  by  No.  5.  lift  at  the  handspike 
in  the  bore,  and  raise  the  front  of  the  carriage.  The 
others  push  the  carriage  forward  until  the  rollers  in 
the  head  of  the  cheeks  ]>ass  over  Ihc  countcr-hurters, 
and  the  guide  on  the  front  transom  enters  into  the 
guide-space. 

The  gunner  boars  down  on  the  roller-handspike. 
No.  2  lays  down  the  handsjiike.  and  all  pusli  the  car- 
riage forward;  No.  0  witir  a  handspike  at  the  trail 
assisting   to   pa««    it    ov<r    the    counter-hurters,    and 


184  MKriIANirAL    MANOilUVRES.  [PART  II. 

puidini;  the  flange  of  the  roller  into  the  ijuide-spacc. 
('!"(»  pass  it  more  conveniently  over  tlie  eonnler-lnirtei*8. 
two  jiicccs  of  scantlini;.  each  alumt  three  feet  li>n<;.  tour 
hv  three  inehes,  the  ends  htvelled  on  opposite  sides, 
with  a  niortiee  on  the  lower  side  to  receive  the  eounter- 
hurler,  may  l)e  laid  on  the  rear  of  the  rails.  The  ear- 
riaite  will  roll  on  tliese  over  the  coiniter-hurters.) 

No.  0  then  jiasses  his  handsj»ike  across  the  hreech  of 
the  ])iece  under  the  knob  of  the  caseahlc.  Nos.  5  and 
(t  ]>lace  themselves  at  each  end  of  this  handspike.  Nos. 
;{  and  4  take  hold  of  the  handles.  Xos.  1  and  2  seize 
the  rin<fs  on  each  side  of  the  cheeks.  The  minner 
hears  <lown  on  the  roller-hands|)ike.  All  act  toj^ether, 
and  run  the  piece  up  the  chassis  into  battery. 

Nos.  1,  2,  5  and  (5  apjtiy  themselves  to  a  handspike 
])laced  across  and  under  the  rear  end  of  the  chassis, 
which  they  raise  and  hold  up,  while  the  i;unner, 
assisted  by  Xos.  H  and  4,  ri'})lace  the  fork  and  nuts, 
and  put  in  the  pintle. 

As  these  carriaj^es  ai-e  sent  to  the  forts  with  the 
traverse-wheels  removed  for  the  convenience  ot  trans- 
]»ortation,  the  chassis  may  bo  put  in  position,  and  the 
piece  mounted,  before  the}'  are  put  on. 

To  dismount  the  howitzer  carriarjf  from  its  chussis,  the 
piece  being  mounted. 

A\^'l.  The  pintK'  is  removed,  and  the  cni-rinLCc  run 
into  battery.  A  hands]uke  is  passed  under  the  rear 
en<l  of  the  chassis,  which  is  raised,  and  the  fork 
reuKA'cd.  as  j)rescribed  in  No.  4S1(,  when  tlu'  trail  is 
lowered  to  the  <^round,  and  the  skids  jilacetl  in  ])rolon- 
i;ation  ol'  the  chassis.  The  i^un  carriage  is  then  run 
back,  until  the  ends  of  the  cheeks  tt»uch  the  i-oiinter- 
hurters. 

The  gunner  boars  down  on  the  I'oiler-handspike,  to 
raise  tlie  trail  as  much  as  jxjjssible;  and,  assisted  by 
Nos.  8  and  4,  who  ])laco  the  bevelled  ends  of  thoir 
handspikes  under  the  outer  cd<^es  of  the  trail,  j)asses 
it  ovi'i"  the  countiT-hiirtei's  on  to  the  skids. 


ART.  III.]  WITH    THE    HANDSPIKE.  185 

When  the  fmnt  rollers  touch  the  counter-hurtcrs, 
No.  2  puts  his  iiandspike  in  the  bore.  Nos.  1  and  2, 
assisted  l\y  No.  5,  raise  the  muzzle  ^'os.  8  and  4  lift 
at  the  rings  and  push  back  the  carriage  until  the  front 
rollers  rest  on  the  skids.  The  carriage  is  then  run 
back  on  the  skids  until  the  muzzle  is  over  their  front 
ends. 

To  dismount  the  howitzer. 

4n.S.  No.  2  inserts  his  handspike  in  the  bore,  chocks 
it  below,  and  bears  down  on  the  muzzle.  No.  4  lays 
the  round  part  of  his  handspike  on  the  cheeks  under 
the  breech.  Nos.  1  and  2,  assisted  by  No.  5,  raise  the 
chase,  and  the  others  push  the  piece  forward  as  far  as 
it  can  go.  Nos.  3  and  4  lay  a  block  and  a  half  block 
across  the  skids,  touching  the  head  of  the  cheeks. 
Nos.  1  and  2  lift  at  the  muzzle,  and  No.  4  places  the 
half  roller  on  top  ;  the  piece  is  rested  on  this  half  roller. 

Nos.  1  and  2  bear  down  on  the  handspike  in  the 
bore.  Nos.  5  and  6  lift  on  that  of  No.  G.  passed  across 
and  under  the  cascable.  The  gunner  and  Nos.  8  and 
4  back  the  carriage  until  its  head  rests  on  the  rear  end 
of  the  skids,  and  the  trail  upon  the  ground.  Nos.  3 
and  4  place  a  block  and  a  half  block  across  the  skids 
under  the  breech. 

The  muzzle  is  raised,  and  the  half  block  removed 
from  under  the  half  roller.  The  muzzle  is  lowered, 
and  the  half  block  removed  from  under  the  breech. 
The  muzzle  is  again  raised,  and  the  block  removed 
from  under  the  half  roller,  which  is  now  ytlaced  under 
the  trunnions.  The  muzzle  is  borne  down,  and  the 
block  removed  from  under  the  breech,  it  being  replaced 
by  a  half  block. 

The  piece  may  now  be  slewed  in  any  direction, 
rolled  upon  blocks,  or  placed  in  any  required  position. 


ISCi  MECHANICAL    MANttMIVRKS.  [PART  H. 


AiriMciJ-:  IV 


M  A  N  (i:  U  V  H  K  S     W  1  T  II      .M  A  I   11  1  N  E  S. 


Pl.ATKS   XXXV.    XXXVI.   XXXVII,    XXXVIII^AM.   XXXIX. 


4U\.   The    MAciiiNK.s    iiMually   cniployod    in    llir   iiie- 
i-liuiiical  iiiaiKi'Uvi'c'.s  are: 


TIIK  LIFTING -JACK. 

THK  (JIN. 

TIJK  SLI.\<i-(AUT. 

THE  CASKMATK-TUICK. 


Tliese,  willi  tlie  iinjtleiiU'iitH  used  in  llie  iiieclMUiieul 
niaiKL'UvreH  for  sie<^o  pieces,  enable  the  detachment  to 
manatee  tho  heavest  pieces  of  artillery  in  all  cases 
which  the  service  ordinarily  presents. 


ART.  TV.] 


WITH    MACHINES. 


187 


'495.    Dimensions,   weights,  and   strength   of  roj^es 
used  in  the  mechanical  manoeuvres  : 


a; 


St 


rt 

to- 

Pi 

bO 

O 

a 

o 

a 

n 

en 

i)    . 

» 

it 

_  I- 

.£3 

OS 

o  a> 

o 

••I 

§5 

.2 

S 

le 

r^ 

u 

eS  — 

o 

•< 

—    s, 

°  s 

o   o 

< 

-* 

o 

00       or 

o      c 

rr 

• 

«: 

o 

IM         i- 

CC         --D        5£ 

t~ 

• 

StrcB 

(rt.Vl     ..•■••••• 

;^ 

CK 

M 

l~        1- 

c 
c- 

'^.      ;  1 

K*"" 

^^ 

^^ 

: 

0 

CC 

o 

o>      oc 

O       OO       O       i-H       -^  1 

Of  the  whole 

-- 

<fc 

t^      o 

-fl        ^        r-l        -il'        t-        rl        O   1 

JZ 

rope •••••• 

3 

5C 

M 

■*        Cs 

CO        M 

.S" 

'5 

. 

•*) 

t      -ei         •  1 

^ 

'l 

QO 

«D        C 

C£ 

o         •  1 

Of   one    fa- 

: 

thom 

.s 

s 

ir 

CO 

O        -^ 

CO       c>- 

o         • 

Leng 

fh 

c^ 

>o      o 

!0        OO         CC         00         O         O         O 

cj      M      1-      -r      M      «      © 

Girt! 

[■•••■•••••■■» 

•^ 

^     -. 

H«       H*       H«       r»» 
«o       -^       eo       «      W       r-l 

^ 

o 

■s 

s 

o 

e 

c 

c- 

t^ 

b 

c      -^ 

• 

o 

c 

c 

»^ 

CS 

s 

c 

c 

9 

D 

H 

w 

O        c 

G 

e 

tc 

b 

c      g 

£    -1 

C 
C 

c 
"      1. 

*e 

A 

c       c 

J2      ^ 

b 

0      e 

a 

c 
C 

a 

c 

b 

d 
1- 
C 

e 

V. 

f- 

< 

'•z 

188  MKCHANICAL    MAN(EUVRE8.  [PART  II. 

The  ]>n»loni;cs  ahovo  doscriltod  arc  tlioso  used  in  the 
mechanical  man<iMivrcs;.(hcy  shouUl  he  dosij^nated  hy 
tlicir  length,  in  order  to  distinguish  thorn  from  those 
used  in  field  service. 

The  .v/ce  of  a  rope  is  designated  by  its  circumference 
in  inches  ;  its  Inu/th  is  usually  expressed  in  fatlioms. 

The  utmost  strcfKjt/i  of  good  hemp  rope  is  sixtj'-four 
hundred  pounds  to  the  scjuare  inch.  The  weight  which 
it  will  bear  before  breaking  is  expressed  in  tons  by 
one-tifth  of  the  square  of  the  circumference  in  inches. 
In  practice,  a  ro])e  should  not  be  subjected  to  more 
than  one-half  tliis  strain.  It  stretches  from  one  sev- 
enth to  one-fifth;  and  its  diameter  is  diminisiied  from 
one-seventh  to  oiu'-lourth  l>efore  luvaking.  A  ditter- 
once  of  quality  in  the  hcni))  may  iiro<iuce  a  ditVcrenco 
of  ono-fourth  in  the  slivngth  of  rojjcs  of  the  same  size. 

The  strength  of  manilla  rope  is  less  than  that  of 
hemji  rope. 

The  above  table  is  calculated  for  hemp  r()])e. 

The  weight  of  manilla  rope  is  to  that  of  hemp  as 
SU  is  to  l.UUO. 


i>MA.Ti:  rjs 


^ 


^ 


T^yPrT,- 


D 
3 

s 
c 

(1 

J) 

1 
1 

. 

'=fe 


(Ss 


-J? 


/*  nsHmtl,.  ?*ytrl>J,r 


Tym_-fl„^»,a(h„rTalTi^  'f 


TiXjUTJS   .TW 


/rarr'rsoT)  &in/ 

f^m 

9 

h 

i 

\    7       ^r"/  Br-(i^t^ 

\   \         5  T'lxIleAj 

7  \\ 

/  /    ■" 

/  /    ^^ 

7    \\ 

//  ^ 

'  w 

/<a/                    ^ 

V\ 

/    /                       ^ 

7         W 

//            '\ 

U 

L    I  \  \m.  Mi 

^;                 SlKIU       ■ 

1            /^7 

^.,^-,.          \.X 

!                /   7 

^                                        ^ 

^ 

1 

LTjfjnr^^  .'^jf-f^^ 


'Kfrtft/i^  ftr^m^  CStmir^mtf^pn,  S  f 


J^Z^T/C   -.iV 


V 


/J7f.JfK...,f,  ..*Ar*,f,. 


^ttrtti  <3|^»«W7  f-lnrrtn^m.' 


:pzatb  -is 


jjlJiSJfnA,  i'Ar^  Hil 


T*mro  ^  Oi^rmil.  ChtirfM^inJ  C 


FX^TTC  39. 


MRBJhnAfZ'Arf,^ml 


Jt*'rtnn  ^  rMjm^.fitffrfiL^hm.5^ 


ART.  IV.]  TIIK    LIFTING-JACK.  189 


THE      LIFTING-JACK 


P  I.  A  T  K       XXXV. 


4'J().  This  is  a  small,  but  powerful  geared  screw, 
worked  by  two  men  turning  its  handle,  which  is  chiefly 
useful  where  the  space  to  work  in  is  confined,  or  where 
the  manoeuvring  detachment  is  reduced  to  a_  small 
number. 

The  manoeuvres  with  this  machine  are  necessarily 
slow;  but  for  a  single  lift  it  is  very  convenient,  and 
can  be  advantageously  applied  in  many  instances.  It 
is  found  highly  serviceable  in  extricating  jiieces  from 
diffiuulties  during  their  transjiortation;  and  hence, 
one  or  more  of  them  should  accompany  ever}'  battery 
of  siege  artillery. 

497.  As  the  foot  of  the  lifting-jack  cannot  raise  a 
weight  sufficiently  high  for  its  head  to  get  under  it,  a 
piece  of  scantling,  called  the  lifting-block,  is  used  to  lay 
on  the  foot.  In  applying  the  foot  of  the  jack  to  any 
weight,  this  block  may  be  laid  flat,  on  its  edge,  or  up- 
right. If  used  on  the  head  of  the  jack,  it  should  be 
laid  flat,  or  on  its  edge.  If  it  is  desired  to  lift  a  greater 
height,  blocks  should  be  placed  under  the  bed. 

408.  All  the  manneuvres  described  ma}*  be  perform.ed 
by  seven  men  :  one  gunner,  and  six  other  cannoneers. 

The  gunner  adjusts  the  jack,  and  places  the  lifting- 
block. 

Nos.  1  and  2  rarry  Jind  work  the  jack 


190  MFXIIANICAL    MAN(EUVRE8.  [PART  II. 

Nos.  3  and  4  chock  and  uncliock  the  trim,  wliools, 
etc..  and  place  and  remove  tlie  Mocks  and  lialf  rollers. 

Nos.  5  and  0  assist  to  hear  down  the  muzzle;  alter- 
nate Avith  Xos.  1  and  2  in  workintr  the  jack;  and  ai<l 
Nos.  3  and  4  to  place  ami  remove  the  hlocks  and  half 
rollers. 


ART.    IV.]  WITH    THE    LTFTING-JACK.  191 


MANOEUVRES      WITH     THE     LIFTINO-JACK. 


Lesson  XXXI V. 

A  piece  lying  on  the  groxuid,  to  iilace  blocks  under  the 

chase  and  reinforce. 
To  remove  the  blocks. 

400.  The  implements  necessary  are  : 

2  Blocks. 

6  Gun-chocks. 

1  Lifting-block. 

A  piece  lying  on  the  ground,  to  place  blocks  under  the 
chase  and  reinforce. 

500.  Pass  the  small  end  of  a  handspike  into  the 
bore,  allowing  about  eight  inches  of  the  butt  end  to 
project,  under  which  place  the  foot  of  the  jack.  Raise 
the  piece,  and  put  a  block  under  the  chase  as  far  back 
as  possible. 

Apply  the  foot  of  the  jack  under  the  swell  of  the 
muzzle,  and  move  the  block  to  the  rear  of  the  trun- 
nions, so  that  the  muzzle  will  preponderate  as  the 
screw  is  lowered;  ])lace  a  block  under  the  l>reech  ; 
raise  the  muzzle  again,  and  bring  forward  the  front 
block  to  the  desired  position. 


192  MECHANICAL    MAN<ELVRE8.  [PART  11. 

To  remove  the  blocks. 

501.  Ap])ly  the  jack  as  boforo.  Move  the  front 
Mock  in  rear  of  the  trunnions,  lower  the  muzzle,  ami 
remove  the  breedi-block  ;  raise  tlie  muzzle  witli  tiie 
Jack,  and  brini;  tlie  front  block  towani  the  neck ; 
insert  a  handspike  in  the  bore,  as  before,  an<i  api)ly 
the  foot  of  tlie  jack  un<ler  it;  raise  the  muzzle  and 
remove  the  front  block,  lettin<^  the  ^un  rest  on  the 
ground. 

Jieynark. 

502.  The  blocks  mi^ht  be  placed  and  removed,  by 
first  raising  one  end  of  the  piece  and  then  the  other; 
but  this  would  require  the  lifting-jack  to  be  moved. 


ART.  IV.]  WITH    THE    LIFTINO-J ACK.  193 


Lesson  XXXV. 

To  shift  apiece  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling  bed. 
To  shift  a  piece  from  its  travelling  bed  to  the  trunnion-holes. 


503.  The  implements  necessary  are  : 

2  Short  rollers. 
2  Half  blocks. 
4  w^heel-chocks. 
2  Roller  chocks. 
1  Trace-rope. 

To  shift  a  piece  from  the  trunnion-holes  to  its  travelling  bed. 

504.  Chock  the  wheels  of  the  carriage,  and  remove 
the  cap-squares;  bear  down  on  the  muzzle, and  remove 
the  elevating-screw,  placing  at  the  same  time  a  half 
block  against  the  box  of  the  elevating-screw. 

505.  Apply  the  jack  under  the  swell  of  the  muzzle, 
and  raise  the  chase,  placing  a  half  block  on  the  head 
of  the  stock;  then,  by  a  second  lift  with  the  Jack, 
place  the  rollers  on  the  stock,  one  just  in  rear  of  the 
trunnions,  the  other  under  the  reinforce;  chock  the 
latter  roller  toward  the  muzzle,  and  remove  the  half 
blocks  from  the  stock. 

500.  Attach  the  rope  to  the  kncdt  of  the  cascable, 
and  haul  upon  it  so  aw  to  bring  the  breech  over  the 
bolster;  chock  the  rear  roller  toward  the  muzzle. 
IS 


li>4  MK.rHANirAI.    MANO'.rVRKS.  [I'AIIT   II. 

507.  Apply  tlu'  head  of  llic  jack  imdor  llic  swell  of 
tho  muzzle,  and  raise  it — the  Itreicli  resting  on  the 
bolster;  reniove  the  rollers;  lower  the  ])ieee  to  its 
travellini;  position  ;  untie  the  rope;  rejtlace  the  cap- 
squares;  ami  unchock  the  wheels. 

To  shift  a  picce/rom  its  travelliiuj  bed  to  the  trvnttion-holrs. 

508.  Chock  the  wheels,  and  remove  the  cap-squares. 

TiOO.  Apply  the  jack  under  the  muzzle,  and  raise  tho 
chase,  placing  two  rollei's  under  the  j»iece,  one  just  in 
rear  of  the  elevating-screw  hox,  the  other  midway 
between  this  and  the  triiimion-hoies;  chock  theluriner 
toward  the  muzzle,  and  hold  the  latter  in  jtlace  until 
the  piece  bears  upon  it. 

olO.  Attach  the  rope  to  the  neck  of  the  gun,  and 
unchock  the  breech  roller;  haul  uj)<)n  the  I'ope  until 
the  trunnions  are  over  the  chin-bolts  ;  jdace  a  chock 
uj»on  the  stock  at  such  distance  from  the  breech  i-oiler 
as  to  allow  the  trunnions  to  come  over  tlu^ir  position, 
and  untie  the  rope. 

r>ll.  A]i])ly  till'  luail  (it  the  jack  under  the  swell, 
inclining  it  toward  the  muzzle,  and  raise  the  chase  so 
as  t(j  allow  the  trunnions  to  jiass  over  the  chin-bolts; 
])ush  the  piece  forward  until  the  trunnions  are  over 
the  holes;  chock  the  front  roller;  bear  down  on  tho 
muzzle  to  remove  the  breech  roller  ;  and  lay  a  half 
block  on  the  stock,  in  rcai-  of  ami  against  the  box  of 
the  elevating-screw. 

512.  A]>])ly  the  jack  under  the  muzzle,  and  raise  tho 
chase  to  remove  the  chase  roller;  allow  the  piece  to 
dcseend  into  the  trunnion  lutles  by  lowiring  the  jack. 

5i;{.  Hi-ar  down  on  llie  muzzle,  and  rcnunc  the  half 
Itlock  from  the  stock  ;  replace  the  elevating-screw  and 
cap-s<|uare8,  and  unchock  the  wheels. 


ART.  IV.3  WITH    THE    LIFTINO-JACK.  195 


Lksson  XXXVI. 

To  mount  a  sifge  gun. 

To  dismount  the  gun. 

To  mount  an  ^-inch  siege  hoxcitzer. 

To  dismount  the  hoxcitzer. 

To  change,  to  grease,  or  to  raise  a  ivheel. 


514.  The  implements  necessary  are: 

2  Half  hollers. 
16  Blocks. 
r»  Half  blocks. 
4  Wheel-chocks. 

2  Skids.  / 

To  mowxt  a  siege  gun. 

515.  The  piece  is  lyinc;  upon  two  hlocks,  one  under 
the  base-ring,  the  otlicr  under  the  trunnions;  and  the 
carriage,  unlimbered,  is  on  a  line  with  and  in  front  of 
the  piece,  the  trail  about  two  yards  from  the  muzzle. 

510.  Lay  the  skids  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  piece 
and  two  inches  outside  of  the  trunnions,  their  ends  on 
a  litie  with  the  knob  of  the  cascable. 

517.  Insert  the  small  end  of  a  handspike,  bevelled 
side  lip,  in  the  liorc  ;  a]i])ly  the  jack  under  it,  and  raise 
the  muzzle,  placing  a  half  roller  under  the  trunnions. 
Lower  the  muzzle  bj'  bearing  down  upon  the  hand- 
spike in  the  bore,  and  place  a  half  roller  under  the 
reinforce,  near  the  base-ring. 


196 


MRCHANICAI.    MANtEUVRKS. 


[part  II. 


518.  Contimio  (ho  maixvuvrc  Ity  altornsitoly  raising 
the  niuzzK'  witli  tlio  jack,  apjilyirii;  it  as  may  \>v  IouikI 
most  convcMiifiit,  and  lowoi'in;^  it  hy  moans  of  llio 
lian(is])ikc  in  the  horo,  as  follows  : 


Jvaiso  tlie  niu/.zio,  and  aj>- 
j»ly  the  foot  of  the  jack 
undor  tlie  swell  of  the 
muzzle — the  lilting-block 
laid  on  edge. 

Lower  the  muzzle  


Kaiso  the  muzzle,  the  lift- 
ing-block laid  flat  upon 
the  loot  of  the  jack. 

Kaise  the  muzzle,  the  lifting- 
ing-block  placed  upright. 


Place  a  half  block  under 
eacli  end  of  the  front 
half  roller. 

Place  a  block  under  each 
en<i  of  the  rear  half 
roller. 

Place  a  half  block. 

Keplace  the  half  block 
by  a  block. 


Lower  the  muzzle Place  a  block. 

Place  a  half  block. 


Raise  the  muzzle,  the  lifting- 
block  upright. 

J?aise  the  muzzle,  the  hea<l 
of  the  jack  under  the  end 
of  the  handspike  in  the 
bore. 

Lower  the  muzzle 

Raise  the  miizzle,  the  lifting- 
block  on  edge  upon  the 
head  ot  the  jack. 

Lower  tlu'  muzzle 


liaise  the  muzzle,  the  head 
of  the  Jack  under  the 
swell  of  the  muzzle,  and 
the  lil\ing-b|()ck  on  edge. 


Peplaoe  the    half  block 
bv  a  block. 


Place  a  half  block. 
P!:i.-(.  a  half  bh.ck. 

Ueplace    the  half  block 
by  a  block. 

Rei>lace    the   half  block 
by  a  block. 


ART.  IV.] 


WITH    IIIK    I,1FTIN(J-JACK. 


101 


Lower  the  muzzle Place  a  block. 


Eaise  the  muzzle,  the  jack 
and  lifting-block  as  be- 
fore. 

Eai.se  the  muzzle;  place  two 
half  blocks  under  the  bed 
of  the  jack,  and  apply  the 
head  under  the  swell  of 
the  muzzle. 


Place  a  half  block. 


Replace  the  half  block 
by  a  block. 


519.  The  gun  now  rests  upon  two  scaffolds;  the  half 
roller  of  the  rear  scaffold,  which  is  four  blocks  high, 
nearly  under  the  base-ring;  that  of  the  front  scaffold, 
of  four  blocks  and  a  half  block,  under  the  trunnions. 

520.  Back  the  carriage,  the  trail  passing  between 
the  scaffolds,  until  the  rear  of  the  cheeks  touch  the 
IVont  half  roller  and  the  muzzle  ))rojects  beyond  the 
head  of  the  cheeks.  Bear  down  •n  the  handspike  in 
the  muzzle,  and  place  a  half  block  under  each  end  of 
the  half  roller  on  the  rear  scaffold. 

521.  Apply  the  head  of  the  jack  under  the  swell  of 
the  muzzle,  and  raise  it  sufficiently  high  to  allow  the 
chin-bolts  to  pass  under  the  trunnions;  remove  the 
front  scaffold,  and  back  the  carriage  until  the  trun- 
nions are  over  the  trunnion-holes. 

522.  Lower  the  jack,  and  let  the  trunnions  descend 
upon  the  ends  of  two  han«lspikes  inserted  in  the  trun- 
nion-holes; bear  down  on  the  nmzzle,  and  remove  the 
half  block  from  uiKicr  the  half  roller. 

52o.  Apply  the  jafk  under  the  muzzle,  and  raise  it 
sufficiently  to  withdraw  the  bandsjiikes  fi-om  the  trun- 
nion-holes, then  lower  the  trunnions  to  their  places. 

524.  Remove  the  l)locks  and  skids;  rej)lacc  the  cap- 
-quares;  and  unchock  the  wheels. 


198  MmiANICAL    MANO:UVRKS.  [I'AKT  II. 

To  dismount  the  gun. 
52.').  The  fjirriagc  is  unlimbered. 

526.  Chock  the  wheels;  remove  the  cap-squares; 
la}'  the  skids  ])arallcl  to  the  axis  of  the  jiiccc,  two 
inches  (njtsidc  ol"  the  ti'uimions,  the  rear  ends  on  u 
line  wilii  the  kn(»h  of  the  cascable;  and  ]»lacc  on  each 
Bkid  a  scatlbld  of  lour  blocks  and  a  half  block,  the 
middle  of  each  a  little  in  front  of  the  basc-rini^. 

Insert  the  small  end  of  a  handspike  in  the  boro  ; 
l(»wcr  the  muzzle  by  bcarinj^  (l(»\vn  on  this  handspike, 
and  place  a  half  roller  on  the  blocks. 

527.  Haise  the  muzzle  with  the  jack  so  as  to  allow 
the  chin-bolts  to  j)ass  under  the  trunnions;  unchock 
the  wheels,  and  run  the  carriage  forward  until  the 
rear  ends  of  the  checks  are  eight  inches  in  front  of 
the  ti'unnions;  chock  the  wlieels. 

52H.  Place  upon  ?ach  skid  a  scaffold  of  four  blocks 
and  a  half  block,  the  middle  opposite  to  the  trun- 
nions; la}-  a  half  roller  on  ihe  blocks;  lower  the  muz- 
;.le  so  as  to  allow  the  gun  to  rest  upon  the  scaffold  ; 
and  run  out  (he  carriage  until  the  trail  is  two  yards 
from  tlu-  muzzle. 

520.  Continue  the  maiuxMivre  by  alternately  raising 
ami  lowering  the  muzzle,  as  in  mounting  the  piece — 
diniinisliing  the  scatlold  each  time  by  a  half  block  (by 
ri'placing  each  block  as  it  is  rcmovetl  by  a  half  block), 
until  the  piece  is  lowcreil  upon  two  blocks. 

h'(  /lutrk. 

5vi0.  When  the  ])iece  is  on  its  jdatform,  l)}-  jilacing 
the.  ri'ai*  en<ls  of  the  skids  even  with  the  I'car  of  the 
])hilfoi"m,  and  the  i-ear  scaffold  as  I'ar  back  as  possible, 
with  the  front  half  roller  on  the  front  end  of  its  sup- 
])orting  blocks,  the  carriage  can  be  run  to  l)atteiy, 
and   the   trail   made  to  clear  the  bhx-ks. 


ART.  IV.]  AVrni    THE    LlFTINCi-JACK.  191) 

To  mount  an  ^-ineh  siege  howitzer. 

531.  The  piece  is  lyiiiff  upon  two  blockn,  one  under 
tlie  base-rinj;,  the  other  under  the  trunnions;  und  tho 
carriage,  unlimhered,  is  on  a  line  Avith  and  in  front  of 
the  piece,  the  trail  about  two  yards  from  thq  muzzle. 

532.  Lay  the  skids  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  piece, 
sufficiently  far  apart  to  clear  the  cheeks  of  the  car- 
riage, and  Avith  their  rear  ends  projecting  one  foot 
bej'ond  the  knob  of  the  cascable. 

533.  Eaise  the  piece  by  the  method  already  pre- 
scribed for  the  gun,  on  two  scaffolds  of  four  blocks 
and  a  half  roller. 

534.  Move  the  front  scaffold  under  the  trunnions. 
Bear  down  the  muzzle,  and  move  the  rear  scaffold 
under  the  neck  of  the  cascal)le,  increasing  its  height 
at  the  same  time  \)y  one  block. 

535.  Back  the  carriage,  until  the  travelling-bolts 
touch  the  front  half  roller;  insert  the  small  ends  of 
two  handspikes  in  tlie  bore,  with  a  chock  over  them 
to  keep  them  steady  and  even,  and  place  the  jack 
under  their  projecting  ends. 

53(>.  Lay  the  lifting-block  on  the  head  of  the  jack, 
which  is  raised  on  a  block,  and  run  up  the  screw  until 
the  piece  is  raised  from  the  front  half  roller;  take 
away  the  front  scaffold;  back  the  carriage  until  the 
trunnions  are  over  their  holes,  and  lower  the  screw 
until  the  trunnions  settle  in  them;  remove  the  rear 
scaffold,  and  put  on  the  cap-squares. 

To  disimovnt  the  howitzer. 

537.  The  carriage  is  unlimbered. 

538.  Chock  the  wheels;  remove  the  cap-squares; 
and  lay  the  ski<lH  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  piece,  far 


20U  MKl  MANUAL    MAN»Kl  VUKS.  [PAKT   II. 

I'noiii^li  a)):irt  to  clear  tlie  cheeks,  Iho  roar  ends  j>ro- 
jectiiiix  one  foot  lie^-ond  the  knol)  (»t'  llie  caseuble. 

580.  IJiar  (low  II  (he  inuzzio  so  as  to  raise  the  breech 
siiflic'ieiilly  hii^h  to  jilacc  under  it  a  scaffohl  of  five 
bh)ckM  and  a  half  n»ll«)r,  and  rest  the  neck  of  tlie  cas- 
cable  on  the  liall'  roller. 

540.  Insert  two  hand.spikes  in  the  l>ore,  as  prcscrihed 
in  No.  585,  and  place  the  jack,  supported  on  a  hlock 
to  give  it  sutticient  heij^ht,  under  their  ends.  Raise 
the  piece  until  the  trunnions  clear  the  chin-bolts;  un- 
chock  the  wheels;  hack  the  carriafje  as  close  to  the 
jack  as  possible,  and  chock  the  wheels. 

541.  Place  a  scatl'old  of  four  blocks  and  the  half 
i-oller  under  th6  trunnions,  or  as  nearly  so  as  the 
travcllin-^- bolts  will  jierinit,  the  front  ends  of  the 
blocks  op])0sito  to  the  trunnions;  lower  the  piece 
until  it  rests  on  the  half  roller;  remove  the  jack,  and 
run  out  the  carria<^e. 

Lowci-  the  piece  to  tho  ground  as  j)rcscribed  for  the 
gun. 

]!('mtirk. 

542.  This  inaniiMivre  can  be  performed  on  the  rec- 
tangle of  the  platform,  as  prescribed  for  the  gun  (No. 
530;. 

To  change,  to  (fveasc,  or  to  raise  a  wheel. 

548.  Aj)ply  the  jack  under  the  head  of  one  of  tho 
cheeks,  or  at  the  end  of  I  he  axle-tree. 


ART.  IV.]  THE   OIN.  201 


THE     GIN 


544.  There  arc  three  kinds  of  gins  used  in  servicer 
tlie  Field  and  Siege,  the  Garrison,  and  the  Casemate, 
The  last  two  differ  from  each  other  only  in  height; 
the  first  differs  from  the  others  in  construction  and 
size. 

Either  of  tliem  may  be  used  as  shears,  for  garnishing 
with  their  guns  such  works  as  are  without  ramps. 


19 


202  MECHANICAL    MAN<EUVRE8.  [PART  11. 


THE      F  I  E  I,  n      AND      S!E(iK      (i  I  N  . 


P  L  A  T  K     X  \  X  \-  . 


545.  When  the  i,'in  is  put  togctluT  and  raiserl.  that 
part  incliuled  l)ot\voon  tlio  lo^js  and  prv-]»»do  is  called 
the  inside:  the  outside  being  the  part  without  the 
legs  ;  the  right  corresponding  to  the  right  iiand  of  a 
man  standing  at  the  middle  and  outside  of  the  wind- 
lass, facing  toward  it;  the  left  corresponding  to  his 
left  hand. 

546.  The  detachment  is  composed  of  the  same  num- 
ber of  men.  and  told  off  in  the  same  manner,  as  pre- 
scribed in  No.  li3J<.  It  having  been  marched  to  the 
gin,  the  instructor  teaches  the  men  its  nomenclature, 
and  explains  the  names  and  uses  of  the  imj)lements. 

547.  The  odd  numbers  are  ])laceil  on  the  riglit.  and 
the  even  numbers  on  the  lell  side  of  the  gin. 

548.  The  gunner,  or  the  chief  of  detachment,  car- 
ries the  head  of  the  gin  (when  j)ut  together)  ;  passes 
the  fall  around  the  pullies  at  the  head  of  the  gin; 
secures  the  loose  end  of  the  fall  to  the  sling;  hooks 
the  sling-block  to  it;  and  superintends  the  tying  of  all 
knots. 

No.  I  carries  the  foot  of  the  right  leg;  works  the 
right  handspike;  and  assists  in  passing  the  liill  over 
the  ])ullics,  in  slinging  the  piece,  and  in  moving  the 
carriage. 


»* 


ART.   IV.]  THK    FIKLD    AND    SIEGK    GIN.  208 

No.  2  carric.si  the  foot  of  the  left  leg;  works  the  left 
handspike  ;  and  assists  in  jiassing  the  fall  over  the  pul- 
lies,  in  slinging  the  piece,  and  in  moving  the  carriage. 

No.  3  puts  the  braces  in  the  mortices  of  the  right 
leg;  works  the  inside  handsjtiUe  on  the  right;  keys 
and  unke3'S  the  right  cap-square  ;  and  assists  in  mov- 
ing the  carriage. 

No.  4  puts  the  braces  in  the  mortices  of  the  left  leg; 
works  the  inside  handspike  on  the  left;  keys  and  un- 
kej-s  the  left  cap-square;  and  assists  in  moving  the 
carriage. 

No.  5  carries  the  top  of  the  right  leg;  places  the 
liandspikes  of  Nos.  1  and  3  in  the  mortices ;  and  assists 
in  placing  the  sheaves,  and  in  moving  the  carriage. 

No.  6  carries  the  top  of  the  left  leg  ;  jilaces  the  hand- 
spikes of  Nos.  2  and  4  in  the  mortices;  and  assists  in 
placing  the  sheaves,  and  in  moving  the  carriage. 

Nos.  7  and  8  wrap  the  running  end  of  the  fall  around 
the  windlass  ;  hold  on  or  ease  off;  and  assist  in  carrying 
sheaves  and  handspikes,  in  moving  the  carriage,  etc. 

Nos.  9  and  10  assist  in  carrying  implements,  in 
moving  the  carriage,  etc. 


204  MECHANICAL    MAN(EUVRE8.  [PART  11. 


MANrEIVRKS    WITH    TIIK    KIKI.I*    A.NH    >IKi.K    <.IN 


Lesson    XX  XVII. 

Tn  put  the  gin  together. 

To  reeve  the  fall. 

To  carry  the  gin  when  put  together. 

To  raise  the  gin. 

To  mox^e  the  gin  when  raised. 

To  lower  the  gin. 


64'.».  The  implements  necessaiy  are: 

5  Handspikes. 
1    Fall. 
1  Slin(;. 

1     LASIHNti-l.lNK. 

1    IIammku-wkkncii. 

ti  I'lECES  OF  I'LANK,  with  a  .small  hole  in  each  Lo  re- 
ceive the  points  of  the  gin. 

7b  ptit  the  gin  together. 

550.  The  diflbn-nt  jiarts  of  tlu'  ifin'  having  been 
brought  to  tiio  plaeo  designated,  the  instructor  com- 
mands : 

Put  tuf.  gin  T<t(!r.TMKn. 

No6.  1  and  2  l>ring  up  the  windlass.  Mos.  3  and  b 
bring  the  right   log,  and   lay  it  with  it^  outside  nndor- 


ART.  IV.]  WITH    THE    SIEGE    GIN.  205 

neath,  in  its  proper  position  with  reference  to  the  wind- 
lass. No8.  4  and  6  brin<r  up  the  left  leu;,  and  place  it 
in  a  corresponding  position.  Mos.  7  and  H  bring  the 
sl)eaves,  bolts  and  tali,  and  place  thein  near  the  head 
of"  the  gin.  Nos.  9  and  10  l)ring  up  tiie  braces  and 
pry-pole,  and  assist  Nos.  8  and  4  in  jmtting  the  braces 
into  tlie  mortices  of  the  left  leg,  and  then  into  those 
of  the  right.  Nos.  1  and  2  put  in  the  windlass.  Nos. 
5  and  (5  bring  the  tops  of  the  legs  together  and  bolt 
them,  when  they  put  in  the  sheaves  and  pr3--i)ole. 
The  gunner  pins  the  braces.  , 

To  reeve  the  fall. 

551.  The  gin  being  put  together,  and  still  lying 
upon  the  ground,  the  instructor  commands: 

Keeve  the  fall. 

Nos.  5  and  G  raise  the  pry-pole  until  it  clears  the 
pullies.  The  gunner  receiving  from  Nos.  1  and  2  one 
end  of  the  fall,  passes  it  through  the  left  sheave  from 
below,  and  hands  it  back  to  them.  The}-  pass  it 
through  the  sheave  of  the  single  pulley  (hooked,  for 
convenience,  on  the  middle  brace),  and  leturn  it  to 
the  gunner,  who  passes  it  through  the  right  sheave 
from  below,  and  gives  it  to  No.  1,  by  whom  it  is  se- 
cured by  wrapi>rng  it  around  the  middle  brace. 

552.  If  the  gin  has  been  raised,  the  instructor  gives 
the  same  command,  when  the  gunner,  mounting  upon 
the  upper  brace,  receives  from  Nos.  1  lind  2  one  end 
of  the  fall,  which  he  passes  over  the  left  sheave  from 
•without  to  within.  The  fall  is  then  reeved  in  the 
manner  prescribed. 

To  carry  the  gin  uhen  put  together. 

553.  The  gin  is  lying  upon  the  ground,  its  outside 
downward. 


200  MKCIIAMCAl,    MAN(i:i  VRKS.  [I'ART  II. 

554.  The  instructor  commands  : 

CaKIIV    THK    »iIN. 

Tlie  gunner  applies  himself  at  tlu-  lu-ad.  Nos.5  and 
ft  ajtply  themselves  at  the  ends  of  the  upper  braces. 
Xos.  o  and  4  !ipj)ly  themselves  at  the  ends  of  the  mid- 
dle braces.  >.os.  1  and  2  apply  themselves  at  the 
ends  of  the  lower  liraces. 

555.  The  instructor,  iiaving  indicated  the  direction, 
commands: 

MARCtC. 

The  men  lift  the  i^in  togetlu'v.  and  march  ort',  keep- 
ing step. 

55(».  The  haiidspiUcs,  I'all  and  »ling  may  be  carried 
cither  on  the  gin  or  by  the  remaining  men. 

To  raise  the  cjin. 

557.  The  instructor  commands  : 

RaISK    TMK    (IIN. 

The  gunner  apjilies  himself  at  the  head  of  the  gin. 
Nos.  1.  2,  o  and  4  ajijiiy  themselves  near  the  uj)per 
brace.  Nos.  y  ami  (J  lach  jjlaco  a  foot  ftgainst  the 
lower  ends  of  the  legs  to  steady  them. 

TIkavk. 

558.  The  gin  is  raised.  Nos.  5  and  G  take  hold  of 
the  ])ry-j)ole  as  soon  as  there  is  no  longer  any  danger 
of  the  legs  slipping,  and,  b}'  pulling  down  upon  it, 
assist  in  raising  the  gin. 


ART.  IV.]  WITH    THE    SIEGE    GIN.  207 


To  move  the  gin  xohen  raised. 

550.  The  instructor  wi.shing  to  move  the  gin  a  short 
distance,  commands  : 

Move  the  gin. 

Nos.  1  and  2  ]ihice  each  a  handspike  under  the 
windlass  from  without,  retaining  the  small  ends;  Nos. 
3  and  4  seize  the  hutt  ends.  Xos.  5  and  <i  apply  them- 
selves at  the  handle  of  the  pry-pole. 

March. 

560.  The  gin'is  lifted  with  care,  and  placed  in  the 
desired  position. 

To  loicer  the  gin. 

5G1.  The  gin  is  lowered  in  a  similar  manner  to  that 
prescrii»ed  for  raising  it.  Nos.  5  and  6  raise  the  pry- 
pole,  and  assist  in  easing  the  gin  to  the  ground,  the 
outside  downward. 


208  MECUAMCAL    MANOJUVRES.  [I'AUT   II. 


Lesson  XXXVII 1. 

To  mount  ii  gun. 

To  dismount  a  gun. 

To  mount  a  hovitzer. 

To  dismount  a  h<>\citzer. 

To  sling  <i  mortur  mounted  on  its  bed. 

To  sling  a  mortar  without  its  bed. 


r>(V2.  The  implements  necessary  are: 

0  Handspikes. 

1  Fall. 
1   Slinc. 

1    Lasiiinc-line. 
1    Hammkii-wkench. 

8  IMecks  ok  I'LANK.  with  n  small  iinlo  in  each 
to  receive  tlic  points  of  the  gin. 

To  mount  a  gun. 

It  is  ininiaterial  iipc»ii  w  liicii  side  of  tlio  ])ii'ce  the 
legs  of  the  gin  are  jtlaced,  hut  for  uiiift)rmit y  they  are 
generally  jdaced  on  the  right. 

5(i3.  The  gin  heing  j)laced  with  its  ]»ullies  directly 
over  the  trunnions,  and  the  foot  of  the  pry-])oie  thirteen 
feet  from  the  lower  hraie,  tiie  instructor  eommaniis: 

MolNT    TllK    J'U;cK. 

No.  1  puts  a  iiandsjiike  in  the  hoi-e.  No.  2  passes 
the  eye  or  h)op  end  of  the  sling  around  the  knob  of  the 


ART,  IV.]  WITH    THE    SIEGE    OIN.  209 

case-able  ;  ^«o.  1  passes  the  otlior  end  uiulcr  the  hand- 
spike in  the  bore  and  hands  it  to  No.  2,  who  draw^s  it 
through  the  loop  and  IJastcns  it  either  b}'  a  knot  or 
Avith  tlie  lashing-ropc.  The  gunner  hooks  the  single 
pulley  to  the  shng  Just  in  rear  of  the  trunnions,  a!id 
fastens  the  loose  end  of  the  fall  to  the  sling  near  the 
same  place.  Nos.  1  and  2  then  go  to  their  places  at 
the  windlass.  The  gunner  applies  himself  to  the 
handspike  in  the  bore  to  steady  the  piece.  Nos.  7  and 
8  pass  the  running  end  of  the  fall  from  the  outside 
under  the  windlass,  and  take  three  turns  with  it  from 
right  to  left  around  the  left  of  the  windlass  ;  they  then 
step  back  three  paces,  holding  on  by  the  running  end 
or  slack,  No.  7  being  nearest  the  windlass. 


Heave. 

564.  Nos.  1  and  2,  or  8  and  4,  according  to  the  posi- 
tion of  the  windlass,  place  their  handspikes  in  the 
upper  mortices,  and  bear  down  until  the  ends  of  their 
handspikes  are  near  the  ground,  the  other  two  hand- 
spikes being  inserted  in  the  then  upper  mortices.  No. 
1  gives  the  command  IIeavk,  at  Avhich  the  first  two 
hands]»ikes  are  withdrawn  and  tossed  to  the  inside  of 
the  gin,  the  small  ends  resting  on  the  lower  brace  and 
against  the  legs.  Nos.  1,  2.  3  and  4  bear  down  on  the 
handspikes.  Nos.  5  and  0  in  the  meantime  put  the 
disengaged  handspikes  in  the  upper  mortices.  The 
operation  is  thus  continued  until  the  piece  is  raised  to 
the  required  height ;  No.  1  always  giving  the  com- 
mand Hr.AVE.  and  Nos,  ;">  and  (J  ])lacing  the  disengaged 
handspikes  in  the  upper  mortices. 

Secire  the  windlass. 

565.  The  men  at  the  handspikes  secure  the  windlass 
by  allowing  the  handspikes  in  the  upper  mortices  to 
bear  against  the  middle  brace  and  legs. 


21 M  MKCHANK  AI.    MAXCELVRES.  [pART  11. 

Kin   ri'  tiik  carriaok. 

5G0.  All  the  men,  except  Nos.  7  and  S.  hrinix  up  the 
carriage  as  in  No.  309,  until  the  trunnion-holes  are 
directly  iiiulcr  the  trunnions. 

Slack  off. 

567.  Nos  7  and  8  shick  oft'  the  fall  slowly;  the  gun- 
ner steadies  the  piece  b}-  means  of  the  hands]>ike  iu 
the  bore;  and  the  piece  is  lowered  into  its  proper 
]iosition.  Nos.  ?>  and  4  put  on  the  caji-squares.  antl 
key  them. 

Eemark. 

508.  If.  from  any  circumstance,  it  is  not  convenient 
to  sling  the  piece  in  tiie  manner  prescribed,  it  may  be 
slung  with  a  short  piece  of  rope  passed  around  each 
trunnion,  and  the  ends  iastened  together  on  the  top  of 
the  |>iece;  or,  the  trunnion-rings  may  be  ))ut  on. 

Hook  the  ))ulle3'  to  this  sling,  or  to  the  trunnion- 
rings;  hear  down  with  one  or  two  men  on  the  hand- 
sj)ike  in  the  bore  to  balance  the  piece,  and  when  it  is 
raised  sufticiently  high,  run  the  carriage  under  it,  and 
])lace  a  piece  ot'  handsjiike  in  the  trunnion-holes,  and 
a  block  on  the  stock  (or  on  the  rear  transom  in  a  case- 
ujnte  carriage)  to  receive  the  breech.  Lower  the  gun, 
the  trunnions  directl}'  over  the  trunnion-holes,  until 
the  lower  surface  of  the  gun  bears  on  the  piece  of 
handspike,  llemove  the  sling  from  the  trunnions,  and 
run  the  carriage,  with  the  gun  on  it,  hack  until  the 
head  of  the  cheeks  are  in  rear  of  a  perpendicular  let 
full  iVom  the  head  of  the  gin.  Pass  the  sling  around 
the  chase  ;  hook  the  pulley  to  it  ;  and  woi'k  the  gin 
until  the  weight  no  longer  bears  on  the  piece  of  hand- 
•sjjike  in  the  trunnion-holes ;  remove  this  piece,  and 
lowei-  the  trunnions  to  their  places;  bear  down  on  the 
muzzle,  and  remove  the  block  from  under  the  breech. 


ART  IV.]  WITH    THE    SIEGE    GIN.  2.11 

To  dismount  a  gun. 

5(39.  The  ^in  is  placed  in  the  same  position  with 
reference  to  the  piece  as  described  for  mounting  it. 

570.  The  instructor  commands: 

Dismount  the  piece. 

The  piece  is  slunii;,  the  ca]i-squares  taken  off.  and 
the  running  end  of  the  fall  passed  around  the  wind- 
lass, in  the  same  manner,  and  by  the  same  men,  as 
prescribed  for  mounting  it. 

The  commands  IIkave,  Secure  the  avindlass,  Kun 
OUT  THE  carriage,  and  Slack  off,  are  then  given  and 
executed  in  the  manner  already  prescribed. 

Remark. 

571.  If  the  ground  is  not  firm,  ]>ieces  of  plank,  pre- 
pared for  this  ]nirpose,  must  be  ])laced  under  the  legs 
and  the  pry-pole  before  raising  the  piece. 

To  mount  a  howitzer. 
To  dismount  a  howitzer. 

A  howitzer  is  slung,  mounted,  and  di.smounted,  in 
the  manner  already  prescribed  for  the  gun. 

To  sling  a  mortar  mounted  on  its  bed. 

572.  The  sling*  is  passed  under  the  front  notches, 
then  crossed  over  the  top  of  the  mortar  and  ])assed 
under  the  rear  notches.  The  single  pulley  is  hooked 
to  the  sling  where  it  crosses  tin;  top  of  the  mortar. 
The  mortar  is  raised  or  lowered  by  the  gin  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  the  gun. 

*  Made  of  4i  inch  wJiitc  rojic,  24  fpct  long,  with  the  cndu  spliced 
together. 


-I-  MKCMANICAL    MANfKlVRK.S.  [I'AKT  II. 

-  To  sling  a  mortar  vrithmit  its  bed. 

573.  The  sling  is  passed  around  ihe  trunnions. 

To  shift  thr  full. 

.')74.  As  llic  lurns'ifain  (Mu-o  llie  <li:iim'tcr  oltlu'  lull 
at  each  revolution  of  the  windia.ss,  they  will,  when 
the  weight  has  been  raised  a  eonsiderahle  height,  come 
against   the   opi)osite_leg;  the   instructor   then  coin- 

niands: 

Halt — Shift  tiik  fall. 

The  windlass  is  secured  as  in  No.  o()0.  .Nos.  7  and 
8  hold  on  to  the  slack.  The  numbers  at  the  hand- 
sj)ikes  on  the  side  toward  wiiich  the  turns  on  the 
win(llas^!  have  gained,  overhaul  a  sufticient  length  of 
the  end  of  the  fall,  and  make  a  double-hitch  with  it 
around  the  leg  below  the  lower  cross-bar,  passing  the 
ends  iiisi(le  of  the  windlass  and  braces  to  the  chief  of 
detacbment,  who  mounts  on  the  windlass,  ami  makes 
with  it  a  rolling-liitch  on  the  standing  part  oftlu'fall, 
near  the  upj)er  brace,  when  he  desecnds. 

Ease  a  way. 

f)7o.  No.  7  slacks  off  until  llu-  weight  bears  on  the 
end  of  the  fall. 

iSllll'T    TIIK     FALL. 

o7G.  Nos.  7  and  S  ease  the  slack.  'JMie  men  at  the 
hands|iike  shill  the  turns  on  the  windlass  to  its  oppo- 
site end.      Nos.  7  and  S  tighten  them,  and  hold  on. 

Tlu'  men  woi-k  at  the  windlass  until  the  weight 
Itears  on  the  fall,  when  the  windlass  is  secured.  The 
chief  of  detachment  unties  the  r(dling-liitcli.  and  the 
mand'uvre  is  resumed. 


ART.  IV.]  WITH    THE    S1E(JE    (UN.  21o 


*  Remarks. 

bll.  Six  men  (iiuluflin^  the  chief  of  detachment) 
arc  sufficient  for  mounting  or  dismounting  any  siege 
piece  by  the  siege  gin;  but  for  tlie  purpose  of  instruc- 
tion— this  gin  heing  more  easily  handled  than  the 
casemate  and  garrison  gins — the  same  number  of  men 
have  been  prescribed  as  are  necessary  for  them. 

In  tliis  case  Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  work  the  handspikes, 
No.  5  lioUis  on  to  the  running  end  of  the  fall,  and  the 
chief  of  detachment  steadies  the  piece. 


'J14  MKCHANICAL    MANCEUVRKS.  [PAKT  II. 


a  A  R  R  I  S  Ci  N      A  N  I>     r  A  S  K  M  A  T  K      <J  I  N  S 


Plate    X  X  XVI 


57^.  The  irarrison  and  casemate  ijins  diftor  from  the 
siego  gin  in  liaving  two  braces  of  iron  instead  of  tho 
three  wooden  cross-bars  or  braces,  and  in  having  the 
pry-pole  inserted  between  the  legs,  which  are  kept 
together  by  the  clevis-bolt.  The  uj)])er  pulley  (gene- 
rally treble)  is  hooked  to  the  clevis. 

579.  The  gin  is  put  together  on  the  ground,  and 
raised  by  moving  up  the  legs  and  pr^'-pole  toward 
each  other.  The  pry-pole  has  cleats  nailed  to  it.  to 
enable  a  man  to  mount  to  the  head  of  the  gin  to  hook 
on  the  pulle}'  and  to  reeve  the  fall. 

580.  The  gin  is  lowered  by  gradually  drawing  out  the 
legs  and  pry-]>ole  until  the  men  can  get  near  enough 
toward  the  head  to  support  it ;  it  is  then  lowered  upon 
the  piece  or  on  the  ground,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Batchet-windtass. 

581.  A  ratchet-windlass  is  now  applied  to  gins,  and 
the  handspike  is  inserted  in  a  box  to  which  a  pawl 
is  attached.  This  pawl  catches  in  the  notches  of  the 
ratchet  when  tho  hands])ike  is  borne  down,  and  slides 
over  them  as  it  is  raised.  Another  pawl  is  hung  from 
the  legs,  which  catches  in  the  o])posilc  nt)tches  of  the 
ratchet,  and  ])reveiits  the  windlass  from  turning  back- 
\var<l. 

As  the  handspikes  are  kept  in  such  a  ])osition  that 
the  men  can  ap]ily  themselves  with-  advantage,  one 
man  is  enabled  with  this  windlass  to  raise  double  the 
weight  he  could  with  one  of  the  old  pattern. 


ART.  IV.]  THE    GIN    AS    SHEARS.  215 


THE     USE     OF    THE    GIN     AS     SHEARS. 


582.  By  removing  the  pry-pole,  the  legs  of  the  gin 
may  be  used  as  shears. 

AVhen  the  garrison  or  casemate  gin  is  to  be  thus 
used,  a  block  of  wood  of  the  same  dimensions  as  the 
head  of  the  pry-pole,  with  a  hole  in  it  lai-ge  enough  to 
receive  the  clevis-bolt,  must  be  inserted  in  place  of  the 
pry-pole. 

583.  The  detachment  is  composed  of  the  same  num- 
ber of  men,  and  told  off  in  the  same  manner,  as  in  No. 
238.     The  posts  of  the  men  are : 

Nos.  1,  2,  3  and  4  at  the  handspikes. 
Nos.  5  and  6  at  the  guys. 
Noa.  7  and  8  at  the  slack  of  the  fall. 
Nos.  9  and  10  at  the  counter  guy. 


I'lC. 


MECHANICAL    >IAN(KU VRF.S. 


[part  II. 


M  A  N  CE  U  N'  11  F.  S     \\-  I  T  H     T  H  K      (J  I  N      A  S      S  H   K  A  R  «  . 


Lf.sson  XXXIX. 

To  raise  a  piece  over  the  crest  of  a  parapet  or  edge  of  a  wall. 
To  lower  a  piece  over  the  crest  of  a  parapet  or  edge  of  a 

wall  into  the  ditch. 
To  raise  a  piece  and  pass  it  through  a  casemate  evihrasure 

or  any  similar  opening. 
To  pass  a  piece  through  a  casemate  embrasure  or  any 

similar  opening,  and  lower  it  into  the  ditch. 


584.  The  implements  necessarj'^  are: 

0  IIa-ndsimkes. 

1  Fall.     Or  more  if  the  height  requires  it. 

1  TRUN.M(»N-sLiN(i.  Strong  rope,  the  ends  knot- 
ted or  spliced  together. 

1    Doi'RLK  I'Roi.oNr.E.     I'"'or  the  counter  guy. 

3  8iN(ii-E  PR(,>L0NOES.  Two  for  guys  to  the  gin, 
and  one  for  steadying  the  gun. 

1  Trace-roi'E. 

2  LASHIN(i-LINES. 

1    8lN(iI,E    PULLEY    AM)    FALL.       Kxtra. 

3  Mauls. 

G  Stakes.     5*  feet  long,  their  heads  banded  with 

iron. 
1  Collar.     For  the  head  of  the  gin. 

To  raise  a  piece  over  the  cret^t  of  a  parapet  or  edge  of  a  wall. 

585.  The  lower  brace  ii*  removed      A  piece  of  plank 
two  and  a   half  to  three  inohep  thick,  with  holes  to 


ART.  IV.]  .WITH    THE    UlN    AS    SHEARS.  217 

receive  the  points,  is  placed  under  the  gin.  If  the 
ground  is  not  sufficiently  firm,  this  may  be  placed  upon 
two  other  pieces  laid  perpendicularly  to  it,  and  under 
the  lioles  made  to  receive  the  points. 

586.  The  gin  is  l3'ing  on  the  ground,  its  outside 
downward,  the  feet  toward  the  ditch,  and  the  head 
raised  on  a  block  placed  under  the  right  leg. 

The  implements  are  placed  twoj'ards  from  the  head 
of  the  gin,  the  handspikes  laid  ])arallel  to  the  braces. 

587.  The  instructor  commands  : 

Equip  the  gin. 

The  chief  of  detachment  moves  five  paces  from  the 
head  of  the  gin,  and  places  himself  in  the  prolongation' 
of  its  axis,  when  he  marks  a  point  for  a  stake  at  four 
paces  to  the  right,  and  anotlicr  at  four  paces  to  the 
left  of  his  position.  No.  5  ])laces  a  stake  at  the  first, 
and  No.  6  one  at  the  second  point.  Nos.  7  and  8  take 
each  a  maul,  and  assist  Nos.  5  and  6  to  drive  these 
stakes,  giving  them  a  considerable  inclination  from  the 
gin  ;  they  then  drive  two  others,  inclined  as  the  first, 
two  paces  bej'ond  them,  in  the  direclion  the  gu3's  will 
take  when  the  gin  is  raised.  (In  practice,  these  dis- 
tances cannot  be  observed  ;  but  the  guys  should  be 
given  as  nearly  this  inclination  as  possible,  and  advan- 
tage taken  of  any  permanent  objects  to  attach  them  to.) 

No.  9,  directed  by  the  chief  of  detachment,  places 
himself  in  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  gin,  facing 
toward  it,  and  about  fifteen  paces  from  the  foot  of  the 
wall,  and  there  places  a  stake;  assisted  by  No.  10,  he 
dfives  this  stake,  inclining  it  from  the  gin,  and  then 
drives  a  second  stake,  inclined  as  the  fii'St,  two  paces 
beyond  it. 

The  chief  of  detachment  and  Nos.  1  and  2  reeve  the 

fail,  etc.,  as  prescribed  in  No.  551  ;  attach  the  single 

prolonges  to  the  collar,  and  pass  their  ends  to  Nos.  5 

and   6,  who  stretch    them    in    the   direction  of  their 

20 


-\^  MECHANICAL    MAXCEUVRES.  ^  [PART  II. 

PtakCB  ;  attacli  the  double  proloiifjo  to  the  oj>posite  side 
<»f  the  colhir;  pass  tlie  end  (into  the  diteli)  to  Nos.  9 
aixl  10,  and  tlien  place  the  collar  on  the  head  of  the 
gin  so  as  to  allow  each  gin*  to  take  its  ])roper  direction. 

JRaise  the  gin. 

588.  The  chief  of  detachment  and  Nos.  1.  2.  3,  4,  7 
and  8  raise  the  gin — Nos.  5  and  (J  slacking  up  their 
gu3-s,  and  Nos.  0  and  10  assisting  by  hauling  on  Ihe 
counter  gu}* — and  place  it  about  two  paces  from  the 
crest.  Nos.  o  and  (5  take  each  a  turn  of  his  guy 
around  the  first  stakes,  and  slack  or  tighten  it  as 
directed  by  the  chief  of  detachment. 

The  gin  being  raised  until  its  head  is  slightly  inclined 
toward  the  ditch,  the  guys  arc  fastened  to  the  second 
stakes  by  a  double-hitch,  and  the  counter  guy  is  at- 
tached to  its  stakes  in  a  similar  manner. 

Sling  the  piece. 

589.  Nos.  9  and  10  pass  the  trunnion-sling  over  the 
trunnions.  Nos.  1  and  2  overhaul  the  fall,  and  lower 
the  ]nillc3-  into  the  ditch.  Nos.  9  and  10  jiass  the  hook 
of  the  ])ulley  through  the  bight  of  the  sling,  and  attach 
a  single  ]y.'olonge  to  the  sling  to  serve  as  a  guy  to 
guide  or  steady  the  gun  while  being  raised. 

Raise  the  piece. 
This  is  done  as  prescribed  in  No.  563. 

590.  To  tighten  the  lowts  (tnd  stretch  the  ropes,  the 
instructor  will  cause  the  weight  to  be  partly  raised 
and  llu-n  lowered;  and,  without  altering  tiie  ropes,  ho 
will  have  the  feet  of  the  gin  moved  forward  to  within 
twcnty-tive  inches  of  the  crest  of  the  ])arapet  or  vdtro 
of  tlie"  wall. 

591.  The  inclination  of  the  gin.  measured  from  the 
middle  of  the  line  joining  the  feet  to  u  perpendicular 


ART.   n'.]  WITH    THE    OIN    AS    SHEARS.  219 

let  A\ll  from  its  liearl,  should  not  exceed  twenty-five 
inches;  the  he.'ivier  the  weic;ht  the  greater  the  neces- 
sity for  not  allowinir  this  inclination  to  be  exceeded. 


592.  When  the  gin  is  placed  in  its  new  position, 
■work  the  windlass  and  raise  the  piece;  Nos.  5  and  G 
observing  their  stakes  and  giving  notice  if  anything 
becomes  deranged.  After  the  weight  bears  fairly  upon 
the  stakes,  Nos.  5  and  6  may  be  emploj^ed  in  other 
duties  if  required. 

593.  When  the  trunnions  are  about  one  foot  above 
the  crest,  the  instructor  commands  : 

Halt — Bring  in  thk  meck. 

The  men  cease  heaving  at  the  windlass,  and  secure 
it  by  letting  the  upper  handspikes  bear  on  the  legs. 

The  chief  of  detachment  mounts  on  the  second 
brace;  receives  from  No.  4  a  single  pulley,  whicli  he 
hooks  to  the  third  brace  near  the  left  leg,  the  point  of 
the  hook  turned  from  the  ditch  ;  doubles  (with  the 
casemate  or  garrison  gin)  tlic  end  of  a  I'ope,  which  he 
attaches  by  a  timber-hitch  to  the  left  leg  (when  the 
muzzle  is  turned  toward  the  left,  and  vice  versa)  as 
high  lyi  as  he  can  conveniently  reach  while  standing 
on  the  second  brace,  and  passes  the  hook  of  the  single 
pulley  through  the  bight;  and  receives  from  No.  2  the 
end  of  a  fall,  which  he  ]>asses  thiough  the  pulley. 
Xo.  4  overhauls  the  end  of  the  fall  toward  the  ditch, 
and  attaches  it  to  the  neck  of  the  piece  by  a  timber- 
hitch  on  t1ie  top  of  the  guji. 

The  muzzle  is  su]iposed  to  be  toward  the  left  leg;  if 
it  is  reversed,  the  duties  here  jircscribed  lor  the  even 
numbers  will  then  be  pci-formcd   by  the  odd  numbers. 

The  chief  of  detachment  descends  and  takes  a  hand- 
spike. No.  8  attaches  a  lashing-rojie  to  the  knob  of 
(he  cascablo    b^•  a    doublo-hitrh,  and    pn-^scs    tlw   end 


220  MECHANICAL    MANOJl'VRES  [I'AHT  II. 

nnrlcr  tlio  winHlMss,  hotwoon  the  logs.     Nos.  8  and  4 
liaiil  on  tliis  r<))i«'. 

Nos.  1  and  2  :iii(l  tho  diiofof  dotncliMwiit.  witli  their 
handspiki's.  and  Nos.  8  an<l  4  at  tlic  rope,  j)ass  the 
|iif(t'  hftwoen  thi'  lo«;s  in  a  diivclion  porpondiciilar  to 
tlif  windhiss,  assisted  in  tiiis.  it"  neeessaiy,  by  Nos.  0,0, 
7  and  8;  in  wliic-li  ca.se  the  slark  of  the  fall,  hold  by 
Nos.  7  and  S.  must  ho  mad«'  fast.  Nos.  5  and  »•  lay 
]>lanks  on  oaeh  side  (d'lhe  jiiece,  at  a  suitahle  distance 
to  receive  rollers.  Tiie  chief  <jf  detachment  ]ilaces  a 
roller  near  the  baso-rin<^,  and  chocks  it  on  hoth  sides. 
Nos.  1  and  2  haul  on  the  fall  attaclie<l  to  the  neck,  and 
raise  the  nuizzle  a  little  hi<^her  than  the  Itreech.  keep- 
ing it  light,  and  then  take  three  turns  with  it  around 
the  windlass,  and  hold  on  to  the  slack. 

Lower  tiik  piece — Ease  away. 


594.  Nus.  7  and  8  ease  the  slack  of  their  fall  until 
inc  eliase  is  lower  than  the  breech,  and  the  weight  is 
transferred  to  the  fall  attached  to  the  neck. 

Halt. 

595.  Nos.  3  and  4  unhook  the  pulley  at  the  trun- 
nions, and  hang  it  on  the  second  brace.  Nos.  5  and  6 
steady  the  jjicce  with  the  rope  at  the  c:»scahle.  No8. 
7  and  H  remove  the  fall  from  the  windlass,  and  then 
hold  on  by  the  slack  of  the  fall,  now  held  by  Nos.  1 
and  2. 

IvAl.'-K    I  111.    IM  III;. 

590.  The  chief  ot'  ch'lachiiienl  unchocks  the  roller 
with  a  handspike. 

The  windlass  is  worked,  and  the  chief  of  detach- 
metit,  as  soon  as  he  can.  places  a  second  roller  in  front 
of  the  trunnions,  and  the  pieec  is  rolled  back  on  the 
level  on  which  the  gin  stands. 


ART.  IV.]  WITH    Tin:    (UN    AS    SHKARS.  21^1 

To  lo>crr  a  piece  over  thr  crrst  of  a  parapet  or  edge  of  a 
wall  into  the  ditch. 

5U7.  The  piece  is  passed  under  tlie  windlass  of  the 
gin  on  tlio  rollers,  the  muzzle  toward  the  ditch,  and 
is  pushed  forward  until  the  trunnions  arc^  nearly-  over 
the  crest,  Avhen  the  gin  is  equipped,  and  the  piece 
slung,  as  prescribed  in  No.  589. 

598.  The  windlass  is  worked,  and  when  the  trun- 
nions are  about  a  foot  above  the  crest  the  instructor 
commands  : 

Halt — Pass  the  piece. 

The  men  cease  heaving,  and  leave  the  handspikes  in 
the  upper  mortices,  bearing  against  the  legs.  The 
chief  of  detachmcift  takes  a  handspike.  Xo.  o  attaches 
a  rope  to  the  knob  of  the  cascable,  passes  it  under  the 
windlass  between  the  legs,  and  carries  it  to  the  right 
of  the  gin.  Nos.  3  and  4  haul  on  this  rope.  The  chief 
of  detachment  and  Nos.  1  and  'J.  with  their  handspikes, 
and  iSos.  8  and  4  at  the  rope,  assisted,  it  necessary',  by 
the  spare  men,  pass  the  piece  between  the  legs  and 
place  it  parallel  to  the  windlass,  the  breech  to  the 
right.  No.  3  unties  the  rope  from  the  cascable  ;  fastens 
a  prolonge  to  the  trunnion-sling;  and  throws  the  end 
to  the  men  in  the  ditch. 

Lower  the  piece — Ease  away. 

599.  Nos.  7  and  8  slack  off  the  fall  slowly,  and  the 
piece  is  allowed  to  descend  into  the  ditch. 

To  raise  a  piece  and  pans  it  through  a  casemate  embra- 
sure or  any  similar  opening. 

600.  The  additional  implements  necessary  are : 

4  Handspikes.  )  t    *u  * 

2  Rollers.         j  ^^  ^^^  casemate. 
1  GuN-SLiNo.     (Or  a  piece  of  fall,  about  three  times 
the  length  of  the  gun.)     In  the  ditch. 


•J22  MKCHAMCAL    MANffiUVBES.  [PART  II. 

Besides  the  usual  dctnchmont  for  working  the  j;in, 
four  additional  men  are  n<juircd,  who,  with  the  cltief 
of  detachnuMit,  are  istutioned  at  the  embrasure  to  re- 
ceive the  gun. 

(iUl.  The  piece  is  in  the  ditch,  the  breech  to  the 
wall. 

The  gin  i.s  ecjuipped  as  before,  on  the  edge  «)f  the 
purapet.  over  tlie  embrasure  through  which  the  piece 
is  to  pass. 

602.  The  men  in  the  <lit<h  attach  each  end  of  the 
sling  to  the  neck  by  a  timber-hitch,  the  bight  of 
which,  laid  on  ton  of  the  gun,  should  reach  nearly 
to  the  vent;  the  hook  of  the  pulley,  attached  to  the 
lall  of  the  gin,  is  passed  into  this  bight;  the  middle  of 
a  prolonge  is  made  fast  to  the  cascable  by  a  doublo- 
Iiilch,  and  the  ends  passed  over  the  sling  beyond  the 
liook  of  the  pulley;  these  ends  are  then  passed  under 
the  reinforce,  brought  up  on  lop,  drawn  tight,  and 
ti<<l  in  a  riglit^knot. 

Several  turns  are  taken  around  the  ])iece  and  dvor 
the  sling  with  a  lashing-line  a  little  in  rear  ol"  the  trun- 
nions, and  the  ends  fastened  on  t<>])  with  a  right-knot. 
(These  knots  may  be  made  with  a  bow.  or  a  tool  handle 
may  be  inserted  in  tlicm.  so  that  tlu-y  can  be  eiusily 
untied.)  \  ju-olonge  is  fastened  around  the  trunnions 
to  serve  as  a  guy  to  steady  the  piece  while  raising  it. 

The  gin  is  worked  as  previously  pr.-<<iil><(i  mikI  ilio 
piece  raised  breech  foremost. 

<J0;{.  When  the  trunnions  are  as  high  as  the  s<»le  of 
ilie  embrasure,  the  in.'^tiuctor  commands  : 

1I.M,T lUU.Nti     IN    TIIK    PIF.CK. 

The  chief  of  detachment  jiiaccs  a  roller  on  ilie  sole 
to  receive  the  brrech  of  the  piece,  chocks  it  toward 
the  ditch,  and  then  unties  the  knot  of  the  jirolongo 
which  is  around  the  breech.  The  assistants  haul  on 
the  end  of  this  rope. 


art.  iv.]  with  the  oin  as  shears.  223 

.  Raise  the  piece. 

604.  The  gin  is  worked  and  the  piece  raised — the 
assistants  allowing  the  prolonge  to  slip  out  gradually. 
When  the  prolonge  no  longer  bears  on  the  sling,  the 
chief  of  detachment  uncrosses  its  ends  and  returns 
them  to  the  as.sistants.  who,  pulling  on  them,  draw  the 
piece  in  on  the  roller. 

The  chief  of  detachment  then  unties  the  lashing- 
rope.  The  assistants  receive  and  hold  on  the  ends, 
allowing  them  to  slijj  out  gradually,  while  the  gin  is 
Avorked  and  the  piece  raised  and  drawn  in.  The  chief 
of  detachment  places  a  second  roller  under  the  piece. 
The  assistants  haul  on  the  -lashing-rope,  and  the  piece 
is  brought  into  the  embrasure. 

To  pass  a  piece  through  a  casemate  embrasure,  or  any 
similar  opening,  and  lower  it  into  the  ditch. 

For  the  additional  implements  and  men  required, 
sec  No.  6U0. 

605.  The  chief  of  detachment  fastens  to  the  knob 
of  the  cascable  the  middle  of  a  prolonge,  intended  to 
bind  the  sling  to  the  piece  as  prescribed  in  No.  602; 
attaches  the  sling  to  the  neck  of  the  piece  as  pre- 
scribed in  No.  602,  the  bight  reaching  a  little  in  rear 
of  the  trunnions,  so  as  to  allow  the  muzzle  to  prejjon- 
derate  ;  and  attaches  to  the  cascable  another  rope 
which  is  used  to  stead}'  the  piece  when  running  it  out 
of  the  embrasure. 

The  carriage  is  run  from  battery  and  chocked  firmly 
in  its  position.  The  assistants  take  a  tiirn  with  each 
end  of  the  prolonge  attached  to  the  cascable,  around 
the  rollers,  or  the  Jiaves  of  the  wheels,  or  around  a 
post,  or  any  other  suitable  fixture. 

The  piece  is  moved  fiirward  on  rollers  by  hand- 
spikes, until  the  trnnnions  are  near  the  edge  of  the 
embrasure  ;  the   hook  of  the  pulley  from   the   gin   is 


224 


MFXHAMCAL    MAS<EUVRES. 


[part  ir. 


then  passed  into  the  bi/rht  of  the  ftling,  which  iH  luslio'd 
to  the  piece  as  j)rescrihc<I  in  No.  G02. 

The  piece  hcin<;  steadied  with  the  rope  at  the  cas- 
cable.  i«  pusljeti  forward  until  the  trunnions  are  over 
the  edj;e  of  the  embrasure  and  the  muzzle  inclines 
downward. 

Kaise  the  piece. 

fiOO.  The  i^in  is  worked  until  the  weight  bears  on 
the  fall,  when  the  instructor  commands: 

Halt. 

The  assistants  remove  their  rope  from  the  cascuble, 
lasten  it*  around  the  trunnions,  and  throw  the  end  to 
the  men  in  the  ditch. 

Lower  tiik  tikce — Ease  away. 


607.  Tlie  piece  is  allowed  to  descend  i^radually  into 
the  ditch,  where  the  men  place  two  blocks  to  receive 
it:  one  under  the  muzzle,  tiic  other  umler  the  breech. 


ART.  IV.]  THE   SLING-CART.  225 


THE    SLING-CART. 


Platks    XXXVII    AND    XXXVIII. 


608.  The  sling-cart  is  used  for  moving  pieces  of 
artillery  short  distances.  It  is  a  lever  on  wheels,  and 
may  be  used  simply  as  such. 

There  are  two  kinds  :  one  for  the  heaviest  calibres, 
which,  being  limbered  with  a  siege  limber,  may  be 
drawn  by  horses ;  and  the  other,  called  the  hand  ding- 
cart,  designed  for  moving  siege  pieces  in  the  trenches. 

609.  The  siege  limber  may  also,  in  case  of  necessity, 
be  used  as  a  sling-cart. 

610.  The  detachment,  including  the  chief  of  detach- 
ment, is  composed  of  five  men,  except  for  slinging 
the  10-inch  columbiad,  which  requires  five  men  addi- 
tional. 


21 


22(5  MKCHAMCAL    MAN(EU VRK>^  [I'ART  II. 


MANffiUVKES     WITH     THK     SI,  INorAHT 


Lesson    X  L. 

To  sling  a  sicrje  gun,  Itnu-ifzer,  or  mortar. 
To  lower  a  siege  gun,  hou-it::(r,  or  mortar,  to  the  ground. 
To  .<iling  a  sea-ronst  howitzer  or  columbiad. 
To  .'<ling  a  \0-inch  columbiad. 
To  sling  a  siege  mortar,  mounted  on  its  bed. 
To  sling  a  seacoast  mortar. 

To  transport  a  siege  piece  short  distances  by  a  limber. 
To  raise  a  piece  upon  one  or  more  blocks  by  a  limber. 
To  sling  a  piece  on  two  limbers,  so  that  it  may  be  trans- 
ported with  hor.'^es. 


Oil.   The  imploinonls  ncpessarv  ait-  : 
2  Bi.orKs. 

4   NV  II  EEL-CHOCKS. 

1  Sling-chain.     Of  :iG  links,  with  a  sliort  hook  nt 

oacli  cud. 
1  Two  AM)  one-half  INTII  ROPE.      4o  fot-t  lonj^. 
1  SLiNc-t  HAIN.      Aflditional,   for   a   siege  mortar 

moun It'll  on  its  IkmI. 

To  sting  a  siege  gun,  howitzer,  or  mortar. 

612.  The  instructor  commands: 

Back  the  cart  over  the  i'iece. 

No8.  1  and  2  <;o  to  the  end  of  the  jxde.  Nos.  3  and 
4,  and  the  chi«'f  of  detachment  aj)j)ly  themselves  at 
the  wheels.  The  cart  is  then  backed  over  the  piece, 
the  pole  being  in  the  direction  of  the  breech,  and  the 


ART,  IV.]  WITH    TIIK    SLING-CART.  227 

axle  direct!}'  over  the  trinuiions.     Xos.  3  and  4  chock 
the  wheels. 

Sling  the  pieck. 

013.  No.  1  fastens  the  middle  of  the  prolonge  to  the 
end  of  the  pole.  Nos.  3  and  4  carry  one  end  of  the 
prolonjjce  to  the  rear  of  the  cart.  Nos.  1  and  2  raise 
tiic  pole  hy  hand,  Nos.  3  and  4  at  the  same  time 
applying  themselves  at  the  prblonge. 

When  the  pole  thns  raised  is  nearly  vertical,  Nos.  1 
and  2  seize  the  other  end  of  the  prolonge,  to  steady 
the  pole.  The  chief  of  detachment  lays  the  middle 
of  the  sling-chain  over  the  piece  in  rear  of  the  trun- 
nions, carries  each  end  around  the  trunnions  from  the 
rear  to  the  front,  and  hooks  tlicm  around  the  axle- 
hooks,  being  careful  to  tiikc  up  all  the  slack.  Nos.  1 
and  2,  assisted,  if  necessary,  by  Nos.  3  and  4,  haul 
upon  the  prolonge  until  the  end  of  the  pole  can  be 
reached  l)y  hand,  when  they  seize  and  bear  it  to  the 
ground.  The  chief  of  detachment  hooks  the  cascable 
chain  around  the  knob  of  the  cascable  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  the  piece  will  swing  level  when  the  pole  is 
horizontal.  Nos.  1  and  2  raise  the  pole  until  it  rests 
on  the  pole-prop. 

The  piece  is  thus  raised  about  eight  inches  from  the 
ground. 

614.  For  transportation,  it  should  ordinarily  be 
raised  higher;  which  can  readil}'  be  done  by  blocking 
up  the  piece,  and  raising  it  again  in  the  manner  al)ove 
])rescribcd. 

To  lower  a  siege  gun,  howitzer,  or  mortar^  to  the  ground. 

615.  The  piece  is  lowered  to  the  ground  hj  the  same 
means.  l>ut  in  an  inverse  majincr  to  that  Just  prescribccl. 

Now.  1  and  2  l)ear  the  end  of  the  ]iole  to  the  ground. 
The  chief  of  dctaehmt-nt  unhooks  the  cascable  chain. 
Nos.  1  and  2  allow  the  j)olc  to  rise  genii}-  until  it  is 
nearly  vertical      If  the  pieoo  doee  not  then  rest  ujwn 


228  MECHANICAL    MAN'(EUVRES.  [PART  II. 

the  ground,  it  is  blocked  up  and  unslung;  when,  by 
repeating  the  inana'uvre,  ii  may  l>e  lowered  to  the 
ground. 

Alter  the  ])iece  has  been  unslung,  Nos.  8  and  4  case 
the  pole  down  carefully,  by  means  of  the  ])rolonge. 
until  Nos.  1  and  2  can  reach  it  with  their  hands;  tlie 
latter  then  assist  them  in  casing  it  down. 

To  sling  a  sea-coast  hoicitzer  or  cohnnUind. 
To  sling  a  lO-inch  columbiad. 

Executed  as  prescribed  for  a  siege  piece  in  No.  G12 
and  following. 

To  sling  a  siege  mortar,  mounted  on  its  bed. 

The  instructor  gives  the  same  commands,  and  the 
duties  are  ])erfornied  by  the  same  numbers,  as  pre- 
scribed for  a  siege  piece  in  No.  G12  and  following. 

<»1().  The  sling-cart  is  backed  over  the  mortar  —  the 
pole  being  in  the  direction  of  the  breech,  and  the  axle 
directly  over  the  trunnions. 

If  the  bed  is  resting  on  the  gi-ouud,  it  may  be  slung 
by  first  raising  the  j^ole  nearly  vertical,  passing  the 
sling-chain  around  the  front  niaiueuvring-holts,  hook- 
ing it  over  the  axle-hooks,  and  hauling  upon  the  pro- 
ion  ge. 

•  It  is  then  blocked  up,  and  the  sling  taken  otf  the 
bolts  and  ])assed  under  the  bed  just  in  front  of  the 
cap-square  bolts;  this  brings  the  sling  a  little  in  front 
of  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  mortar  and  bed. 

The  pole  being  now  horizontal,  Nos.  1  and  2  bear 
down  upon  it  until  the  end  rests  upon  the  ground. 
Nos.  8  and  4  remove  the  blocks.  The  chief  of  detach- 
ment jiasses  the  other  sling-chain  around  the  rear 
nianceuvring-bolts  and  over  the  pole,  and  then  hooks  it 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  bed  will  be  level  when  Nos. 
1  and  2  raise  the  j)ole  until  it  rests  on  the  pole-proj). 

The  bed  is  thus  raised  about  eight  inches  from  the 
ground. 


ART.  TV.]  WITH    THE    SLINO-CART.  229 

Ifncces.sary.  it  may  be  blocked  u]),  and  raised  higher 
by  a  similar  maiKx?uvre. 

HI . .  The  breech  should  always  nlightly  preponderate 
in  order  to  prevent  the  pole  from  flyini;-  up. 

To  sling  a  sea-coast  mortar. 

618.  tSea-coast  mortars  and  their  beds  must  be  slung 
separately. 

619.  The  mortar  is  raised  by  passing  the  sling-ehain 
through  the  clevis,  over  the  axle,  and  hooking  it  around 
the  pole  at  its  junction  with  the  axle,  the  pole  having 
been  previously  raised  for  this  purpose. 

The  bed  is  I'aised  and  slung  in  a  similar  manner  to 
that  already  prescribed  for  the  siege  mortar  on  its  bod. 

To  transport  a  siege  piece  short  distances  by  a  limber. 

620.  The  piece  is  raised  upon  two  blocks,  one  under 
the  breech,  the  other  under  the  muzzle,  when  a  chain 
is  passed  around  the  piece  just  in  front  of  the  reinforce, 
or  about  six  inches  in  front  of  the  trunnions. 

The  limber,  its  pole  being  in  the  direction  of  the 
breech,  is  run  over  the  piece  until  the  pintle  is  over 
the  chain,  when  the  pole  is  slightly  raised,  and  the 
chain  passed  over  the  pintle  and  fastened.  The  pole 
is  borne  to  the  ground,  the  front  block  removed,  and 
a  rope  fastened  over  the  pole  and  around  the  knob  of 
the  cascable.  The  pole  is  then  raised,  and  the  rear 
block  removed. 

621.  If  the  chain  is  passed  around  the  piece  any 
nearer  to  the  trunnions  than  prescribed,  the  pole  will 
have  too  great  a  tendency  to  fly  up. 

To  raise  a  piece  upon  one  or  more  blocks  by  a  limber. 

622.  The  trunnion-loops,  or  an  ordinary  <hain,  is 
passed  over  the  knob  of  the  cascable  and  over  the  pin- 


230  MKCIIANICAL    MANOiUVHfcS.  [PAUT  11. 

tie,  ari'i  insula  fast  while  the  pole  is  raispil.     The  jiici-o 
is  then  raised  by  bearing  duwn  the  ]miIo. 

623.  The  wheels  should  not  be  chocked,  as  they  will 
soon  find  their  j)roper  bearing. 

To  sling  a  piece  on  two  linifurs  so  that  it  mtty  be  trans- 
ported with  horses. 

024.  The  ])ole  ol"  one  of  the  limbers  is  removed;  a 
block  is  jilaced  under  the  trunnions;  and  tlie  limber 
run  forward  with  its  fork  over  the  piece,  the  i)intle 
over  the  knob  of  the  cascable. 

The  muzzle  is  raised  and  the  front  block  removed. 
The  muzzle  is  borne  down  and  the  pintle  fastened  to 
the  knol)  of  the  cascable  with  the  chain  oi*  lashing- 
rope.  The  fork  is  borne  down  to  the  piece  and  lashed 
to  it  around  the  reinforce. 

The  other  limbei-  is  backed  over  the  neck  of  the 
piece;  when  the  pole  i.s  i-aisod  and  the  node  attached 
to  the  limber,  by  taking  two  turns  with  a  prolonge 
around  the  pintle,  and  two  turns  over  the  fork  in 
front  of  the  axle-tree,  so  that  the  weight  will  balance 
the  pole;  the  end  of  the  prolonge  being  lastened  with 
a  Jamming-hitch.  The  piece  is  then  raised  b}' bearing 
down  the  pole. 


ART.  IV.]  THE   CASEMATE    TRUCK.  231 


THE    CASEMATE    TRUCK 


Plate.   XXXVIII. 


625.  This  maohino  is  intended  for  inovinjz;  sea-coast 
pieces  and  their  carria<;es  in  the  galleries  of  casemate 
batteries. 

026.  The  detachment  is  composed  of  the  same  num- 
ber of  men,  and  told  off  in  the  same  manner,  as  pre- 
scribed in  No.  238. 


1^32  MF.CIIANICAL   MANCEt'VRKB.  [PABT  11. 


M  A  N  (E  i;  V  R  K  s     W    I  T  It     T  H  K     C  A  S  K  M  A  T  K     T  K  T  T  K 


Lksso.n    XLl. 

To  place  a  casemate  chassis  on  the  truck. 

To  loxccr  the  chassis  to  the  (jroxind. 

To  remove  the  chassis  from  the  casemate. 

To  place  a  gun-carria</e  on  the  truck. 

To  lower  the  (jun-carriaye  to  the  <jround. 

To  shift  the  yun-carrioye  froiu  the  truck  to  its  chassis. 

To  shift  the  yun-carriaye  from  its  chastiis  to  the  truck. 


627.  The  iinjik'nicnts  nceos.sary  are: 

1  J-,»i.\(;    lUiLLER. 

2  Blocks. 

2  ll.\LF  nrocKs. 
4  Bricoles. 

To  place  a  casemate  chassis  on  the  truck. 

628.  The  chassis  is  on  the  ground;  tho  truck  near 
it  with  its  front  Avheel  and  ton<;ue  removed. 

('»21>.  Two  han<ls})ikes  are  ])assed  across  and  under 
the  front  jjart  of  the  touijue  of  tlie  cliassis.  Eii^ht 
men,  two  at  each  end  of  each  iiaiidspike,  raise  the  end 
of  the  chassis.  Nos.  I>  and  10,  and  the  chief  of  detach- 
ment, run  tlie  truck  under  tlio  chassis  near  tlie  men, 
and  turn  it  so  that  its  a.xis  may  ho  in  the  same  vertical 
plane  with  that  of  thu  chassis,  the  end  of  the  trucl^ 


ART.  IV.]  WITH  THE  CASEMATE  TRUCK.  233 

from  which  the  wheel  has  been  removed  being  on  the 
ground  toward  the  rear  of  the  chassis. 

630.  The  men  at  the  handspikes  lift,  and  the  truck 
is  run  to  the  rear,  until  the  centre  of  the  wheels  are 
four  and  one-half  to  five  feet  from  the  centre  of  the 
rear  transom,  and  the  chassis  is  balanced  on  the  truck. 
Nos.  1  and  2  su|)])ort  and  direct  tlio  front  of  the  chas- 
sis, and  the  gunner  and  ^'os.  0  and  10  its  rear.  Nos. 
3,  4,  7  and  !^  take  bricoles  and  hook  into  the  rings. 
Nos.  5  and  G  carry  a  handspike  on  each  side  opposite 
to  the  wheels,  to  work  at  the  bolls  when  it  is  neces- 
sary to  overcome  any  obstacle. 

All  move  the  chassis  to  its  embrasure,  the  tongue 
near  the  tongue-hole. 

To  lower  the  chassis  to  the  ground. 

631.  Two  blocks  are  placed  lengthwise  under  each 
rail,  and  a  half  block  crosswise  on  the  top  of  them, 
near -the  middle  of  the  chassis,  and  near  the  truck. 
The  rear  of  the  chassis  is  raised.  Nos.  1  and  2  bear 
down  on  the  front  of  the  tongue.  The  gunner  and 
Nos.  8  and  9  take  out  the  truck,  and  lower  the  chassis 
on  the  blocks, 

632.  The  men  move  to  the  front  of  the  chassis  and 
raise  it.  Nos.  9  and  10  remove  the  blocks.  The  gun- 
ner places  a  long  roller  under  the  front  transom.  If 
the  pavement  is  uneven,  the  long  roller  should  be 
placed  on  two  boards. 

633.  The  men  move  to  the  rear  of  the  chassis.  Nos. 
1  and  2  embar  with  their  handspikes  under  the  rear 
transom,  to  raise  the  rear  traverse-wheels  from  the 
pavement.  All  push  the  chassis  forward.  The  gun- 
ner sees  that  the  tongue  goes  fairly  into  its  opening. 

634.  If  the  roller  runs  out  before  the  chassis  is 
placed,  the  gunner  calls   the   handspike  men  to   the 


234  MECHANICAL    MAN(EUVRES.  [PART  II. 

from  transom,  raises  it,  and  ro]ilaces  the  roller.  When 
the  traverse-wheels  are  on  their  circK*.  he  puts  in  the 
pintle. 

To  remove  the  chassis  from  the  casemate. 

(Wo.  The  ])intle  is  taken  out.  With'two  handspikes 
passed  under  the  front  transom,  the  front  of  the  ehas- 
sis  is  raised,  and  the  lonj;  rojler  placed  under  the  rails. 
The  rear  of  the  chassis  is  raised;  the  tonjjue  run  out 
of  the  ton<rue-hole;  and  the  chassJK  ]>lacetl  upon  the 
truck  as  prescribed  in  No.  (529  and  following. 

Remark. 

036.  To  prevent  injury  to  the  pavement,  planks 
should  be  laid  under  the  wheels  of  the  truck. 


To  place  a  gun-carriage  on  the  truck. 

037.  The  gun-carriago  is  on  tlie  ground,  standing  on 
the  head  of  its  cheeks;  the  truck  near  it  witli  its  front 
wheel  and  tongue  removed. 

038.  The  truck  is  run  up,  the  end  on' the  ground  un- 
der the  guides,  and  its  wheels  chocked  ;  the  trail  of  the 
carriage  is  lowered  upon  it.  The  trail  is  borne  down, 
and  tlic  head  of  the  carriage  raised  sudiciently  higii  for 
the  gunner  and  assistants  to  rejilace  the  truck-wheels 
and  tongue.  Nos.  1  and  2  appl}'  themselves  at  the 
tongue.  The  others  ap])ly  themselves  as  ])rescribed 
in  Xo.  ()30.  The  carriage  is  then  moved  on  the  truck 
to  its  place. 

To  lower  the  gun-carriage  to  the  ground. 

639.  The  front  wheel  of  tlu'  truck  is  removed,  and 
its  front  transom  rested  on  the  ground.  The  carriage 
is  then  raised  on  the  head  of  its  cheeks. 


ART.  IV.]  WITH  THE  CASEMATE  TRUCK.  235 

To  shift  the  guji-carriage  from  the  truck  to  its  chassis. 

640.  Tlie  front  of  tlio  truck  is  placed  at  riglit  angles, 
or  nearly  so,  to  the  chassis,  and  as  near  to  the  front 
transom  as  possible.  The  front  wheel  is  removed,  and 
the  front  transom  of  the  truck  rested  on  the  rail  of  the 
chassis,  when  the  wheels  are  chocked. 

The  carriage  is  turned  uj)  on  the  head  of  its  cheeks, 
as  near  the  front  transom  of  the  chassis  as  it  can  be 
placed,  and  slewed  until  its  axis  is  on  a  line  with  that 
of  the  chassis.     The  trail  is  then  lowered  to  its  place. 

To  shift  the  gun-carriage  from  its  chassis  to  the  truck. 

C)41.  The  gun-carriage  is  turned  u]i  on  the  head  of 
its  cheeks,  and  slewed  so  as  to  have  the  guides  turned 
toward  the  truck,  wliich  is  placed  as  prescribed  in  No. 
640.  The  trail  is  then  lowered  upon  the  truck;  the 
wheel  replaced  J  and  the  carriage  moved  off. 


28U 


MECHANICAL    MANtEUVRES. 


[part  II. 


Lesson  XLII. 

To  place  a  heavy  gun  on  the  truck. 

To  remove  a  heavy  (jun  from  the  truck  and  place  it  on 

two  blocks. 
To  place  a  heavy  gun  on  the  truck  by  a  gin. 


642.  Tlie  implements  necessary  are  : 

1  Lifting-jack. 

2  Half  rollers. 
8  Blocks. 

4  Half  blocks. 

4    (rUN-CHOCKS. 

4  Wheel-ciiocks. 
2  Skids. 

To  place  a  heavy  gun  on  the  truck. 

043.  The  gun  is  on  two  blocks. 

644.  The  skids  are  laid  as  prescribed  in  No.  510; 
then,  by  means  of  handspikes,  or  the  lifting-jaek,  the 
gun  is  raised  on  a  half  roller  under  the  trunnions;  the 
half  roller  resting  on  one  block  on  each  skid.  The 
muzzle  is  borne  down,  and  two  blocks  jilaced  on  the 
ground  lengthwise,  side  by  side,  their  middle  under 
the  base-i-ing,  and  two  others  crosswise  upon  them; 
thus  f(n"ming  a  scaffold  of  three  blocks  high  for  the 
base-ring  to  rest  on. 

The  muzzle  is  raised  with  the  lifting-jack;  the  truck, 
with  the  wheel  and  tongue  out,  passed  under  the  gun  ; 
the  front  of  the  truck  (which  now  rests  on  the  ground) 


ART.  IV.]  WITH  THE  CASEMATE  TRUCK.  237 

under  the  breech,  the  trunnions  of  the  gun  nearly  over 
tlie  middle  transom,  and  between  it  and  the  wheels  of 
the  truck.  The  wheels  are  then  chocked  ;  the  gun 
lowered  upon  the  truck;  and  the  jack  removed. 

The  muzzle  is  borne  down — the  gun  pressing  on  the 
rear  transom  of  the  truck  will  raise  the  front  part 
under  the  breech — the  wheel  and  tongue  inserted,  and 
the  gun  moved  to  its  place. 

To  remove  a  heavy  gun  from  the  truck  and  place  it  on 
two  blocks. 

645.  The  muzzle  is  borne  down  and  the  truck-wheel 
and  tongue  removed.  The  blocks  are  ]ilaced  under 
the  breech,  as  for  mounting;  the  muzzle  raised  with 
the  jack  ;  and  the  truck  removed.  The  skids,  blocks, 
and  half  roller  are  placed,  and  the  piece  lowered  on 
two  blocks.     (See  No.  64-i.) 

646.  In  mounting  guns  in  a  casemate  gallery,  the 
carriage  farthest  from  the  door  of  entrance  is  to  be 
placed  tirst,  and  its  gun  put  in  position,  before  the 
next  gun  and  carriage  is  brought  in. 

To  place  a  heavy  gun  on  the  truck  by  a  gin. 

647.  The  gun  is  raised  by  means  of  the  gin,  and  the 
truck  run  under  it.  The  gun  is  then  lowered  to  its 
place  ;  the  trunnions  just  over  the  front  of  the  middle 
transom. 


SAH  MECHANICAL    MANOJUVRKS.  fPART  11. 


Lesson  XLIl  1. 

7o  mount  a  gun. 
To  dismount  a  gun. 


648.  The  implements  necessary  arc  the  same  as  pre- 
scribed in  No.  027.  with  the  addition  of  :i  eusenuito  <i;in. 

To  mount  a  gun. 

649.  The  C!irria<;e  is  traversed  to  one  side  ;.  and  tlio 
^un — on  liloeks,or  on  tlie  truciv-eart — is  near  the  mid- 
dle of  the  casemate,  tlie  muzzle  toward  the  embra- 
sure. The  gin  is  over  the  gun  and  earriagej  the  latter 
on  the  side  of  tlu'  jti-y-pole. 

650.  The  gun  is  slung  in  the  usual  manner.  The 
gin  is  worked  until  the  gun  is  raised  suflieiently  high, 
when  the  chassis  is  traversed  under  it,  and  the  gun- 
earriage  so  placed  that  the  trunnion-holes  eomc  exactly 
under  tlie  trunnions.  The  gun  is  then  lowered  to  its 
place,  the  sling  removed,  and  the  gin  carried  to  the 
next  casemate. 

G.")!.  To  jircvent  the  pavement  from  being  injured 
by  tlie  j)()ints,  a  ti'uck-wheel,  or  a  jiiece  of  tliree-inch 
])l»nk,  with  holes  to  receive  them,  is  placed  under  each 
loot. 

To  disjnount  a  gun. 

Executed  in  the  inverse  manner  to  that  prescribed 
for  mounting  in  No.  G4U.  The  guu  is  placed  ou  tbo 
truck,  or  on  blocks. 


ART.  IV.]  WITH  THK  CASEMATE  TRUCK.  2'>9 


Lesson  XIjIV. 

To  remove  or  to  grease  the  truck-wheels  when  the  gun  is 
mounted. 


652.  The  implements  necessary  are  : 

1  Man(EUVRing-iiandspike.     Siege. 
1  Wheel-chock.     Siege. 

653.  The  gun-carriage  is  run  from  batter^'.  Nos.  3 
and  4  remove  the  liucli-pins.  Nos.  1  and  2  place  the 
chock  on  the  rail  close  to  the  front  of  the  axle-tree, 
and  cmbar  with  the  handspike,  on  the  chock  as  a  ful- 
crum, under  the  understrap  of-the  side  of  the  carriage 
to  be  raised. 

Nos.  3  and  4  remove  the  truck-wheel.  The  gunner 
greases  it  as  well  as  the  spindle.  Nos.  3  and  4  replace 
the  wheel. 

Remarks. 

654.  The  traverse-wheels  cannot  be  greased  when 
the  gun  is  mounted, 

655.  When  necessary,  the  piece  should  be  dis- 
mounted, the  gun-carriage  removed,  and  the  chas-sis 
withdrawn  and  turned  over;  the  caps  of  the  journal- 
boxes  taken  off,  and  the  axles  greased  and  replaced'. 

656.  The  truck  and  travcrso-wheols  should  be  greased 
before  mounting,  with  hog's  lard  or  a  mixture  Of  fitih- 
oil  and  tallow 


240  MECOAKTCAL    MAN<ECVRK8.  [PART  II. 

fi.*)?.  farriairoB  that  have  been  standing  some  time 
should  be  j^roiiscd  before  l>eing  used. 

65H.  A  wrench  should  be  provided  for  each  lialtery, 
and  the  nuts  always  tightened  before  the  carriage  is 
used. 


i 


I 


PART  III. 
M  I  S  C  E  L  L  A  X  E  O  U  S  . 


A  K  T  1  C  L  E    1 . 


To  embark  and  disembark  artillery  and  ordnance  stores. 

059.  When  artillery  and  its  stores  arc  to  be  shipped 
for  an  expedition,  prepare  fir.st  a  list  of  all  the  articles, 
statin*:;  their  number,  individual  weight,  and  the  total 
weight  of  each  kind. 

660.  In  estimating  the  weights,  allow  double  for 
that  of  bulky  articles,  which  occupy  much  space  with- 
out weighing  much. 

661.  Divide  the  total  quantity  to  be  transported 
among  the  vessels,  and  make  statements  in  duplicate 
of  the  articles  on  board  each  vessel ;  one  of  which  lists 
should  go  with  the  vessel,  and  the  other  remain  with 
the  officer  shipping  the  stores. 

662.  The  articles  must  be  divided  among  the  vessels 
according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case  ;  but  as  a 
general  rule  place  in  each  vessel  everything  necessary 
for  the  service  required  at  the  moment  of  disenibarka- 

22 


24 J  MIKCKLLANFOUS.  [I'AltT   III. 

tion,  so  (hat   \\\vrc  will    l>o   no  inconvenience  should 
other  vessels  he  (lehi\«'<l. 

t»(»8.  If  :i  sici,'e  is  to  he  undertiikon.  jjlace  in  each 
vessel  with  eucii  piece  of  artillery  its  inipleinents,  am- 
munition, aiul  the  carriuijes  necessary  to  transport  the 
whole  or  a  part ;  the  platforms,  tools,  instruments  and 
materials  for  constnictini;  hatteries ;  skids,  rollers, 
scantlin<;  and  plank. 

G(34.  If  a  ])arti(,ular  calihre  of  ffun  is  necessary  for 
any  operation,  do  not  place  all  of  one  kind  in  one  ves- 
sel, to  avoid  hein;^  entirely  deprived  of  them  by  an 
acci<lent  to  it. 

G()5.  Dismount  the  earriai^es,  wagons  and  limbers 
by  taking  off  the  wheels  and  boxes,  and.  if  absolutely 
necessary,  the  axle-trees.  Place  in  the  boxes  the  linch- 
])ins,  washers,  etc.,  with  the  tools  recpiired  for  putting 
the  carriage  together  again.  Nunibcv  each  carriage, 
and  mark  each  detached  artich'  with  the  nuiubcr  of 
the  carriage  to  which  it  belongs. 

r»(;(J.  The  fixed  anununition  must  be  carefully  packed 
in  its  jircscribed  boxes.  The  cartridge-bags,  fuzes  for 
shells,  and  their  ammunition,  either  in  substantial 
boxes  with  rope  handles,  or  in  barrels.  Powder  in 
barrels,  in  a  magazine  const  rneted  in  a  vessel  to  hold  it. 

GUT.  Sj)oiiges,  rammers,  worms  and  ladles  should  be 
united  in  bundles.  Other  implements,  intrenching 
tools,  levels,  rules,  etc..  ^i  bundles  or  boxes.  Imi)lc- 
nieiils  in  bundles  and  boxes  of  complete  sets,  as  far  as 
praetienble. 

GGS.  Small  ai-ms  should  be  in  their  |trescribed  boxes. 

6B9.  The  contents  of  each  box,  barrel,  or  bundle, 
shoidd  be  marked  distinctly  upon  it.    The  boxes  should 


ART.  I.]  EMBARKING    ARTILLERY,  ETC.  243 

bo  made  small  for  the  convenience  of  handling,  and 
have  rope  handles  to  lift  them  by. 

G70.  The  position  of  the  different  articles  in  each 
vessel  should  be  noted  in  a  column  in  the  list  on  board. 

671.  Place  the  heaviest  articles  below,  beginning 
with  the  shot  and  shells  (empty),  then  the  guns,  plat- 
forms, carriages,  wagons,  limbers,  ammunition-boxes, 
etc.  Boxes  of  small  arms  and  ammunition  in  the  dry- 
est  and  least  exposed  part  of  the  vessel.  The  skids, 
scantling  and  boards  may  be  in  the  more  exposed 
parts,  or  in  the  run. 

Articles  required  to  be  disembarked  first,  should  be 
put  in  last,  or  so  ])laced  that  thej-  can  be  readily  got  at. 
if  the  disembarkation  is  to  be  performed  in  front  of 
the  enemy,  some  of  the  field-])ieces  should  be  so  placed 
that  they  can  be  disembarked  immediately,  with  their 
carriages,  iniplements  and  ammunition  ;  also  the  tools 
and  materials  for  throwing  up  temporary  intrench- 
ments  on  landing. 

672.  "When  tfieru  arc  several  vessels  laden  with  ar- 
tillery and  stores  for  an  expedition,  each  vessel  should 
have  on  each  quarter,  and  on  a  signal  at  mast-head,  a 
number  that  can  be  easily  distinguished  at  a  distance. 
The  same  number  should  be  entered  on  a  list  of  sup- 
plies shipped  in  each  vessel.  The  commander  can 
then  know  exactly  wliat  resources  he  has  with  him. 
Some  vessel,  distinguished  by  a  particular  signal, 
>hould  be  laden  solely  with  such  powder  and  ammuni- 
tion as  ma}-  not  l>e  required  for  the  immediate  service 
of  the  pieces. 

673.  If  it  is  necessary  to  reship,  or  leave  any  arti- 
cles on  board  the  vessels,  care  should  be  taken  to  note 
them  on  the  list. 

674.  Boats  of  ]iroper  capacity  must  be  provided  for 


244  MISCELLANEOUS.  [PAUT  111. 

tlie  disembarkation,  according  to  the  circumstances  in 
each  case. 

675.  It  maj'  be  necessary  to  establish  temporary 
wharves  on  trestles,  and  to  erect  shears,  cnincs,  or 
derricks. 

676.  On  a  smooth  sandy  beach,  heavy  pieces,  etc., 
may  be  landed  b^-  i-ollin«]f  them  overbuard  as  soon  as 
the  boats  ground,  and  hauling  them  up  with  sling- 
carts. 


ART.  II.]  TABLES.  245 


ARTICLE     11. 

Tables  of  Dimensions  and  Weights  of  Guns,  Car- 
riages, Shot,  Shells,  Machines  and  Implements; 
OF  Charges  for  Shells;  of  Ranges  for  Heavy 
Ordnance,  etc. 


L'lO 


MISCELLANKOUS. 


[part  111. 


(577.  Principal  dimensions  and  weights  of  gu7is. 


M  e 

CO 

C4 

^ 

M 

a»      o  o 

.    «D  »- •*  eo          »-e>aos      ^  oo  «  la  to      o»  o 

M       1        _•         .      .      .      .                  .      .      .  «            .... 

oes 

i 

—           <-!"       e»5MaceDoo>o««„e-it^— '.^-TM       _r      1 

©MO»^                oO.»T  —  t-                -.C 

*  * 

»-^         ^^1-^               *-*  ^" 

•E 

•o  o 

a 

cc      to       oi~w       i.       ti           tnus      «o 

bo 

00            -• " 

a>  es 

•O 

^                   O  M  ^  (N               _0^^^_               «         -*          1 

a 

es 

9 

f-l           r<  ^                  r- 

e^ -^      to               o»      X               N      o»      o  •« 

O 

.       IX.  r-           .O                  W  »-          O           -^           QO          O           0»  C^ 

to 

•<* 

_•      .    .         .             .    •       o        •         . 

t-e4 

e^ 

O  r-l  ^  M  rt         —  2^  r>  N  -<               to         "*         1 

1 

in       00 

o  o 

.      -t^tct-         MC^I~            •M-»'l~-»<         to         OtOl 

N 

M  .»* 

^ 

M 

<    tc       1^  tc  -*  ..-5  —  i^  e-i    •  e-i  ?i  o  to  to  oo       ^^      1 

a 

d 

o 

o 
a 

to              -H 

in  o 

o 

^             »^                      M    •.* 

e^  >*            "O  «       to  -*  1 

CO 

M 

■»  .^ 

"* 

•C      t~          O   O  t~  OS  (M  Of.   •« 

cc  -r  e-i  «~  «c  = 

<* 

^                     ,-  „  ^  M  ^          ^ 

■<«>  M  C^l               1- 

'"''"'•"'                 " 

■ 

;   ^ 

X 

•O 

'J 

d 

_c 

c 

■^ 

t^ 

;: 

3 

s 
k. 

c 

= 

o 

^ 

o 

^ 

N     B3 

u 

& 

o 

a 

<5 

S     U 

»  a 

o 

c 

sc 

< 

U    be 

c<_^ 

s 

o 

«.S 

•E  C-- 

X 

ea 

c 

I 

in  diam 
f  base-r 
e  piece  . 
he  base- 
lie  swell 
hese  sen 

Ofll  t, . . . . 

J.s  l.i  Z 

c 

"o 

o 

ouo^  —  w—  -ruca-^ucx 

^ 

f  the  boi 
f  the  bor 
rtmi  rear 
i);,Mh  of  t 
meter  of 
meter  of 
between 
infrle  of  i 
from  rea 
of  the  b 
between 
of  the  t 
f  the  tru 

from  axi 

o  ^ 

: 

o 
u 

I 

'Si*'5~'2  5-'y'?''2  2*'oci5c 

J2 

5 

«  =  acpjc3Ba»i-2!od'>ie8B» 

.SPe. 

s  « 

—  t.  ii   a  a  T^  sj  rj  —   ~  —  —  —  —  4>  — 

,,^   u 

(= 

f- 

H- 

h: 

^ 

K 

V. 

e 

>? 

fi 

C 

c 

fi 

tJ 

fi 

fS 

&,  1 

ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


247 


678.  Principal   dimensions   and  weights  of   columbiads 
and  howitzers. 


St 


CD      I    ^ 


n 

53 


CO         ^  M 
>-l  ■«  CO  « 


1— I  lo  to  ■^  in 


ei  C)  .—  -o 


o  o 


1—  lO 

;  oc       c  c<>  ;c  —  c; 


'7  "^  ?5 ": 


^  ci  —  C-.  o  r^ 


^  i  SJ 


'fa 


•-  c 


«  ~  _c  ~    —    C 


a  ~  o  =  o  _   _ 
&  -  I.  1.  *       '- 


e!   o   C    - 
i^   or.   Gj  r;   «j 


ft   1;  "S  a 


:-^  I  =  i  i"^  S"^  w' 


=  c  =  ~  =:2  t 
3  -  s  =  «  u  = 


s-f  ■ 

e  b€ 

S    =    CcSCCjBEHr 

I,  -J  jj  .^  5,  e       ^  g, ._  _  . _  .^  .  _  „  .^  . _ 


U    I 


248  MISCELLANEOUS.  [PART  III. 

G70.  Principal  dimensions  and  weights  of  7nortars. 


Heavy. 


13-in. 


lO-in. 


Diameter  of  the  bore 

True  windage 

Length    of   the  bore,    exclusive    of    the 

chamber 

Length   of   the    bore,    exclusive   of    the 

chamber,  in  diameters 

Superior  diameter  of  the  chamber  (at  the 

bottom  of  the  shell 

Inferior  diameter  of  the  chamber 

Length  of  tiic  chamber 

M'hole  length  of  the  mortar 

Distance  from  face  of  muzzle  to  front  of 

trunnions 

Distance  between  the  rimbascs 

Length  of  the  trunnions 

Diameter  of  the  trunnions 


Tn. 
13 


.13 


Weight 11,500     5,775     1,852 


13 
53 

41 
36 

8. 
12 


1,1. 

10 
.13 

25 

2.5 

7.15 
5.64 

10 

46 

37 
27.5 

6.5 

9 


Light. 


lO-in. 


Lbs.       Lis. 


In. 

10 
.13 

15 

1.5 

7.6 

5 

5 

28 

20 
20.5 
5 


Lbs.       Lbs. 


In. 

8 
•  12 

12 

1.5 

6.08 
4 
4 
22.5 

16.5 
16.25 
4 


930 


680.  Dimensions  and  weights  of  shot. 


13-in. 

12-in. 

10-in. 

8-in. 

42 
In. 

32 

24 
In. 

18 
In. 

12 

/». 

In. 

In. 

//.. 

In. 

Diameter 

12.87 

11.87 

9.87 

7.88 

6.84 

6.25 

5.68 

5.17 

4.52 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Weight 

294 

231 

128 

65 

42.7 

32.6 

24.4 

18.6 

12.3 

ART.  11.] 


TABLES. 


249 


G81.  Dimensions  and  rreighfs  of  shells. 


1— I  0>  OS  OC  M  o>  to 


00   lo  lO  o   ci 

CO  o>  o>  CO  ro  s>  CO 


O     O  »0  lO    Ci 

M   O  C:  «  o>  CO 

to  rH  ri    .-^   '   ' 


NMC^— 'Ni-trlh- 


.5  g  £ 


250  MISCELLANEOUS.  [PART   III. 

682.  Dimejisions  and  weights  qf^spheriral-case  shot. 


Diameter 

Thickness  of  [  True 

metal  at      J.  Greatest 

the  ."{(le."!      (  I/CBst 

Thi<-knes.«  of  inctiil  iit  fuze-hole., 
Railiu.s  of  reinforce  at  fu/.e-hole. . 
Diameter  of  f  E.vterior 

fuze-hole.  \  Interior 

Mean  weight 


8-in. 

43 

32 

* 

1 
24 

/„. 

In. 

In. 

1 
J...    1 

7.88 

6.84 

6.25 

5.68 

.7 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.725 

.675 

.625 

.575 

'  .fi75 

.625 

.575 

.525 

1.6 

1.5 

1.5 

1.1 

.S 

2.75 

2.5 

2.3 

1.2 

1.2 

1.2 

.9 

.96 

.975 

.975 

.735 

Lb». 

.Lbn. 

Lb8. 

Lbn. 

30 

20.32 

16 

11.86 

/n. 

5.17 

.5 

.525 

.475 
1.1 
2.1 

.9 

.735 

Lb». 
8.7 


The  thickness  of  metal  at  the  fuze-liole  is  supposed 
to  be  measured  in  the  axis  of  the  fuze-hole  between 
the  spherical  surfaces  of  the  shell  and  tlie  reinforce. 
The  luze-holes  of  shell  and  s])herical-case  shot  taper 
.15  in.  to  one  inch. 

68.S.    Weights  of  carcasses. 


*- 

weight 

13-Jn. 

10-in. 

S-in. 

42 

32 

24 

Lbn. 
16 

18 

Lb». 
12.5 

12 

Mean 

Us. 
194 

Lbn. 
86 

Lbs. 
43 

Lbs. 

30 

Lb». 
21.60 

Lb: 
8 

Carcasses  are  shells  havincj  three  additional  holes  of 
the  saint'  <liiiicnsions  as  tlie  fiizc-hole.  ])icrco(l  at  equal 
distances  apart    in    tin-  iippci'  iicinispiierc  of  the  shell , 
Avitli  tlieir  t-xtcrior  opiiiin'^s  touchiii;^  the  ujreat  circle 
Avlii(  li  is  per|iciKliciilar  to  the  axis  of  the  fuze-hole 


\ 


ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


251 


684.  Dimensions  and  weights  of  grape  shot. 


m 

8-in. 

42 

32 

24 

18 

12 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

/n. 

In. 

Diameter  of  large  gauge.  . 

.^.60 

3.17 

2.90 

2.64 

2.40 

2.06 

Diameter  of  small  gauge. 

3.54 

3.13 

2.86 

2.60 

2.36 

2.02 

Lh,. 

Lbg. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

6.1 

4.2 

3.15 

2.4 

1.8 

1.14 

685.  Dimensions  arid  iveights  of  canister  shot. 


to 
to 

24-pdr.  and 
8-inch  Siege 
Howitzer  . . 

CO 

■ 

12-pdr.  and 

32-pdr. 
Howitzer  . . 

' 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

Diameter  of  large  gauge. . . . 

2.26 

2.06 

1.87 

1.70 

1.40 

Diameter  of  small  gauge. . . . 

2.22 

2.02 

1.84 

1.67 

1.46 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

1.6 

1.14 

.86 

.64 

.4.1 

686.  Dimensions  and  weights  of  grenades. 

Six-pounder  spherical-case  shot  may  be  used  for 
liand  grenades,  and  shells  of  nwy  calibre  for  rampart 
grenades. 


"4/ 


252 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


[part  III. 


687.  Dimetisions  and  weights  of  canisters. 


Siege  and  Garrison 
Guns. 


42 


In. 
Height  of  finished  canis- 
ter      8.7 

Number  of  tiers  of  shot. .  4 
Number  of  shot  in  each  of 

the  three  lower  ticr^. . .  7 
Number  of  shot  in  fourth, 

tier I     6 

Whole  number  of  shot. . .     27 

\Lb». 
Weight  of  finished  canis- 
ter     48 


32 

24 

18 

In. 

In. 

//.. 

8.1 
4 

7.35 
4 

6.8 
4 

7 

7 

7 

6 

27 

6 
27 

6 
27 

Lb». 

Lbs. 

Lb». 

37 

29 

23 

12 


//.. 


8-inch 
Howitzers. 


Lb». 
15 


Siege. 


In. 


12.03 
4 


12 


12 

48 


Lbn. 
53.5 


Sea- 
coast. 


In. 


12.35 
4 


12 


12 
48 


Lbi. 
54.5 


688.  Dimensions  and  iceights  of  a  stand  of  gra^e. 


8-in. 

42 

32 

24 

18 

12 

Height    of  stand   between 
the  outsides  of  the  plates. 

In. 

9.85 

Jn. 
8.75 

In. 
8.2 

In. 
7.5 

In. 
6.8 

In. 

5.8 

IM. 

Lbf>.   ^ 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

Weight  of  stand  complete. 

74.5 

51.25 

39.75 

30.61 

22.15 

14.84 

A  stand  of  grajK'  c(jiisisls  of  nine  shot,  put  to<>:ether 
by  means  of  two  cast-iron  plates,  two  rings,  and  one 
pin  and  nut. 


ART.  11.] 


TABLES. 


253 


689.  Principal  dimensions  of  siege  gun-carriages  and 
limbers. 


d 

3 

d 

9 

Gun 
-inch 
tzer. 

Ok 

u 

CO 

24-pdr. 
and  8 
Howi 

In. 

//.. 

In. 

Height  of  axis  of  trunnions  above  the  ground.. 

52.2 

52.6 

53 

13° 

12° 

12° 

Vertical  field         zontal    line..  (Howitzer 

15° 

4° 

4° 

4° 

zontal    line. .  \  Howitzer 

10° 

Distance  between   the  points   of  contact  of  the 

wheels  and  trail  with  the  ground  line 

100 

101 

101 

Distance  from  the  front  of  the  wheels  to  the  end 

of  the  trail,  the  i>iecc  being  in  battery 

141 

142 

142 

Tx-  »             r^i,              1      r  lu     f  Gun,  in    front  of 
Distanceof  the  muzzle  of  the            ^     , 

,    ..          ~          .1             wheels 

piece  in   battery  from  the  •  ti      •. 

J,       »     o  .1         u     1                     Howitzer,  in   rear 

front  of  the  wheels y      ,,,.  ^^^^^^ 

30.74 

B5.35 

35.. 34 
7.66 

Length  of  gun-carriage,  without  wheels 

1.30 

133 

133.6 

176.65 

176.65 

176.65 

Length  of  limber,  witliout  wheels  or  pole 

59.8 

59.8 

59.8 

Length  of  limber,  with  wheels  and  pole 

184.9 

184.9 

184.9 

278.9 

280.9 

280.9 

81.8 

81.8 

81.8 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

2 

2 

2 

M 


254 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


[part  hi. 


690.  Principal  weights  of  siege  gun-carriages  and  limbers. 


Gun-carriage,  without  wheels 

Limber,  without  wheels 

One  wheel ■ 

Gun-carriage,  complete,  without  implements. . 

Limber,  complete    

Gun-carriage  and  limber,  without  implements 


s 

B 
9 

G! 

O 

u 

u 

•a 

& 

U. 

1   e^ 

CO 

" 

'^ 

LU. 

Lbs. 

1,440 

1,542 

585 

585 

404 

404 

2,248 

2,350 

1,393 

1,393 

3,641 

3,743 

Lbs. 

1,714 
585 
404 
2,522 
1.393 
3,915 


691.  Dimeiisions  and  weights  of  mortar-beds. 


Length 

Exterior  width,  including   manoeuvring 
bolts 

Weight 


Sic 

gc- 

c 

o 

8-in. 

10-in. 

o 
O 

In. 

In. 

In. 

42 

51.8 

31 

34 

40 

15 

Lb8. 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

920 

1,830 

132 

Tn. 
22 

22 

Lbs. 

280 


>.', 


ART.  11.] 


TABLES. 


255 


692.  Principal  dimensions  and  weights  of  harhette 
carriages. 


•unf)  -apd-jt. 


qoai-g  pui! 
'qua  -Jpd-gg 

■uno  -.tpd-ts 


to  00  1~  l~  M  O 

■»1<  O  3»  ^  r-  rt 
1—  CO  ^'^ 


•uno  -jpd-gl 


■nni)  -apd-si 




to 

— * 

^ 

"~ 

n 

.o 

■n 

on 

i^  i^  <o 

35- 

i~ 

lO 

>fl 

n 

fi 

« 

o 

oa 

r-i  00 

o 

o 

CO 

to 

W 

►> 

.« 

o 

-t 

3! 

o 

C<3 

^ 

i- 

f-.rf 

00 

03 

e<i 

O 

•■^ 

'  ' 

'^ 

'-' 

ul  C   O  M 


•O  OC  (^  1-  o>  •^ 


■«  00  ^-  t—  to  -^ 

CO  o  oa  r^  to  ^ 
T— 1  cc  to  c^ 


eS 

•B 
"« 

u 

^ 

•5 

~ 

IS 

c 

c! 

85 

c 

^ 

c 

s 

B_ 
Z>  '*" 
?^ 

5 '5. 

■^  a 

o  -.  S  f^  H  » 

t   t   i  5  ^  E 
^   ~  ■'■   -^   Si  o 


£  I  5.= 


<4  .2 


o  u  o  o  c  M 
a  c  =  c  3  ja 
OO  003C/ 


ift^ 


256 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


[part  in. 


G03.  Principal  dimensions  and  ireights  of 
carriages. 


-nmte 


ft 

<3 


•p«iq 


•nno    apd-gf. 


•uiif)  -jpd-gg 


•nno  ipd-i-z 


lO            o  o  <c 

oocooo>OM-roo 

«0               C4  f—  ^ 

^ 

WMOO»COC»1— "O 

e 

.  o    o      ... 

>-<  M  «0                      •«  0(5 

>>i 

O  00  ■*  l^  0>  05  "O 

lO           to  00  •>»•  w 

s 

r1        es                      ^N 

.o           •«  ■«  «o 

cc<s>oo»oe>««oc>5 

«D            e<s  1-1  1— 

* 

e^e<ii^o>co0>«oec 

.  o   o      ... 

^  M  >n                      lO  00 

~^ 

O  00  •*  »~  OS  «0  'O 

>n            to  00  ^  CO 
—      es 

>-3 

ri         M                      1^  e^ 

ui            in  o  o 

■^CCOOOiHOOO 

o>            M  .—  o 

^ 

tCMr^ClcOO^OO 

e 

.  0    o      .     .     • 

C  M  •»                      O  «0 

■^ 

0»  00  "*  i~  o>  ■*  •« 

^               to  00  -"J-  CO 

*^ 

^         W                      1-1  M 

t-  CO  .-« 

•  GO        .      . 

00  a>  ^  t>-  o  o  lO 

I*  «  00  -J"  CO 


00  CO 

3>  e^ 


o  o)  c  e^  ^  00 
C4  0>  CO  o>  o  t- 


■s.B 


C    ■   » 

■^     O     t,     tl 


» 


4J  '       :    -     w 


B 

S  2 

z  »■ 

o  d 

.a  o 


S  2- 


'Z.2   .  S 

J  c)  o  fc.  a 
:  s  a  a)  ja 
)00  u  o 


ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


257 


094.    Weight  of  lifting-jack. 


p 
« 

i 

Thickness. 

Weight. 

In. 

In. 

fn. 

160 

12 

5.5 

.3.5 

4  5 

695.  Dimensions  and  weights  of  gins. 


niMENSlOSS. 


a    . 

c 

o 

rs    be 

■^VJ 

eS 

Ph 

o 

Lengtli  of  legs 

WEIGHTS. 

Of  pry-polc 

Of  gin  without  b'locks 

f  Single . 

Of  pulley  blocks,  -j  Double 

I 

[  Treble. 


In. 
175.5 
Ll.x. 

55 
455 

?,7 


In. 

256.5 

Lbf. 

224 

82.3 

65 
84 


In. 
172.5 
Lb$. 
175 
642 

65 
84 


« 


258 


MIsrKI.I.ANF.dlS. 


[part  111. 


OOf).    Dimef^ionf  and  xreight  of  the  sli  tig -cart. 


DIMBMIOVS. 


L.igc.    ,    UauU. 


/.I.  In. 

LfiiRth  from  rcur  of  wlu-vU  to  front  end  of  pole. . . ,  242.4          100.76 

LcnRlh  of  nxic-trcc |  9^               76.50 

Height  of  wbt'cl8 96               72 

I'istsncc  between  the  whceU  on  the  gruunil ;'>>^.7.'>           'i0.4 

WKICIITS.                                            !  Lbi.  I      Lb*. 

Oik-  whoi-1 701  '      .... 

Whole  wei;;ht  (without  oling-ohnins) ;  2,282             1.1 1') 

Truuuion-uhuiu  iinJ  rings I  23           .... 

.Sling-cb&in j  84  |     •••• 


697.  Dimensions  and  weight  of  the  mortar-wagon. 


DIMKNSIONS. 


Incboa. 


Length 143.6 

Whole  k-ugth  when  linihcrcd  u| 2S7.S6 

WKiiiiiTS.  Lb: 

Garrlagc  body,  without    wiiecls 9S4 

One  wheel 404 

Limber,  without  whceig •  •  685 

('Hrriage  and  limber,  complete  (without  implement.^). |  8,195 


ART.  II.]  TABLES.  '2^*J 

698.    Lengths  and  wri^jhfs  of  fniahrd  hnplemenis. 


•mjo^ 


'll>«7 


'jaurav^ 


•eSaodg 


•q?3a9i 


»    >o  o  o  o  o 
5    «-^  t-^  l-i  t^  t^ 


ao  o>  t> 


,•      M         «  »~  00 


cc  ■«  CO  e» 


<s  c 


C    =    C  Jl 

«  «  a  g 

be  »*  i«  — 

i,    n    o  c 


_  >.5 

■  -    i    V    a 

»  -  .=  r 

.C  ~  ■w   g 

■^  E-  -i 

■=  '       ''  .:  -a  -^  i: 

,E  i      ^  X.S  .E 1 

=  '7       '7  «t  r:  ©  —■ 
—  T.        X.  M  —  —  et 


2(50 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


[part  hi. 


699.   Weights  of  implements. 


Trail-handspike 

Manoeuvring-handspike  . . 
Long    manoeuvring-band- 

spike 

Truck-bainlspike ■ 

Kdlk'r-handspikc 

Pa!'s-b(i.\ 

Budgc-barrel ■ 

Gunner's  haversack 

Pointing-wire 

Gunner's  gimlet 

Vent-punch 

Finger-stall 

Breech-sight 

Vent-cover 

Lanyard  (for  friction-prim 

ers) 

Fuze-scttcr 

Fuze-mallet 

Fuze-saw 

Fuze-ra.sp 

Fuze-auger  

Fuze-gimlet 

Shell-plug  screw 

Fuze-])lug  reamer  ..... 

Fuze-extractor 

Gunner's  pincers 

G unner's  callipers 


7.25 
8.25 

12 
18.5 
7 
7 
15.5 
1.86 
.08 
.08 
.OS 

.00; 

.65 
.45 

.1 
2.66 
2.75 

.75 

.75 

.3 

.1 

.31 

.3 
3.53 

.85 

.5 


,  jTarpaulins. 


Gunner's  quadrant  (wood) 

Gunner's  level 

Maul 

Quoin  (for  siege  mortars). 

Chock 

Plummet 

Scraper 

Gunner's  sleeve 

Basket 

(  Large  .... 

■(  Small 

iMortar  tompions.  j   ,„  . 

Broom (corn) 

Shells 

Funnel 

("4   07... 

Powder  measures,  <  ,  ,/" ' 

[3  lbs! 

Tar  bucket 

Watering  bucket  (leather) 

Shovel 

Pickaxe 

Felling-axe 

Handbill 

Drag-rope 

Men's  harness 


.84 
.6 
10 

7 

1.4 

1 

2.3 
.25 

4 
54 

9 

5 

7 

1.25 

2 
.32 
.3 
.5 
.75 

1.6 

7 

8 

4.75 

6.5 


16.5 
2Z 


ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


201 


700.  Dimensions  of  cartridge-bags. 


1        1 



CO 

cd 

.9 

CO 

•^ 

<£> 

o> 

1-1 

OS 

<3 

00 

in 

u 

o 
CO 

.9 
0 

^ 

•0 

e<3 
CO 

00 

- 

as 

IM 

© 

« 

•7    (U 

►c 

M 

-* 

M 

»* 

OS 

•^ 

^ 

CO 

tfi 

o» 

0 

ac 

-<1 

.s 

>5 

to 

0 

e< 

0 

00 

pa 

cc 

c 

lO               5C 

.^ 

00 

c 

0 

•-> 

i~ 

-* 
cq 

-t 

•^ 

-' 

'-' 

"^ 

L^ 

r^ 

w 

1/" 

• 

-S 

M 

C^ 

>«, 

•^ 

c^ 

~f        to 

<? 

»— ' 

b 

u- 

13 

to            t- 

• 

0 

00 

< 

»-i           •- 

h-         1^ 

.0 

-^ 

a 

y-> 

u 

iT- 

is 

"73 

-1 

^ 

p 

p< 

.A 

to 

o 

4 

"»» 

^          — 

or 

OS              ^ 

M 

h 

to 

>« 

m              r- 

>o 

CLi 

ji 

»& 

CO 

'-»i 

10            .- 

00        0             ._^ 

e^ 

0- 
1. 

CO 

'^ 

05 

• 

>n 

c» 

.0 

■-«, 

to 

CO          — 

0 

ci 

•         ^^               ^ 

•^ 

_c 

t. 

0 

t 

0 

^ 

,       ~ 

) 

— 

- 

c 

0 

c 

'    s 

J~ 

a 
0 

j 

c 

1 

0. 

:       ^ 

u. 

^        •: 

(x 

^        ♦ 

» 

c 

a  5 

^ 

1 

1 

?            i 

"c 

-        0  t 

r  1 

f       ^ 

1 

i      '  -i 

;          9 

?         « 

> 

-? 

1 

-      ja  > 

i         s 

:  i 

J;       i 

1 

3       "SftC 

> 

:       i 

4/ 

"a 

5       a  d 

1        .^ 

'z            E 

-^ 

c 

1      ..3 

a 

"          >^ 

K. 

C 


2G2 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


[r.MiT  III. 


701.  Mnnnrr  of  strapping  shells. 

Sabots  for  shells  for  lieavy  guns,  howitzers,  and 
c()lnml)ia(ls,  arc  made  of'plank. 

The  slu'lis  are  placed  in  the  sabot,  and  the  straps 
put  on  in  such  a  manner  that  the  fuze-hole  may  fall 
in  one  of  the  ani^les  between  two  stra))s.  and  tiiat  the 
axis  of  the  fuze-hole  may  stand  at  an  angle  of  about 
4')°  with  that  of  the  sabot.  The  eyes  of  the  shell 
should  not  be  covered  hy  the  straps.  The  straps  are 
fastened  at  each  end  with  two  nails  in  the  side,  and 
two  in  the  bottom  of  the  sabot.  In  hjadinij  the  ])iece, 
care  must  be  taken  to  place  the  fuze-hole  in  the  uj^per 
part  of  the  bore. 

702.  Charges  for  shells  for  mortars. 


To  fill  the  shell II     0 


To  bur.-it  the  shell . . . 
To  blow  out  the  fuze. 


T.  ,.  I  Of  cannon  powder 

For  orJinary  ]  r\r   ■         j-  .  i 

•'  ■<  Of   incendiary  -  match,    or 

(^     other  composition 


13- 

nch. 

10-inch. 

Lb». 

oz. 

Lbn.  oz. 

11 

0 

5     0 

6 

0 

2     0 

0 

6 

0     5 

7 

0 

3     0 

0 

8 

0     6 

8 -inch. 


LbB.   oz. 


2     9 


1     0 


0     4 


1   12 


0     5 


ART.  H.]  TABI-ES.  2G8 

703.  Charges  for  shells,  for  cohimbiads  and  heavy  guns. 


COLUMBIADS. 

GUNS. 

CHARGK. 

in-in. 

8-iTi. 

42 

32 

24 

18 

12 

LhK.oe. 

Lbs.os; 

Lht.oz. 

Lbs.os. 

LbB.OZ. 

Lbs.oz. 

Lhs.oz. 

To  fill  the  shell... 

3    4 

1   12 

1     8 

1     6 

1     0 

0  11 

0     8 

To  burst  the  shell. 

1     6 

1      0 

0  12 

0  11 

0     8 

0     7 

0     5 

To  blow  out  fuze- 

y 

0  10 

0     8 

0     6 

0     2 

0     2 

0     li 

0     1 

For   ordinary   ser- 

•  vice 

3     0 

1     8 

1     4 

1     0 

0  12 

0  10 

0     7 

The  fuzes  for  tlicse  shells  are  made  with  paper  cases, 
and  arc  inserted  at  the  time  of  loading  the  piece. 
The  fnze-plugH  are  made  of  wood,  or  of  brass,  driven 
or  screwed  into  the  fuze-hole;  they  are  .covered  with 
a  cap  of  peculiar  construction,  which  contains  the 
priming  of  the  fuze.  The  size  of  the  plug  is  indicated 
by  tliat  of  the  fuze-hole  in  the  shell.  The  bursting 
charge  is  poured  into  the  shell  through  the  hole  in 
the  fuze-plug. 

704.    The  number  of  balls  in  a  pile. 

In  the  following  table  of  the  number  of  l)alls  in  a 
pile,  the  second  line  shows  the  number  iD  a  triangular 
pile,  the  base  of  which  is  the  corresponding  number 
in  the  first  line.  The  other  numbers  show  the  con- 
tents of  square  and  oMong  piles;  the  length  and 
wi<lth  of  the  base  being  in  the  uj)per  line,  and  in  the 
left  hand  column  respectively. 


264 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


[PAHT  111. 


Xumber  of  Balls  in  a  Pile. 


'■?, 

II 

> 

o 

2 

11 

X 

o  1 

i 

i5 
1 

31 

SI 

^1 

1 

1 

SI 

a 
S  1 

00 



oo  1 
l~  1 

II 

11 

SI 

i 

1 

U5 

i| 

. 

1' 

SI 

SI 

t 

II 

g 

1 

•O  1 

o 

§ 

II 

i 

il 

ill 

« 

•O  1 

S| 

c  ■ 
a. 

11 

11 

M 

sl 

i' 

g 

•* 

?< 

31 

i 

6! 

i 

i 

1 

X  1 

s 

i| 

tt 

Ij 

3 

6 

"1 

00 

l| 

2 

1 

o 

i| 

11 

1 

g 

i 

S 

o 

i| 

00 

o> 

§1 

^1 

i 

n 

3 

-* 

1 

o 
•a 

i 

3 

i 

o 

00 

00 

§1 

. 

ll 

i| 

o 

s 

CO 

3 

i 

a 

CO 

N 

? 

i 

1 

i|s 

t- 

s| 

O  1 

11 

11 

^1 

sl 

o 

s| 

"1 

i 

S 

.<«• 

5| 

to 

g 

o 

<o  1 

s 

s 

i 

•o 

.a 

s 

?3 

i 

i 

g 

1 

3 

i 

K5 

|8| 

« 

s\ 

o 

s 

1 

m 

2 

1$ 

1 

u 

g 

i 

i 

a 

g 

i 

i 

■* 

s\ 

s 

s 

o 
•a 

s 

o 

o 

00 

S 

1 

o 

§ 

g 

5 

g 

§ 

o 

1 

1 

CO 

1   °  1 

'I' 

s 

§ 

« 

g 

a; 

s 

<o 
■a 

s 

S 

•* 

o 

00 

§ 

00 

i 

o 

1  "^ 

« 

1^1 

.«!» 

s 

-♦ 

a 

s 

8 

s 

« 

CO 

§s 

^ 

5 

!* 

|g 

s 

s 

\s 

1  T 
1  ^ 

M  » 

•>•< 

. 

to 

'~ 

00 

a» 

o 

IH 

1  " 

1 " 

1  "* 

o 

1  '^ 

«~ 

h 

2 

l8 

ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


265 


705.  Ranges  of  heavy  ordnance. 

The  range  of  a  ^un  or  howitzer  in  this  table  is  the 
first  graze  of  tlie  ball  on  the  horizontal-plane  on  which 
the  carriage  stands. 


*      ! 

c 

_c 

a 

Kind  of  Ordnance. 

13 

^ 

"S 

c 

Remarks. 

0 

"3 

a> 

3 

P^ 

K 

s 

rt' 

Lb«. 

0      1 

Yd,. 

18-PDR.       SIEGE       AND 

4.5 

Shot. 

1     0 

641 

GARRISON    GUN. 

4.5 

tt 

2    0 

950 

On  barbette  carriage. 

4.5 

" 

3    0 

1,256 

4.5 

" 

4   0 

1,450 

4.5 

5    0 

1,592 

24-PDR.       SIEGE        AND 

6 

Shot. 

0    0 

412 

GARRISON    GUN. 

6 

" 

1    0 

842 

On    siege   carriage. 

6 

" 

1  30 

953 

6 

" 

2     0 

1,147 

6 

« 

3     0 

1,417 

6 

" 

4     0 

1,666 

6 

" 

5     0 

1.901 

8 

" 

1     0 

883 

8 

" 

2     0 

1.170 

8 

<• 

3    0 

1,454 

8 

" 

4    0 

1,639 

8 

6     0 

1,834 

32-PDK.    SEA-COAST 

6 

Shot. 

1  45 

900 

GIN. 

8 

" 

1     0 

713 

On   barbette  carriage. 

8 

" 

1  30 

800 

8 

" 

1  35 

900 

8 

1      " 

2     0 

1,100 

8 

>< 

3     0 

1,433 

8 

« 

4     0 

1.684 

8 

« 

5     0 

,1,922 

10.67 

" 

1     0 

780 

10.67 

<• 

2     0 

1.15;. 

10.67 

" 

3     0 

1.517 

< 

24 


^ 


266 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Ranges  of  heavy  ordnance. 


[part  III. 


O 

- 

6 

i.  « 

Kind  of  Ordnance. 

13 

o 

^ 

1  i 

1^^ 

Rcniurks. 

"3 

0) 

w  s 

♦  Pk 

n 

S  " 

pj 

» 

Lbs. 

O       1 

Yd». 

42-PI)R.      SEA-COAST 

10.5 

Shot. 

I     0 

775 

GUN. 

It).  5 

'    2    0 

1.010 

On  barbette  carriage. 

10.6 

3     0 

1,300 

10.5 

4     0 

1,600 

10.5 

5     0 

1.955 

14 

1     0 

770 

14 

2     0 

1,128 

14 

'30 

1,380 

14 

4     0 

1,687 

14 

5     0 

1,915 

Shell. 

10-INCH  SEA-COAST 

12 

90    lbs. 

1     0 

580 

HOWITZEK. 

12 

2     0 

891 

Time,  3  sec. 

On   barbette  earriage. 

12 

3     0 

1,185 

Time,  4  sec. 

12 

3  30 

l.;i00 

12 

4     0 

1,426 

Time,  5.25  sec. 

12 

, 

5     0 

1.650 

Time,  6  seo.  * 

.tC' 

Shot. 

8-INCH  COLUMBIAD. 

10 

65   lbs. 

1     0 

919 

Axis  of  gun  16 

On  barbette  carriage. 

10 

2     0 

l.llfi 

feet  above  the 

10 

3     0 

1,402 

water. 

10 

4     0 

1,608 

10 

5     0 

1,813 

10 

6     0 

2,010 

10 

8     0 

2,397 

Shot  ceased  to 

10 

10     0 

2,834 

ricochet  on 

10 

15     0 

3,583 

water. 

10 

20     0 

"^.322 

10 

25     0 

4,875 

10 

27     0 

4,«1 

-  15 

" 

27  30 

4,S12 

ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


267 


Ranges  of  heavy  ordnance. 


0 

u 

_o 

V 

Kind  of  Ordnance. 

TS 

ea 

M 

Remarks. 

O 

"3 

a 

Cu 

cq 

H 

P^ 

Lbs. 

Shell. 

o       t 

Ydo. 

8-lNCH       COLCMBIAD — 

10 

50  lbs. 

1     0 

919 

Continued. 

10 

2     0 

1,209 

10 

3     0 

1,409 

10 

4     0 

1.697 

10 

5     0 

1.81.3 

10 

6     0 

1.985 

10 

8     0 

2.203 

10 

10     0 

2,657 

10 

15     0 

.3,556 

10 

20     0 

.3.716 

10 

25     0 

4..387 

10 

27     0 

4.171 

15 

27  30 

4,468 

Shot. 

10-INCH     COLUMBIAD. 

18 

128  lbs. 

0     0 

394 

Axis  of  gun  16 

On  barbette  carriage. 

18 

" 

10 

7«2 

feet  above  the 

18 

" 

2     0 

1,002 

water. 

18 

« 

.3     0 

1,230 

18 

n  u 

4     0 

1.570 

18 

ti 

5     0 

1,814 

18 

" 

6     0 

2.037 

Shot  ceased  to 

18 

" 

8     0 

2.519 

ricochet  on 

18 

« 

10     0 

2,777 

water. 

18 

i< 

15     0 

3,525 

18 

" 

20     0 

4,020 

18 

" 

25     0 

4,304 

18 

« 

.SO     0 

4,761 

18 

1  i 

.35     0 

6,433 

20 

39  15 

5,654 

Shell. 

12 

100  lbs. 

1     0 

800 

» 

12 

'< 

2    0 

1.012 

12 

" 

.3    0 

1.184 

12 

" 

4    0 

1.443 

268 


MISCKLLANEOUS. 


[I'ART  111. 


Ranges  of  heavy  ordnance. 


i 

1 

i 

e 

% 

Kind  of  Ordnance. 

"S- 

_.      1 

CS 

bO 

Remarks. 

» 

B 

o 

"5 

es 

Pk 

n 

H 

« 

Lbt. 

Shell. 

O       1 

Yd». 

10-INCH    COLUMBIAD — 

12 

100  lbs. 

h     0 

1,604 

Continued. 

18 

" 

0     0 

4-18 

18 

"      i 

1     0 

747 

18 

«      1 

2     0 

1,100 

18 

« 

3     0 

1,239 

18 

« 

4     0 

1,611 

18 

" 

5     0 

1,865 

18 

" 

6     0 

2,209 

18 

<( 

8     0 

2,489 

18 

« 

10     0 

2,848 

18 

(< 

15     0 

3,200 

18 

20     0 

3,885 

18   • 

" 

25     0 

4,150 

18 

It 

30     0 

4,651 

18 

It 

35     0 

4,828 

Time,  35  sec. 

Sbcll. 

12-INCH    COLUMBIAD. 

20 

172  lbs. 

10     0 

2.770 

Time,  11  sec. 

20 

« 

15     0 

3,7:u 

Time,  16  sec. 

20 

« 

22     0 

4,2S0 

Time,  20  sec. 

20 

« 

25     0 

4,718 

Time,  26  sec. 

20 

" 

30     0 

5,004 

20 

(< 

35     0 

5,3:i9 

Time,  32  sec. 

20 

i( 

37     0 

5,266 

Time,  31  sec. 

20 

« 

39     0 

5,064 

25 

" 

10     0 

2,S81 

Time,  11.5  sec. 

25 

<< 

15     0 

3,542 

Time,  15  sec. 

25 

*>  u 

30     0 

5,102 

25 

35     0 

5,409 

Time,  32  sec. 

25 

« 

37     0 

5,373 

Time,  32  see. 

25 

ii 

39     0 

5,606 

Time,  36  sec. 

25 

180  lbs. 

35     0 

5,644 

25 

" 

39     0 

5,615 

28 

(( 

35     0 

5.671 

28 

39     0 

5,761 

3i  miles.  Time, 
36  sec.     • 

i 


ART.  II.] 


TABLES. 


260 


Ranges  of  heavy  ordnance. 


■- 

a 

o 

_o 

o 

Kind  of  ordnance. 

i 

_• 

"3 

be 

c 

Remarks. 

o 

"3 

<o 

dS 

Cm 

n 

S 

P3 

Lbs. 

Shell. 

O         1 

Ydo. 

13-INCH    SEA-COAST    ) 

20 

200  lbs 

45     0 

4,325 

MOKTAR.                J 

Shell. 

12-INCH    SEA-COAST    1 
UORTAR.                J 

20 

200  lbs 

45     0 

4,625 

Experimental. 

10-INCn    SEA-COAST    1 
MORTAR.                J 

10 

98  " 

45     0 

4,250 

Time,  36  sec 

Shell. 

4 

45  lbs. 

0     0 

251 

Time,  5  sec. 

8-I.VCH    SIEGE     HOWIT- 

4 

" 

1     0 

435 

Time,  IJ  sec. 

ZER. 

4 

" 

2     0 

618 

Time,  2  sec. 

On  siege  carriage. 

4 

i< 

3     0 

720 

Time,. 3  sec. 

4 

" 

4     0 

992 

Time,  4  sec. 

4 

" 

5     0 

1,150 

Time,  5  sec. 

4 

12  .^0 

2,280 

Shell. 

8-INCH    SEA-COAST 

4 

45  lbs. 

1     0 

405 

MORTAR. 

4 

" 

2     0 

652 

On  barbette  carriage. 

4 

« 

3     0 

875 

4 

" 

4     0 

1,110 

4 

« 

5     0 

1,300 

6 

" 

1     0 

57? 

6 

" 

2     0 

828 

6 

" 

3     0 

947 

6 

« 

4     0 

1,168 

6 

" 

5     0 

1,463 

8 

« 

1     0 

646 

8 

« 

2     0 

909 

8 

" 

3     0 

1,190 

S 

" 

4     0 

1.532 

8 

" 

5     0 

1,800 

MISCELLANBOUS. 


anges  of  heavy  ordnance. 


[part  III. 


Kind  of  ordnance. 

a 

d 

0 

"3 

4 

Remarks. 

o 

el 

n 

3 

Lbs. 

Shell. 

O          1 

Yds. 

10-I.\CH  8IE«5E  MORTAR 

1 

90  lbs. 

45     0 

300 

Time,  6.5  sec. 

1.6 

45     0 

700 

Time.  12  sec. 

2 

45     0 

1,000 

Time,  14  sec. 

2.5 

« 

45     0 

1,300 

Time,  16  sec. 

o 

45     0 

1,600 

Time,  18  sec. 

3.5 

45     0 

1,800 

Time,  19  sec. 

4 

45     0 

2,100 

Time,  21  sec. 

8-INCH  SIEGE  MORTAR. 


' 

Shell. 

0.? 

45  lbs. 

45 

0 

209 

Time,  6.75  sec 

0.12 

45 

0 

376 

Time,  9  sec. 

1.0 

"      '45 

0 

650 

Time,  1 1.5  sec 

1.4 

45 

0 

943 

Timi'.  14  sec. 

1.8 

45 

0 

1,318 

Time,  16.5  sec 

1.12 

45 

0 

1,522 

Time,  18.5  sec. 

2.0 

45 

0 

1,837 

Time,  20.5  sec 

ADDENDA 


From  battkry. 

(153.)  The  gunner  will  move  two  pace?  to  the  right  of  his 
post. 

Nop.  1,  '2,  3,  4,  facing  from  the  parapet,  place  the  wrenches  on 
the  ends  of  the  axle-trees,  the  handspikes  elcA'ated  ahout  30°  to 
the  rear,  and  at  tlie  word  IIkavk,  by  the  gunner,  hear  down 
steadily,  and  throw  the  wheels  into  gear;  Nos.  3  and  4  imme- 
diately after  laying  their  handspikes  on  the  platform  in  front  of 
their  posts. 

Nos.  1  and  2,  facing  from  the  jiarapet,  enibar  in  the  most  con- 
venient front  mortices  of  the  tnuk-wheels :  the  hand  from  the 
carriage  at  the  top  of  the  handspike,  the  other  hand  eight  inches 
lower. 

Nos.  3  and  4  go  to  the  assistance  of  Nos.  1  and  2.  and.  facing 
toward  them,  seize  the  handsjiikes  with  both  hands  between 
those  of  Nos.  1  and  2.  All  being  ready,  the  gunner  will  give 
the  command  Hkave.  Kos.  1,2,  3  and  4  act  together,  and  bear 
down  until  they  are  nearly  down  to  the  rail-plates,  when  the 
gunner  will  give  the  command  Unbar  :  Nqs.  1  and  2  let  go 
their  handspikes,  and  chock  the  front  wheels  :  Nop.  3  and  4 
withdraw  the  handspikes  after  the  wheels  are  chocked,  and  rein- 
sert them  in  the  most  convenient  front  mortices.  Nos.  1  and  2 
still  holding  tlie  chocks  with*  the  hands  nearest  the  carriage, 
assist  Nos.  3  and  4  with  llic  hand  furthest  from  the  piece.  The 
gunner  again  commands  Heaak,  and  the  handspikes  are  brought 
down  as  before  descril»ed:  Nos.  1  and  2  being  careful  to  chock 
the  wheels  by  bringing  up  the  chocks  as  soon  as  the  hands])ikes 
are  near  the  rails;  and  this  is  continued  until  the  face  of  the 
piece  is  about  one  yard  from  the  ])arapet.  when  the  gunner  com- 
mands Halt.  Atthis  command,  Nos.  3  and  4  let  go  the  hand- 
spikes in  the  mortices  in  the  front  wheels,  which  will  still  be 
held  by  Nos.  1  and  2  with  the  hand  furthest  from  the  piece; 
Nos.  3'and  4  immediately  take  U]>  their  proper  handspikes  and 
apply  the  wrenches  to  the  rear  axle-trees,  to  throw  the  rear 
wheels  out  of  gear.  The  gunner  then  commands  Kkar  wiikels 
OTT  OF  OKAR,  which  will  be  executed  by  Nos.  3  and  4  as  nre- 
scribed.  and  all  the  handspikes  will  be  disengaged  and  laid  on 
the  platform  :  Nos.  1  and  2  leaving  the  chocks  in  front  of  the 
front  wheels. 


ADDENDA. 


In  battery. 


(157.)  Nos.  1  and  2  will  iinchock  the  front  wheels,  and  stand 
ready  to  place  the  chocks  in  front  of  them  should  the  piece  move 
too  rapidly. 

Nos.  3  and  4  will  place  the  wrenches  of  their  handspikes  on 
the  ends  of  the  rear  axle-trees  in  a  position  to  throw  them  out  of 
gear. 

At  the  command  Hkavk,  they  will  throw  their  rear  wheels 
into  gear,  and  hold  on  to  their  handspikes  in  readiness  to  throw 
them" out  of  gear  at  the  word.  As  the  piece  descends  the  chassis, 
the  gunner  will  check  it  as  he  sees  necessary,  and  to  do  so,  com- 
mands Out  of  gear.  Nos.  3  and  4  throw  the  rear  wheels  at 
once  out  of  gear,  while  Nos.  1  and  2  place  the  chocks  at  the  same 
time  in  front  of  the  front  wheels. 

If  necessary,  the  chocks  will  be  removed,  and  the  rear  wheels 
replaced  in  gear  until  the  piece  is  in  battery. 

Nos.  1  and  2  then  ])lace  the  wrenches  of  their  handspikes  on 
the  ends  of  the  front  axle-tree,  and  at  the  command  Front 
WHEELS  out  of  GEAR,  cxecute  it ;  and,  should  the  rear  wheels 
be  in  gear,  they  will  also  be  put  out  of  gear.  All  the  handspikes 
arc  removed  from  the  axle-trees  and  laid  on  the  platform  in  front 
of  the  position  of  each  cannoneer,  and  the  chocks  are  placed  in 
a  convenient  and  safe  position. 

Point. 

(158.)  Nos.  1  and  2  embar  with  their  manojuvring-handspikes 
at  diagonal  points  at  the  end  of  the  chassis,  and  change  from 
point  to  rear,  as  may  be  required  to  change  the  directions  of  the 
piece,  passing  outside  the  other  cannoneers. 

Nos.  3  and  4,  should  it  be  necessary,  assist  Nos.  1  and  2. 

No.  3  passes  the  hook  of  the  lanyard  through  the  eye  of  a  tube 
from  point  to  rear,  holds  the  hook  between  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger, and  stands  ready  to  hand  it  to  the  gunner. 

The  gunner  withdraws  the  priming-wire,  inserts  the  pawl  of 
the  elevating  machine  in  tlie  projier  mortice  by  means  of  the 
elevating-bar,  and  with  the  breech-sight,  or  tangent-scale,  gives 
the  proper  elevation:  No.  4  turning  the  handle  of  the  screw 
according  to  directions. 

Should  the  gunner  require  any  assistance  to  depress  the  piece, 
Nos.  1  and  2  will,  by  his  direction,  embar  under  the  breech  of 
the  j)iece  with  the  manaHivring-handspikes.  The  moment  the 
piece  is  ready  and  correctly  jxiinted,  the  gunner  rises  on  his  left 
leg  and  commands  Ready;  all  resume  their  posts. 


«k.       i 


